80000ST10025a_AT_Commands_Reference_Guide_r0

80000ST10025a_AT_Commands_Reference_Guide_r0
AT Commands Reference Guide
GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GE862-GPS, GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE863-GPS,
GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Contents
1
INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................5
1.1
Scope Of Document ...............................................................................................................5
2
APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................5
3
AT COMMAND ..................................................................................................................6
3.1
Definitions ...............................................................................................................................6
3.2
AT Command Syntax .............................................................................................................7
3.2.1
String Type Parameters....................................................................................................................8
3.2.2
Command Lines................................................................................................................................8
3.2.2.1 +CME ERROR: - ME Error Result Code ......................................................................................9
3.2.2.2 +CMS ERROR - Message Service Failure Result Code........................................................... 11
3.2.3
Information Responses And Result Codes.................................................................................... 12
3.2.4
Command Response Time-Out ..................................................................................................... 13
3.2.5
Command Issuing Timing .............................................................................................................. 15
3.2.6
Factory Profile And User Profiles .................................................................................................. 15
3.2.7
AT Command Availability Table..................................................................................................... 17
3.3
Backward Compatibility.......................................................................................................24
3.3.1
3.4
Repeating A Command Line................................................................................................26
3.4.1
3.5
#SELINT - Select Interface Style ................................................................................................... 25
Last Command Automatic Repetition ............................................................................................ 26
SELINT 0................................................................................................................................27
3.5.1
Hayes Compliant AT Commands .................................................................................................. 27
3.5.1.1 Generic Modem Control............................................................................................................. 27
3.5.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control................................................................................................. 34
3.5.1.3 Call Control ................................................................................................................................ 42
3.5.1.4 Modulation Control..................................................................................................................... 46
3.5.1.5 Compression Control ................................................................................................................. 47
3.5.1.6 Break Control ............................................................................................................................. 48
3.5.1.7 S Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 49
3.5.2
ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands................................................................................................... 55
3.5.2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 55
3.5.2.2 Call Control ................................................................................................................................ 57
3.5.2.3 Network Service Handling ......................................................................................................... 62
3.5.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control ......................................................................................................... 82
3.5.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors ......................................................................................................... 102
3.5.2.6 Voice Control ........................................................................................................................... 103
3.5.2.7 Commands For GPRS............................................................................................................. 105
3.5.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger.............................................................................................. 114
3.5.3
ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS ................................................................... 116
3.5.3.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 116
3.5.3.2 Message Configuration............................................................................................................ 119
3.5.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading............................................................................................ 123
3.5.3.4 Message Sending And Writing ................................................................................................ 134
3.5.4
FAX Class 1 AT Commands........................................................................................................ 139
3.5.4.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 139
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 2 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control.............................................................................................. 140
3.5.4.3 Serial Port Control ................................................................................................................... 142
3.5.5
Custom AT Commands ............................................................................................................... 143
3.5.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands .................................................................................... 143
3.5.5.2 FTP AT Commands ................................................................................................................. 171
3.5.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS® Extension AT Commands................................................................ 176
3.5.5.4 Easy Camera® Management AT Commands ......................................................................... 191
3.5.5.5 E-mail Management AT Commands ....................................................................................... 198
3.5.5.6 Easy Scan® Extension AT Commands ................................................................................... 204
3.5.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands ............................................................................... 214
3.5.5.8 Easy Script® Extension - Python Interpreter, AT Commands................................................. 216
3.5.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set.......................................................................................................... 220
3.6
SELINT 1..............................................................................................................................228
3.6.1
Hayes Compliant AT Commands ................................................................................................ 228
3.6.1.1 Generic Modem Control........................................................................................................... 228
3.6.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control............................................................................................... 235
3.6.1.3 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 243
3.6.1.4 Modulation Control................................................................................................................... 247
3.6.1.5 Compression Control ............................................................................................................... 248
3.6.1.6 Break Control ........................................................................................................................... 249
3.6.1.7 S Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 250
3.6.2
ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands................................................................................................. 255
3.6.2.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 255
3.6.2.2 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 257
3.6.2.3 Network Service Handling ....................................................................................................... 262
3.6.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control ....................................................................................................... 282
3.6.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors ......................................................................................................... 302
3.6.2.6 Voice Control ........................................................................................................................... 303
3.6.2.7 Commands For GPRS............................................................................................................. 304
3.6.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger.............................................................................................. 312
3.6.3
ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS ................................................................... 314
3.6.3.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 314
3.6.3.2 Message Configuration............................................................................................................ 317
3.6.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading............................................................................................ 322
3.6.3.4 Message Sending And Writing ................................................................................................ 332
3.6.4
FAX Class 1 AT Commands........................................................................................................ 337
3.6.4.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 337
3.6.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control.............................................................................................. 338
3.6.4.3 Serial Port Control ................................................................................................................... 340
3.6.5
Custom AT Commands ............................................................................................................... 341
3.6.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands .................................................................................... 341
3.6.5.2 FTP AT Commands ................................................................................................................. 370
3.6.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS® Extension AT Commands................................................................ 375
3.6.5.4 Easy Camera® Management AT Commands ......................................................................... 390
3.6.5.5 E-mail Management AT Commands ....................................................................................... 397
3.6.5.6 Easy Scan® Extension AT Commands ................................................................................... 403
3.6.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands ............................................................................... 413
3.6.5.8 Easy Script® Extension - Python Interpreter, AT Commands................................................. 415
3.6.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set.......................................................................................................... 419
3.7
SELINT 2..............................................................................................................................427
3.7.1
Hayes Compliant AT Commands ................................................................................................ 427
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 3 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.1 Generic Modem Control........................................................................................................... 427
3.7.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control............................................................................................... 434
3.7.1.3 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 442
3.7.1.4 Modulation Control................................................................................................................... 446
3.7.1.5 Compression Control ............................................................................................................... 447
3.7.1.6 Break Control ........................................................................................................................... 448
3.7.1.7 S Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 449
3.7.2
ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands................................................................................................. 454
3.7.2.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 454
3.7.2.2 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 457
3.7.2.3 Network Service Handling ....................................................................................................... 462
3.7.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control ....................................................................................................... 478
3.7.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors ......................................................................................................... 496
3.7.2.6 Voice Control ........................................................................................................................... 497
3.7.2.7 Commands For GPRS............................................................................................................. 498
3.7.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger.............................................................................................. 506
3.7.3
ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CB services ....................................................... 507
3.7.3.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 507
3.7.3.2 Message Configuration............................................................................................................ 510
3.7.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading............................................................................................ 514
3.7.3.4 Message Sending And Writing ................................................................................................ 522
3.7.4
FAX Class 1 AT Commands........................................................................................................ 527
3.7.4.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 527
3.7.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control.............................................................................................. 528
3.7.4.3 Serial Port Control ................................................................................................................... 530
3.7.5
Custom AT Commands ............................................................................................................... 532
3.7.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands .................................................................................... 532
3.7.5.2 FTP AT Commands ................................................................................................................. 556
3.7.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS® Extension AT Commands................................................................ 561
3.7.5.4 Easy Camera® Management AT Commands ......................................................................... 573
3.7.5.5 Email Management AT Commands......................................................................................... 578
3.7.5.6 Easy Scan® Extension AT Commands ................................................................................... 584
3.7.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands ............................................................................... 594
3.7.5.8 Easy Script® Extension - Python interpreter, AT Commands ................................................. 596
3.7.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set.......................................................................................................... 601
3.7.5.10
SAP AT Commands Set ...................................................................................................... 609
4
List of acronyms ..........................................................................................................612
5
Document Change Log ................................................................................................614
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 4 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope Of Document
To describe all AT commands implemented on the following Telit wireless modules:
Model
GM862-QUAD-PY
GM862-QUAD
GE863-QUAD
GE863-PY
GM862-QUAD-PY
GM862-QUAD
GM862-GPS
GE863-QUAD
GE863-PY
GE863-GPS
GE864-QUAD
GE864-PY
GC864-QUAD
GC864-PY
P/N
3990250656
3990250655
3990250653
3990250654
3990250658
3990250659
3990250657
3990250662
3990250661
3990250660
3990250648
3990250650
3990250675
3990250676
N
NO
OTTE
E:: TThhiiss ddooccuum
meenntt iiss ssttrriiccttllyy rreeffeerrrreedd ttoo tthhee aabboovvee pprroodduuccttss.. IItt’’ss hhiigghhllyy
rreeccoom
mm
meennddeedd ttoo ddoouubbllee cchheecckk tthhee P
P//N
N ooff yyoouurr G
GM
M886622 oorr G
GM
M886633 pprroodduucctt,,
bbeeffoorree aannyy aassssoocciiaattiioonn ttoo tthhiiss ddooccuum
meenntt,, ssiinnccee tthheerree aarree ddiiffffeerreenncceess
bbeettw
weeeenn P
P//N
N ((eess.. aaddddiittiioonnaall ffuunnccttiioonnss lliikkee C
CM
MU
UX
X aanndd S
SA
AP
P))..
2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
a)
b)
c)
ETSI GSM 07.07 specification and rules
ETSI GSM 07.05 specification and rules
Hayes standard AT command set
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 5 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3 AT COMMAND
The Telit wireless module family can be driven via the serial interface using the standard AT
commands 1. The Telit wireless module family is compliant with:
1. Hayes standard AT command set, in order to maintain the compatibility with existing SW
programs.
2. ETSI GSM 07.07 specific AT command and GPRS specific commands.
3. ETSI GSM 07.05 specific AT commands for SMS (Short Message Service) and CBS (Cell
Broadcast Service)
4. FAX Class 1 compatible commands
Moreover Telit wireless module family supports also Telit proprietary AT commands for special
purposes.
In the following is described how to use the AT commands with the Telit wireless module family.
3.1 Definitions
The following syntactical definitions apply:
<CR> Carriage return character, is the command line and result code terminator character, which
value, in decimal ASCII between 0 and 255,is specified within parameter S3. The default value
is 13.
<LF> Linefeed character, is the character recognised as line feed character. Its value, in decimal
ASCII between 0 and 255, is specified within parameter S4. The default value is 10. The line
feed character is output after carriage return character if verbose result codes are used (V1
option used ) otherwise, if numeric format result codes are used (V0 option used) it will not
appear in the result codes.
<...>
Name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactical element. They do not appear in the command
line.
[...]
Optional subparameter of a command or an optional part of TA information response is
enclosed in square brackets. Brackets themselves do not appear in the command line. When
subparameter is not given in AT commands which have a Read command, new value equals
to its previous value. In AT commands which do not store the values of any of their
subparameters, and so have not a Read command, which are called action type commands,
action should be done on the basis of the recommended default setting of the subparameter.
1
The AT is an ATTENTION command and is used as a prefix to other parameters in a string. The AT
command combined with other parameters can be set up in the communications package or typed in
manually as a command line instruction.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 6 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.2 AT Command Syntax
The syntax rules followed by Telit implementation of either Hayes AT commands, GSM commands
and FAX commands are very similar to those of standard basic and extended AT commands. A
special command (#SELINT, see §3.3.1) has been introduced in order to have an AT interface very
close to the standard one.
There are two types of extended command:
-
Parameter type commands. This type of commands may be “set” (to store a value or values
for later use), “read” (to determine the current value or values stored), or “tested” (to determine
ranges of values supported). Each of them has a test command (trailing =?) to give information
about the type of its subparameters; they also have a Read command (trailing ?) to check the
current values of subparameters.
-
Action type commands. This type of command may be “executed” or “tested”.
•
“executed“ to invoke a particular function of the equipment, which generally involves more
than the simple storage of a value for later use
•
“tested” to determine:
(if the command #SELINT=0 or #SELINT=1 has been issued, see §3.3.1)
if subparameters are associated with the action, the ranges of subparameters values that
are supported; if the command has no subparameters, issuing the correspondent Test
command (trailing =?) raises the result code “ERROR”.
Note: issuing the Read command (trailing ?) causes the command to be executed.
(if the command #SELINT=2 has been issued, see §3.3.1)
whether or not the equipment implements the Action Command (in this case issuing the
correspondent Test command - trailing =? - returns the OK result code), and, if
subparameters are associated with the action, the ranges of subparameters values that
are supported.
Action commands don’t store the values of any of their possible subparameters.
Moreover:
• (for #SELINT=0 or #SELINT=1 only)
An enhanced test command (trailing =??) has been introduced to maintain backward
compatibility for those commands whose subparameters changed the range of possible
values from version to version.
•
•
(for #SELINT=2 only)
The response to the Test Command (trailing =?) may be changed in the future by Telit to
allow the description of new values/functionalities
(for #SELINT=2 only)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 7 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
If all the subparameters of a parameter type command +CMD (or #CMD or $CMD) are
optional, issuing AT+CMD=<CR> (or AT#CMD=<CR> or AT$CMD=<CR>) causes the OK
result code to be returned and the previous values of the omitted subparameters to be
retained.
3.2.1 String Type Parameters
A string, either enclosed between quotes or not, is considered to be a valid string type parameter
input. According to V25.ter space characters are ignored on the command line and may be used freely
for formatting purposes, unless they are embedded in numeric or quoted string constants; therefore a
string containing a space character has to be enclosed between quotes to be considered a valid string
type parameter (e.g. typing AT+COPS=1,0,”A1” is the same as typing AT+COPS=1,0,A1; typing
AT+COPS=1,0,”A BB” is different from typing AT+COPS=1,0,A BB).
When #SELINT=0 (or 1) mode is selected, a string not enclosed between quotes is changed in upper
case (e.g. mickey become MICKEY), while a string enclosed between quotes is case sensitive.
When #SELINT=2 mode is selected, a string enclosed between quotes is case sensitive.
A small set of commands requires always to write the input string parameters within quotes: this is
explicitly reported in the specific descriptions.
3.2.2 Command Lines
A command line is made up of three elements: the prefix, the body and the termination character.
The command line prefix consists of the characters “AT” or “at”, or, to repeat the execution of the
previous command line, the characters “A/” or “a/”.
The termination character may be selected by a user option (parameter S3), the default being <CR>.
The basic structures of the command line are:
•
ATCMD1<CR> where AT is the command line prefix, CMD1 is the body of a basic command (nb:
the name of the command never begins with the character “+”) and <CR> is the command line
terminator character
•
ATCMD2=10<CR> where 10 is a subparameter
•
AT+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10<CR> These are two examples of extended commands (nb: the name
of the command always begins with the character “+” 2). They are delimited with semicolon. In the
second command the subparameter is omitted.
•
+CMD1?<CR> This is a Read command for checking current subparameter values
•
+CMD1=?<CR> This is a test command for checking possible subparameter values
The set of proprietary AT commands differentiates from the standard one because the
name of each of them begins with either “@”, “#”, “$” or “*”. Proprietary AT commands
follow the same syntax rules as extended commands
2
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 8 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
These commands might be performed in a single command line as shown below:
ATCMD1 CMD2=10+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10;+CMD1?;+CMD1=?<CR>
anyway it is always preferable to separate into different command lines the basic commands and the
extended commands; furthermore it is suggested to avoid placing several action commands in the
same command line, because if one of them fails, then an error message is received but it is not
possible to argue which one of them has failed the execution.
If command V1 is enabled (verbose responses codes) and all commands in a command line has been
performed successfully, result code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent from the TA to the TE, if
subparameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA or command itself is invalid, or
command cannot be performed for some reason, result code <CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> is sent
and no subsequent commands in the command line are processed.
If command V0 is enabled (numeric responses codes), and all commands in a command line has
been performed successfully, result code 0<CR> is sent from the TA to the TE, if sub-parameter
values of a command are not accepted by the TA or command itself is invalid, or command cannot be
performed for some reason, result code 4<CR> and no subsequent commands in the command line
are processed.
In case of errors depending on ME operation, ERROR (or 4) response may be replaced by +CME
ERROR: <err> or +CMS ERROR: <err>.
Note: The command line buffer accepts a maximum of 80 characters. If this number is exceeded none
of the commands will be executed and TA returns ERROR.
3.2.2.1 +CME ERROR: - ME Error Result Code
This is NOT a command, it is the error response to +Cxxx GSM 07.07 commands.
Syntax: AT+CME ERROR:<err>
Parameter: <err> - error code can be either numeric or verbose.The possible values of <err>
are reported in the table:
Numeric Format
0
1
2
3
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Verbose Format
phone failure
No connection to phone
phone-adaptor link reserved
operation not allowed
operation not supported
PH-SIM PIN required
SIM not inserted
SIM PIN required
SIM PUK required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
incorrect password
SIM PIN2 required
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 9 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Numeric Format
Verbose Format
18
SIM PUK2 required
20
memory full
21
invalid index
22
not found
23
memory failure
24
text string too long
25
invalid characters in text string
26
dial string too long
27
invalid characters in dial string
30
no network service
31
network timeout
32
network not allowed - emergency calls only
40
network personalization PIN required
41
network personalization PUK required
42
network subset personalization PIN required
43
network subset personalization PUK required
44
service provider personalization PIN required
45
service provider personalization PUK required
46
corporate personalization PIN required
47
corporate personalization PUK required
Easy CAMERA® related errors:
50
Camera not found
51
Camera Initialization Error
52
Camera not Supported
53
No Photo Taken
54
NET BUSY...Camera TimeOut
55
Camera Error
General purpose error:
100
unknown
GPRS related errors to a failure to perform an Attach:
103
Illegal MS (#3)*
106
Illegal ME (#6)*
107
GPRS service not allowed (#7)*
111
PLMN not allowed (#11)*
112
Location area not allowed (#12)*
113
Roaming not allowed in this location area (#13)*
GPRS related errors to a failure to Activate a Context and others:
132
service option not supported (#32)*
133
requested service option not subscribed (#33)*
134
service option temporarily out of order (#34)*
148
unspecified GPRS error
149
PDP authentication failure
150
invalid mobile class
Network survey errors:
257
Network survey error (No Carrier)*
258
Network survey error (Busy)*
259
Network survey error (Wrong request)*
260
Network survey error (Aborted)*
Easy GPRS® related errors:
400
generic undocumented error
401
wrong state
402
wrong mode
403
context already activated
404
stack already active
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 10 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Numeric Format
Verbose Format
405
activation failed
406
context not opened
407
cannot setup socket
408
cannot resolve DN
409
timeout in opening socket
410
cannot open socket
411
remote disconnected or timeout
412
connection failed
413
tx error
414
already listening
FTP related errors:
420
ok
421
connect
422
disconnect
423
error
424
wrong state
425
can not activate
426
can not resolve name
427
can not allocate control socket
428
can not connect control socket
429
bad or no response from server
430
not connected
431
already connected
432
context down
433
no photo available
434
can not send photo
*(values in parentheses are GSM 04.08 cause codes)
3.2.2.2 +CMS ERROR - Message Service Failure Result Code
This is NOT a command, it is the error response to +Cxxx GSM 07.05 commands
Syntax: AT+CMS ERROR:<err>
Parameter: <err> - error code can be either numeric or verbose. The <err> values are
reported in the table:
Numeric Format
0...127
128...255
300
301
302
303
304
305
310
311
312
313
314
Verbose Format
GSM 04.11 Annex E-2 values
GSM 03.40 sub clause 9.2.3.22 values
ME failure
SMS service of ME reserved
operation not allowed
operation not supported
invalid PDU mode parameter
invalid text mode parameter
SIM not inserted
SIM PIN required
PH-SIM PIN required
SIM failure
SIM busy
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 11 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
315
316
317
318
320
321
322
330
331
332
340
500
SIM wrong
SIM PUK required
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
memory failure
invalid memory index
memory full
SMSC address unknown
no network service
network timeout
no +CNMA acknowledgement expected
unknown error
3.2.3 Information Responses And Result Codes
The TA response, in case of verbose response format enabled, for the previous examples command
line could be as shown below:
• information response to +CMD1?
<CR><LF>+CMD1:2,1,10<CR><LF>
• information response to +CMD1=?
<CR><LF>+CMD1(0-2),(0,1),(0-15)<CR><LF>
• final result code
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Moreover there are other two types of result codes:
•
result codes that inform about progress of TA operation (e.g. connection establishment
CONNECT)
•
result codes that indicate occurrence of an event not directly associated with issuance of a
command from TE (e.g. ring indication RING).
Here the basic result codes according to ITU-T V25Ter recommendation
Result Codes
Numeric form
0
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
Verbose form
OK
CONNECT
RING
NO CARRIER
ERROR
NO DIALTONE
BUSY
NO ANSWER
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 12 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.2.4 Command Response Time-Out
Every command issued to the Telit modules returns a result response if response codes are enabled
(default). The time needed to process the given command and return the response varies from
command to command and may depend also from the network on which the command may interact.
As a result every command is provided with a proper timeout time, if this time elapses without any
result from the operation, then an ERROR response can be reported as if the operation was not
successful and the operation is anyway terminated.
The timeout time is quite short for commands that imply only internal set up commands, but may be
very long for command that interact with the network (or even a set of Networks).
The default timeout is 100 ms for all the commands that have no interaction with the network or upper
software layers.
In the table below are listed all the commands whose timeout differs from the default 100 ms and their
effective timeout is reported:
Command
+CBST
+CR
+CRC
+CRLP
+CSCS
+CEER
+CGMI
+CGMM
+CGMR
+CGSN
+CIMI
+CNUM
+CREG
+COPS
+CLCK
@CLCK
+CPWD
+CLIP
+CLIR
+CCFC
+CCWA
+CHLD
+CUSD
+CAOC
+CSSN
+CLCC
+CPAS
+CPIN
+CSQ
+CPBS
Time-Out (Seconds)
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
5
5
5
5
20
20
20
5
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
20
20
180
20
20
20
5
20
5
5
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 13 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Command
+CPBR
+CPBF
+CPBW
+CALM
+CRSL
+CLVL
+CMUT
+CACM
+CAMM
+CPUC
+CMEE
+VTS
+GMI
+GMM
+GMR
+GSN
I3
I4
I5
+CSMS
+CPMS
+CMGF
+CSCA
+CSMP
+CSDH
+CSAS
+CRES
+CNMI
+CMGS
+CMSS
+CMGW
+CMGD
+CMGR
+CMGL
#CAP
#SRS
#SRP
#STM
#PCT
#SHDN
#QTEMP
#SGPO
#GGPI
#MONI
#CGMI
Time-Out (Seconds)
20
20
20
5
5
5
5
20
20
20
5
20
5
5
5
20
5
5
5
5
5
5
20
5
5
5
5
5
180 / 5 for prompt”>”
180
5 / 5 for prompt”>”
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 14 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Command
#CGMM
#CGMR
#CGSN
#CIMI
+CGACT
+CGATT
+CGDATA
+CGDCONT
+CGPADDR
+CGQMIN
+CGQREQ
Time-Out (Seconds)
5
5
20
5
180
180
20
20
20
20
20
3.2.5 Command Issuing Timing
The chain Command -> Response shall always be respected and a new command must not be issued
before the module has terminated all the sending of its response result code (whatever it may be).
This applies especially to applications that “sense” the OK text and therefore may send the next
command before the complete code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent by the module.
It is advisable anyway to wait for at least 20ms between the end of the reception of the response and
the issue of the next AT command.
If the response codes are disabled and therefore the module does not report any response to the
command, then at least the 20ms pause time shall be respected.
During command mode, due to hardware limitations, under severe CPU load the serial port can loose
some characters if placed in autobauding at high speeds. Therefore if you encounter this problem fix
the baud rate with +IPR command.
3.2.6 Factory Profile And User Profiles
The Telit wireless modules stores the values set by several commands as profiles in the internal non
volatile memory (NVM), allowing to remember this setting even after power off.
There are two user customizable profiles and one factory profile in the NVM of the device: by
default the device will start with user profile 0 equal to factory profile.
For backward compatibility each profile is divided into two sections, one base section which was
historically the one that was saved and restored in early releases of code, and the extended section
which includes all the remaining values.
The &W command is used to save the actual values of both sections of profiles into the NVM user
profile.
Commands &Y and &P are both used to set the profile to be loaded at start-up. &Y instructs the
device to load at start-up only the base section. &P instructs the device to load at start-up the full
profile: base + extended sections.
The &F command resets to factory profile values only the command of the base section of profile,
while the &F1 resets to factory profile values the full set of base + extended section commands.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 15 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
The values set by some other particular commands are stored in NVM outside the profile, either
without any &W/&Y/&P/&F issues, or through custom commands #SKTSAV and #ESAV; they have
only one saved value, always restored at start-up.
The values set by following commands are stored in the profile base section:
GSM DATA MODE:
AUTOBAUD:
COMMAND ECHO:
RESULT MESSAGES:
VERBOSE MESSAGES:
EXTENDED MESSAGES:
FLOW CONTROL OPTIONS:
CTS (C106) OPTIONS:
DSR (C107) OPTIONS:
DTR (C108) OPTIONS:
DCD (C109) OPTIONS:
RI (C125) OPTIONS:
POWER SAVING:
DEFAULT PROFILE:
S REGISTERS:
CHARACTER FORMAT:
+CBST
+IPR
E
Q
V
X
&K, +IFC
&B
&S
&D
&C
\R
+CFUN
&Y0
S0;S1;S2;S3;S4;S5;S7;S12;S25;S30;S38
+ICF
The values set by following commands are stored in the profile extended section:
+CRC,
+ILRR,
+CRLP,
+CSMP,
+CSSN,
+CRSL,
+CREG,
+CMGF,
#QSS,
#CAP,
#CODEC
#STM,
#NITZ,
+FCLASS,
+CR,
+CNMI,
+CSDH,
+CUSD,
+CMUT,
+CLIP,
+CCWA,
#ACAL,
#HFMICG,
#SHFEC,
#SHFSD,
#SKIPESC
+DR,
+CSNS,
+CMEE,
+CSCB,
+CALM,
+CAOC,
+CLIR,
+CLVL,
#SMOV,
#HSMICG,
#SRS,
#SRP
#I2S1
The values set by following commands are always stored in NVM, independently from the profile
(unique values):
#SELINT,
+COPS,
+CGQMIN,
#BND,
+CGCLASS,
+CGQREQ,
#COPSMODE,
+CGDCONT,
#DIALMODE
The values set by following commands are stored in NVM on demand, independently from the profile:
#USERID,
#PASSW,
#DSTO,
#SKTTO,
#SKTCT
saved with #SKTSAV command and reset with #SKTRST command.
#PKTSZ,
#SKTSET
#ESMTP,
#EADDR,
#EPASSW
saved with #ESAV command and reset with #ERST command.
#EUSER,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 16 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.2.7 AT Command Availability Table
The following table show the AT command set and the applicability/backward compatibility matrix on
the Telit wireless module family.
GM862QUAD
GM862QUADPY
GM862GPS
#SELINT
•
•
•
A/
•
•
•
&F
Z
+FCLASS
&Y
&P
&W
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
&Z
•
•
•
&N
+GMI
+GMM
+GMR
+GCAP
+GSN
&V
&V0
&V1
&V3
&V2
\V
+GCI
%L
%Q
L
M
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
E
Q
V
X
I
&C
&D
\Q
&K
&S
\R
+IPR
+IFC
+ILRR
+ICF
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
COMMAND
GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY
GPS
GE864QUAD
&
GC864QUAD
GC864PY
&
GE864PY
SEL SEL SEL
0
1
2
Page Page Page
Function
Backward Compatibility
Select Interface Style
•
•
•
Repeating A Command Line
Last Command Automatic Repetition
•
•
•
•
•
Hayes AT Commands - Generic Modem Control
Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
•
•
•
•
•
Soft Reset
•
•
•
•
•
Select Active Service Class
•
•
•
•
•
Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile
•
•
•
•
•
Designate A Default Reset Full Profile
•
•
•
•
•
Store Current Configuration
•
•
•
•
•
Store Telephone Number In The Module
•
•
•
•
•
Internal Phonebook
Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers
•
•
•
•
•
Manufacturer Identification
•
•
•
•
•
Model Identification
•
•
•
•
•
Revision Identification
•
•
•
•
•
Capabilities List
•
•
•
•
•
Serial Number
•
•
•
•
•
Display Current Configuration & Profile
•
•
•
•
•
Display Current Configuration & Profile
•
•
•
•
•
Display S Registers Values
•
•
•
•
•
Display S Registers Values
•
•
•
•
•
Display Last Connection Statistics
•
•
•
•
•
Single Line Connect Message
•
•
•
•
•
Country Of Installation
•
•
•
•
•
Line Signal Level
•
•
•
•
•
Line Quality
•
•
•
•
•
Speaker Loudness
•
•
•
•
•
Speaker Mode
•
•
•
•
•
Hayes AT Commands - DTE-Modem Interface Control
Command Echo
•
•
•
•
•
Quiet Result Codes
•
•
•
•
•
Response Format
•
•
•
•
•
Extended Result Codes
•
•
•
•
•
Identification Information
•
•
•
•
•
Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
•
•
•
•
•
Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
•
•
•
•
•
Standard Flow Control
•
•
•
•
•
Flow Control
•
•
•
•
•
Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
•
•
•
•
•
Ring (RI) Control
•
•
•
•
•
Fixed DTE Interface Rate
•
•
•
•
•
DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
•
•
•
•
•
DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting
•
•
•
•
•
DTE-Modem Character Framing
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
28
28
29
29
228
228
229
229
229
230
427
427
428
428
428
429
29
230
429
30
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
231
231
231
231
231
232
232
232
232
233
233
233
233
234
234
234
234
430
430
430
430
430
431
431
431
431
432
432
432
432
433
433
433
433
34
34
35
35
36
36
37
37
37
38
39
39
40
40
40
235
235
236
236
237
237
238
238
239
239
240
240
241
241
242
434
434
435
435
436
436
437
437
438
438
438
439
440
442
444
page 17 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
GM862QUAD
GM862QUADPY
GM862GPS
D
T
P
A
H
O
&G
&Q
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+MS
•
•
•
•
%E
•
•
•
•
+DS
+DR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
\B
\K
\N
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
S0
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S7
S12
S25
S30
S38
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CGMI
+CGMM
+CGMR
+CGSN
+CSCS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CIMI
•
•
•
•
COMMAND
GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY
GPS
+CMUX
•
•
•
•
+CHUP
+CBST
+CRLP
+CR
+CEER
+CRC
+CSNS
+CVHU
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CNUM
+COPN
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3
GE864QUAD
&
GC864QUAD
GC864PY
&
GE864PY
SEL SEL SEL
0
1
2
Page Page Page
Function
Hayes AT Commands - Call Control
Dial
•
•
•
•
Tone Dial
•
•
•
•
Pulse Dial
•
•
•
•
Answer
•
•
•
•
Disconnect
•
•
•
•
Return To On Line Mode
•
•
•
•
Guard Tone
•
•
•
•
Sync/Async Mode
•
•
•
•
Hayes AT Commands - Modulation Control
Modulation Selection
•
•
•
•
Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or
•
•
•
•
Fallback/Fallforward
Hayes AT Commands - Compression Control
Data Compression
•
•
•
•
Data Compression Reporting
•
•
•
•
Hayes AT Commands - Break Control
Transmit Break To Remote
•
•
•
•
Break Handling
•
•
•
•
Operating Mode
•
•
•
•
Hayes AT Commands - S Parameters
Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
•
•
•
•
Ring Counter
•
•
•
•
Escape Character
•
•
•
•
Command Line Termination Character
•
•
•
•
Response Formatting Character
•
•
•
•
Command Line Editing Character
•
•
•
•
Connection Completion Time-Out
•
•
•
•
Escape Prompt Delay
•
•
•
•
Delay To DTR Off
•
•
•
•
Disconnect Inactivity Timer
•
•
•
•
Delay Before Forced Hang Up
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.07 - General
Request Manufacturer Identification
•
•
•
•
Request Model Identification
•
•
•
•
Request Revision Identification
•
•
•
•
Request Product Serial Number Identification
•
•
•
•
Select TE Character Set
•
•
•
•
Request International Mobile Subscriber
•
•
•
•
Identity (IMSI)
Multiplexing Mode
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.07 - Call Control
Hang Up Call
•
•
•
•
Select Bearer Service Type
•
•
•
•
Radio Link Protocol
•
•
•
•
Service Reporting Control
•
•
•
•
Extended Error Report
•
•
•
•
Cellular Result Codes
•
•
•
•
Single Numbering Scheme
•
•
•
•
Voice Hang Up Control
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.07 - Network Service Handling
Subscriber Number
•
•
•
•
Read Operator Names
•
•
•
•
42
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
243
245
245
245
246
246
246
246
444
444
444
445
445
445
442
444
46
247
446
46
247
446
47
47
248
248
447
447
48
48
48
249
249
249
448
448
448
49
50
50
50
51
51
52
52
52
53
53
250
251
251
251
252
252
253
253
253
254
254
449
449
450
450
450
451
451
452
452
452
453
55
55
55
55
56
255
255
255
255
256
454
454
454
454
455
256
455
56
NA
3
NA 455
57
57
58
59
59
60
61
61
257
257
258
259
259
260
261
261
457
457
458
458
459
460
460
461
62
62
262
262
462
462
NA: Not Available
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 18 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
GM862QUAD
GM862QUADPY
GM862GPS
+CREG
+COPS
+CLCK
@CLCK
+CPWD
+CLIP
+CLIR
+CCFC
+CCWA
+CHLD
+CUSD
+CAOC
+CLCC
+CSSN
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CCUG
•
•
+CPAS
+CFUN
+CPIN
+CSQ
+CIND
+CMER
+CPBS
+CPBR
+CPBF
+CPBW
+CCLK
+CALA
+CRSM
+CALM
+CRSL
+CLVL
+CMUT
+CACM
+CAMM
+CPUC
+CLAC
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CCID
•
•
+CMEE
•
•
+VTS
•
+VTD
•
+CGCLASS
+CGATT
+CGREG
+CGDCONT
COMMAND
GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY
GPS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GE864QUAD
&
GC864QUAD
GC864PY
&
GE864PY
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SEL SEL SEL
0
1
2
Page Page Page
Function
Network Registration Report
Operator Selection
Facility Lock/ Unlock
Facility Lock/ Unlock
Change Facility Password
Calling Line Identification Presentation
Calling Line Identification Restriction
Call Forwarding Number And Conditions
Call Waiting
Call Holding Services
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Advice Of Charge
List Current Calls
SS Notification
Closed User Group Supplementary Service
•
•
•
•
•
•
Control
ETSI GSM 07.07 - Mobile Equipment Control
Phone Activity Status
•
•
•
•
•
•
Set Phone Functionality
•
•
•
•
•
•
Enter PIN
•
•
•
•
•
•
Signal Quality
•
•
•
•
•
•
Indicator Control
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
•
•
•
•
•
•
Select Phonebook Memory Storage
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read Phonebook Entries
•
•
•
•
•
•
Find Phonebook Entries
•
•
•
•
•
•
Write Phonebook Entry
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clock Management
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alarm Management
•
•
•
•
•
•
Restricted SIM Access
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alert Sound Mode
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ringer Sound Level
•
•
•
•
•
•
Loudspeaker Volume Level
•
•
•
•
•
•
Microphone Mute Control
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accumulated Call Meter
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
•
•
•
•
•
•
Price Per Unit And Currency Table
•
•
•
•
•
•
Available AT commands
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card
•
•
•
•
•
•
Identification)
ETSI GSM 07.07 - Mobile Equipment Errors
Report Mobile Equipment Error
•
•
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.07 - Voice Control
62
64
66
68
69
70
71
72
73
75
76
77
78
79
262
264
266
268
269
270
271
272
273
275
276
277
278
279
462
464
465
NA
466
467
468
469
470
472
472
474
474
475
80
280
476
82
82
83
86
87
89
90
91
92
92
93
94
96
97
98
98
99
99
100
100
NA
282
282
283
286
287
289
290
291
292
292
293
294
296
297
298
298
299
299
300
300
NA
478
478
479
482
483
485
486
486
487
488
489
489
491
492
492
493
493
494
494
495
495
101
301
NA
102
302
496
•
•
•
103
303
497
•
•
•
103
303
497
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
105
105
106
107
304
304
305
306
503
498
504
500
+CGQMIN
•
•
•
•
107
307
504
+CGQREQ
+CGACT
+CGPADDR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
109
110
111
308
309
310
498
498
501
•
DTMF Tones Transmission
•
•
•
Tone Duration
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.07 - Commands For GPRS
GPRS Mobile Station Class
•
•
•
•
GPRS Attach Or Detach
•
•
•
•
GPRS Network Registration Status
•
•
•
•
Define PDP Context
•
•
•
•
Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum
•
•
•
•
Acceptable)
Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
•
•
•
•
PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
•
•
•
•
Show PDP Address
•
•
•
•
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 19 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
GM862QUAD
GM862QUADPY
GM862GPS
+CGDATA
•
•
•
+CBC
•
•
•
+CSMS
+CPMS
+CMGF
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CSCA
+CSMP
+CSDH
+CSCB
+CSAS
+CRES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CNMI
•
•
•
+CMGL
@CMGL
+CMGR
@CMGR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+CMGS
+CMSS
+CMGW
+CMGD
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+FMI
+FMM
+FMR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+FTS
+FRS
+FTM
+FRM
+FTH
+FRH
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
+FLO
+FPR
•
•
•
•
•
•
+FDD
•
•
•
#CGMI
#CGMM
#CGMR
#CGSN
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
#CIMI
•
•
•
#CCID
•
•
•
#CAP
#SRS
#SRP
#STM
#PCT
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
COMMAND
GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY
GPS
GE864QUAD
&
GC864QUAD
GC864PY
&
GE864PY
Function
Enter Data State
•
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.07 - Commands For Battery Charger
Battery Charge
•
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.05 - General Configuration
Select Message Service
•
•
•
•
•
Preferred Message Storage
•
•
•
•
•
Message Format
•
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.05 - Message Configuration
Service Center Address
•
•
•
•
•
Set Text Mode Parameters
•
•
•
•
•
Show Text Mode Parameters
•
•
•
•
•
Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
•
•
•
•
•
Save Settings
•
•
•
•
•
Restore Settings
•
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.05 - Message Receiving And Reading
New Message Indications To Terminal
•
•
•
•
•
Equipment
List Messages
•
•
•
•
•
List Messages
•
•
•
•
•
Read Message
•
•
•
•
•
Read Message
•
•
•
•
•
ETSI GSM 07.05 - Message Sending And Writing
Send Message
•
•
•
•
•
Send Message From Storage
•
•
•
•
•
Write Message To Memory
•
•
•
•
•
Delete Message
•
•
•
•
•
FAX AT Commands - General Configuration
Manufacturer ID
•
•
•
•
•
Model ID
•
•
•
•
•
Revision ID
•
•
•
•
•
FAX AT Commands - Transmission/Reception Control
Stop Transmission And Pause
•
•
•
•
•
Wait For Receive Silence
•
•
•
•
•
Transmit Data Modulation
•
•
•
•
•
Receive Data Modulation
•
•
•
•
•
Transmit Data With HDLC Framing
•
•
•
•
•
Receive Data With HDLC Framing
•
•
•
•
•
FAX AT Commands - Serial Port Control
Select Flow Control Specified By Type
•
•
•
•
•
Select Serial Port Rate
•
•
•
•
•
Double Escape Character Replacement
•
•
•
•
•
Control
Custom AT Commands - General Configuration
Manufacturer Identification
•
•
•
•
•
Model Identification
•
•
•
•
•
Revision Identification
•
•
•
•
•
Product Serial Number Identification
•
•
•
•
•
International Mobile Subscriber Identity
•
•
•
•
•
(IMSI)
Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card
•
•
•
•
•
Identification)
Change Audio Path
•
•
•
•
•
Select Ringer Sound
•
•
•
•
•
Select Ringer Path
•
•
•
•
•
Signaling Tones Mode
•
•
•
•
•
Display PIN Counter
•
•
•
•
•
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
SEL SEL SEL
0
1
2
Page Page Page
111
311
502
114
312
506
116
117
118
314
315
316
507
508
509
119
119
120
121
122
122
317
318
318
319
320
320
510
510
511
511
512
513
123
322
514
126
128
130
131
325
327
328
330
517
NA
519
NA
134
135
136
137
332
333
334
335
522
523
524
526
139
139
139
337
337
337
527
527
527
140
140
140
141
141
141
338
338
338
339
339
339
528
528
528
529
529
529
142
142
340
340
530
530
142
340
530
143
143
143
143
341
341
341
341
532
532
532
532
143
341
532
NA
NA
533
144
144
145
146
146
342
342
343
344
345
533
533
534
535
535
page 20 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND
GM862QUAD
GM862QUADPY
#SHDN
#WAKE
#QTEMP
#SGPO
#GGPI
#GPIO
#I2S1
#E2SMSRI
#ADC
#DAC
#VAUX
#CBC
#AUTOATT
#MSCLASS
#MONI
#SERVINFO
#COPSMODE
#QSS
#DIALMODE
#ACAL
#ECAM
#SMOV
#CODEC
#SHFEC
#HFMICG
#HSMICG
#SHFSD
#/
#NITZ
#BND
#AUTOBND
#SKIPESC
#E2ESC
#GAUTH
#RTCSTAT
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
#FTPTO
#FTPOPEN
#FTPCLOSE
#FTPPUT
#FTPPUTPH
#FTPGET
#FTPTYPE
#FTPMSG
#FTPDELE
#FTPPWD
#FTPCWD
#FTPLIST
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
#USERID
#PASSW
#PKTSZ
#DSTO
#SKTTO
#SKTSET
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GM862GPS
GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY
GPS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GE864QUAD
&
GC864QUAD
GC864PY
&
GE864PY
SEL SEL SEL
0
1
2
Page Page Page
Function
•
•
•
•
•
•
Software Shut Down
•
•
Wake From Alarm Mode
•
•
Query Temperature Overflow
•
•
Set General Purpose Output
•
•
General Purpose Input
•
•
General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
•
•
Set PCM Output For Channel 1
•
•
SMS Ring Indicator
•
•
•
•
•
Analog/Digital Converter Input
•
•
•
•
•
Digital/Analog Converter Control
•
•
•
•
•
Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output
•
•
•
•
•
Battery and Charger Status
•
•
•
•
•
Auto-Attach Property
•
•
•
•
•
Multislot Class Control
•
•
•
•
•
Cell Monitor
•
•
•
•
•
Serving Call Information
•
•
•
•
•
+COPS Mode
•
•
•
•
•
Query SIM Status
•
•
•
•
•
ATD Dialing Mode
•
•
•
•
•
Automatic Call
•
•
•
•
•
Extended Call Monitoring
•
•
•
•
•
SMS Overflow
•
•
•
•
•
Audio Codec
•
•
•
•
•
Handsfree Echo Canceller
•
•
•
•
•
Handsfree Microphone Gain
•
•
•
•
•
Handset Microphone Gain
•
•
•
•
•
Set Headset Sidetone
•
•
•
•
•
Repeat Last Command
•
•
•
•
•
Network Timezone
•
•
•
•
•
Select Band
•
•
•
•
•
Automatic Band Selection
•
•
•
•
•
Skip Escape Sequence
•
•
•
•
•
Escape Sequence Guard Time
•
•
•
•
•
PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type
•
•
•
•
•
RTC Status
•
•
•
•
•
Custom AT Commands - FTP
FTP Time-Out
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Open
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Close
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Put
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Put Photo
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Get
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Type
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Read Message
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Delete
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Print Working Directory
•
•
•
•
•
FTP Change Working Directory
•
•
•
•
•
FTP List
•
•
•
•
•
Custom AT Commands - Enhanced Easy GPRS® Extension
Authentication User ID
•
•
•
•
•
Authentication Password
•
•
•
•
•
Packet Size
•
•
•
•
•
Data Sending Time-Out
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Inactivity Time-Out
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Definition
•
•
•
•
•
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
147
147
148
148
149
150
151
152
153
153
154
155
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
161
162
163
163
164
165
165
166
166
166
167
168
168
169
170
170
345
345
346
347
347
348
350
350
351
352
353
353
354
354
355
357
358
358
359
360
360
361
362
363
363
364
364
365
365
366
366
367
368
368
369
536
536
537
NA
NA
537
539
539
540
541
541
542
543
543
543
545
NA
546
546
547
548
549
549
550
550
551
551
551
552
552
553
553
554
554
555
171
171
171
172
172
173
173
174
174
174
174
175
370
370
370
371
371
372
372
373
373
373
373
374
556
556
556
557
557
558
558
559
559
559
559
560
176
176
177
177
178
179
375
375
376
376
377
378
561
561
562
562
563
563
page 21 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
GM862QUAD
GM862QUADPY
GM862GPS
#SKTOP
#QDNS
#SKTCT
#SKTSAV
#SKTRST
#GPRS
#SKTD
#SKTL
@SKTL
#E2SLRI
#FRWL
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
#CAMON
#CAMOFF
#CAMEN
#SELCAM
#CAMRES
#CAMCOL
#CAMQUA
#CMODE
#CAMZOOM
#CAMTXT
#TPHOTO
#RPHOTO
#OBJL
#OBJR
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
#ESMTP
#EADDR
#EUSER
#EPASSW
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
#SEMAIL
•
•
#EMAILACT
#EMAILD
#ESAV
#ERST
#EMAILMSG
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
#CSURV
#CSURVC
#CSURVU
•
•
•
•
•
•
#CSURVUC
•
•
#CSURVB
#CSURVBC
#CSURVF
•
•
•
•
•
•
#CSURVNLF
•
•
#CSURVEXT
•
•
#JDR
•
•
COMMAND
4
GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY
GPS
GE864QUAD
&
GC864QUAD
GC864PY
&
GE864PY
SEL SEL SEL
0
1
2
Page Page Page
Function
Socket Open
•
•
•
•
•
Query DNS
•
•
•
•
•
Socket TCP Connection Time-Out
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Parameters Save
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Parameters Reset
•
•
•
•
•
GPRS Context Activation
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Dial
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Listen
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Listen
•
•
•
•
•
Socket Listen Ring Indicator
•
•
•
•
•
Firewall Setup
•
•
•
•
•
Custom AT Commands - Easy Camera® Management
Camera ON
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera OFF
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera ON/OFF
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Model
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Resolution
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Colour Mode
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Photo Quality
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Exposure
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Zoom
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Time/Date Overprint
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Take Photo
•
•
•
•
•
•
Camera Read Photo
•
•
•
•
•
•
Object List
•
•
•
•
•
•
Object Read
•
•
•
•
•
•
Custom AT Commands - E-Mail Management
E-mail SMTP Server
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail Sender Address
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail Authentication User Name
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail Authentication Password
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail Sending With GPRS Context
•
•
•
•
•
•
Activation
E-mail GPRS Context Activation
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail Sending
•
•
•
•
•
•
Email Parameters Save
•
•
•
•
•
•
E-mail Parameters Reset
•
•
•
•
•
•
SMTP Read Message
•
•
•
•
•
•
Custom AT Commands - Easy Scan® Extension
Network Survey
•
•
•
•
•
•
Network Survey (Numeric Format)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
•
•
•
•
•
•
Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
•
•
•
•
•
•
(Numeric Format)
BCCH Network Survey
•
•
•
•
•
•
BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Network Survey Format
•
•
•
•
•
•
<CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan®
•
•
•
•
•
•
Commands Family
Extended Network Survey
•
•
•
•
•
•
Jammed Detect & Report AT commands
Jammed Detect & Report
•
•
•
•
•
•
4
Custom AT Commands - Easy Script® Extension - Python Interpreter
180
180
181
181
182
182
183
185
187
189
189
379
379
380
380
381
381
382
384
386
388
388
564
565
565
566
566
567
568
569
NA
571
571
191
191
191
192
192
193
193
194
194
195
195
196
196
197
390
390
390
391
391
392
392
393
393
394
394
395
395
396
NA
NA
573
573
574
574
574
575
575
575
576
576
576
577
198
198
199
200
397
397
398
399
578
578
579
579
200
399
580
201
202
203
203
203
400
401
402
402
402
581
582
583
583
583
204
206
209
403
405
408
584
587
590
210
409
591
211
211
212
410
410
411
591
592
592
212
411
593
213
412
593
214
413
594
Python is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 22 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND
GM862QUAD
#WSCRIPT
#ESCRIPT
#RSCRIPT
#LSCRIPT
#DSCRIPT
#REBOOT
#CMUXSCR
GM862QUADPY
GM862GPS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
$GPSP
$GPSR
$GPSD
$GPSSW
$GPSAT
$GPSAV
$GPSAI
$GPSAP
$GPSNMUN
$GPSACP
$GPSSAV
$GPSRST
#RSEN
#RSM:
#RSM
#RSS
GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY
GPS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GE864QUAD
&
GC864QUAD
GC864PY
&
GE864PY
SEL SEL SEL
0
1
2
Page Page Page
Function
Write Script
•
•
•
Select Active Script
•
•
•
Read Script
•
•
•
List Script Names
•
•
•
Delete Script
•
•
•
Reboot
•
•
•
CMUX Script Enable
•
•
•
Custom AT Commands - GPS Application
GPS Controller power management
•
GPS Reset
•
GPS Device Type Set
•
GPS Software Version
•
GPS Antenna Type Definition
•
GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout
•
GPS Antenna Current Readout
•
GPS Antenna Protection
•
Unsolicited GPS NMEA Data Configuration
•
GPS Actual Position Information
•
Save GPS Parameters Configuration
•
Restore Default GPS Parameters
•
Custom AT Commands - SAP
Remote SIM Enable
•
•
•
•
Remote SIM Message (Unsolicited)
•
•
•
•
Remote SIM Message Command
•
•
•
•
Remote SIM Status Command
•
•
•
•
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
216
217
218
218
219
219
NA
415
416
417
417
418
418
NA
596
597
597
598
599
599
599
220
220
221
221
221
222
222
223
224
225
226
227
419
419
420
420
420
421
421
422
422
424
425
426
601
601
602
602
602
603
603
604
605
606
607
608
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
609
609
610
611
page 23 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.3 Backward Compatibility
There are some slight modifications amongst the AT interfaces of Telit products. In order to keep
backward compatibility and on the same time to give the opportunity to the customer to get competitor
compatibility, Telit modules offer the specific command #SELINT to switch the behavior of the device
and its AT command interface. It is up to the user to select the AT interface he prefers.
The following table shows which AT commands interface can be applied and is default for the specific
product:
Product
GM862-QUAD
(3990250655)
#SELINT=0
#SELINT=1
#SELINT=2
•(default)
•
GM862-QUAD-PY
(3990250656)
•
•(default)
GE863-QUAD
(3990250653&)
•
•(default)
GE863-PY
(3990250654)
•
•(default)
GM862-QUAD
(3990250659)
•(default)
•
•
GM862-QUAD-PY
(3990250658)
•
•(default)
•
GM862-GPS
(3990250657)
•
•
•(default)
GE863-QUAD
(3990250662)
•
•(default)
•
GE863-PY
(3990250661)
•
•(default)
•
GE863-GPS
(3990250660)
•
•
•(default)
GE864-QUAD
(3990250648)
•
•
•(default)
GE864-PY
(3990250650)
•
•
•(default)
GC864-QUAD
(3990250675)
•
•
•(default)
GC864-PY
(3990250676)
•
•
•(default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 24 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.3.1 #SELINT - Select Interface Style
#SELINT - Select Interface Style
Set command sets the AT command interface style depending on
AT#SELINT[=<v>]
parameter <v>.
Parameter:
<v> - AT command interface
0 - switches the AT command interface of the products, to the GM862GSM and GM862-GPRS interface style
1 - switches the AT command interface of the products, to the GM862PCS, PYTHON, QUAD-PY, TRIZIUM and GE863-QUAD, PY interface
style
2 - switches the AT command interface style of the product, to the new
products like GE864, GC864 and the GPS products 5
AT#SELINT?
AT#SELINT=?
Note
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behavior of Set command is the same
as read command
Read command reports the current interface style.
Test command reports the available range of values for parameter <v>.
It’s suggested to reboot the module after every #SELINT setting.
5
Under the #SELINT=2, all the new functionalities like CMUX, SAP are available. Moreover, all the AT
commands have been improved according to the ETSI specifications.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 25 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.4 Repeating A Command Line
3.4.1 Last Command Automatic Repetition
A/ - Last Command Automatic Repetition
If the prefix “A/” or “a/” is issued, the MODULE immediately execute once
A/
again the body of the preceding command line. No editing is possible and
no termination character is necessary. A command line may be repeated
multiple times through this mechanism, if desired.
If “A/” is issued before any command line has been executed, the preceding
command line is assumed to have been empty (that results in an OK result
code).
This command works only at fixed IPR.
Reference
Note: issuing the custom command AT#/ causes the last command to be
executed again too; moreover it doesn’t need a fixed IPR.
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 26 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5 SELINT 0
3.5.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands
3.5.1.1Generic Modem Control
3.5.1.1.1 &F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
&F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values
AT&F[<value>]
specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware configuration
switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria.
Parameter:
<value>:
0 - just the factory profile base section parameters are considered.
1 - either the factory profile base section and the extended section are
considered (full factory profile).
Reference
Note: if parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same behavior
as AT&F0
V25ter.
3.5.1.1.2 Z - Soft Reset
Z - Soft Reset
ATZ[<n>]
Execution command loads the base section of the specified user profile and
the extended section of the default factory profile.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - user profile number
Note: any call in progress will be terminated.
Reference
Note: if parameter <n> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATZ0.
V25ter.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 27 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.1.3 +FCLASS - Select Active Service Class
+FCLASS - Select Active Service Class
Set command sets the wireless module in specified connection mode (data,
AT+FCLASS=<n>
fax, voice), hence all the calls done afterwards will be data or voice.
AT+FCLASS?
AT+FCLASS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<n>
0 - data
1 - fax class 1
8 - voice
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
<n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <n>.
GSM 07.07
3.5.1.1.4 &Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile
&Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile
Execution command defines the basic profiles which will be loaded on
AT&Y[<n>]
startup.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - profile (default is 0): the wireless module is able to store 2 complete
configurations (see command &W).
Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &Y will be loaded on every
startup.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&Y0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 28 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.1.5 &P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile
&P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile
Execution command defines which full profile will be loaded on startup.
AT&P[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 – profile number: the wireless module is able to store 2 full
configurations (see command &W).
Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &P will be loaded on every
startup.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&P0
Telit Specifications
3.5.1.1.6 &W - Store Current Configuration
&W - Store Current Configuration
Execution command stores on profile <n> the complete configuration of the
AT&W[<n>]
device.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - profile
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
AT&W0.
3.5.1.1.7 &Z - Store Telephone Number In The Module Internal Phonebook
&Z - Store Telephone Number In The Wireless Module Internal Phonebook
Execution command stores in the record <n> the telephone number <nr>.
AT&Z<n>=<nr>
The records cannot be overwritten, they must be cleared before rewriting.
Parameters:
<n> - phonebook record
<nr> - telephone number (string type)
Note: the wireless module has a built in non volatile memory in which 10
telephone numbers of a maximum 24 digits can be stored
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 29 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
&Z - Store Telephone Number In The Wireless Module Internal Phonebook
Note: to delete the record <n> the command AT&Z<n>=<CR> must be
issued.
Note: the records in the module memory can be viewed with the command
AT&N, while the telephone number stored in the record n can be dialed by
giving the command ATDS=<n>.
3.5.1.1.8 &N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers
&N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers
Execution command returns the telephone number stored at the <n>
AT&N[<n>]
position in the internal memory.
Parameter:
<n> - phonebook record number
Note: if parameter <n> is omitted then all the internal records are shown.
3.5.1.1.9 +GMI - Manufacturer Identification
+GMI - Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the manufacturer identification.
AT+GMI
Reference
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
V.25ter
3.5.1.1.10 +GMM - Model Identification
+GMM - Model Identification
Execution command returns the model identification.
AT+GMM
Reference
V.25ter
3.5.1.1.11
+GMR - Revision Identification
+GMR - Revision Identification
Execution command returns the software revision identification.
AT+GMR
Reference
V.25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 30 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.1.12 +GCAP - Capabilities List
+GCAP - Capabilities List
Execution command returns the equipment supported command set list.
AT+GCAP
Where:
+CGSM: GSM ETSI command set
+FCLASS: Fax command set
+DS: Data Service common modem command set
+MS: Mobile Specific command set
Reference
V.25ter
3.5.1.1.13 +GSN - Serial Number
+GSN - Serial Number
Execution command returns the device board serial number.
AT+GSN
Reference
Note: The number returned is not the IMSI, it is only the board number
V.25ter
3.5.1.1.14 &V - Display Current Configuration & Profile
&V - Display Current Configuration & Profile
Execution command returns some of the base configuration
AT&V
parameters settings.
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
3.5.1.1.15
&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile
&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile
Execution command returns all the configuration parameters settings.
AT&V0
Note: this command is the same as &V, it is included only for backwards
compatibility.
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 31 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.1.16 &V1 - Display S Registers Values
&V1 - Display S Registers Values
Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and
AT&V1
hexadecimal value in the format:
REG DEC
HEX
<reg0> <dec>
<hex>
<reg1> <dec>
<hex>
...
where
<regn> - S register number (0..38)
<dec> - current value in decimal notation
<hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation
3.5.1.1.17 &V3 - Display S Registers Values
&V3 - Display S Registers Values
Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and
AT&V3
hexadecimal value in the format:
REG DEC
HEX
<reg0> <dec>
<hex>
<reg1> <dec>
<hex>
...
where
<regn> - S register number (0..38)
<dec> - current value in decimal notation
<hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation
3.5.1.1.18
&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics
&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics
Execution command returns the last connection statistics & connection
AT&V2
failure reason.
3.5.1.1.19 \V - Single Line Connect Message
\V - Single Line Connect Message
Execution command set single line connect message.
AT\V<n>
Parameter:
<n>
0 - off
1 - on
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 32 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.1.20 +GCI - Country Of Installation
+GCI - Country Of Installation
Set command selects the installation country code according to
AT+GCI=<code>
ITU-T.35 Annex A.
Parameter:
<code>
59 - it currently supports only the Italy country code
Read command reports the currently selected country code.
Test command reports the supported country codes.
V25ter.
AT+GCI?
AT+GCI=?
Reference
3.5.1.1.21 %L - Line Signal Level
%L - Line Signal Level
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
AT%L
modems
3.5.1.1.22 %Q - Line Quality
%Q - Line Quality
AT%Q
3.5.1.1.23
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
modems
L - Speaker Loudness
L - Speaker Loudness
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
ATL<n>
modems
3.5.1.1.24 M - Speaker Mode
M - Speaker Mode
ATM<n>
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
modems
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 33 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control
3.5.1.2.1 E - Command Echo
E - Command Echo
Set command enables/disables the command echo.
ATE[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - disables command echo
1 - enables command echo (factory default) , hence command sent to the
device are echoed back to the DTE before the response is given.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATE0
V25ter
3.5.1.2.2 Q - Quiet Result Codes
Q - Quiet Result Codes
Set command enables or disables the result codes.
ATQ[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - enables result codes (factory default)
1 - every result code is replaced with a <CR>
2 - disables result codes
Note: After issuing either ATQ1 or ATQ2 every information text transmitted
in response to commands is not affected
Example
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATQ0
After issuing ATQ1
AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1) a <cr> ends the response
After issuing ATQ2
AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1) nothing is appended to the response
Reference
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 34 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.2.3 V - Response Format
V - Response Format
Set command determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted
ATV[<n>]
with result codes and information responses. It also determines if result
codes are transmitted in a numeric form or an alphanumeric form (see
[§3.2.3 Information Responses And Result Codes] for the table of result
codes).
Parameter:
<n>
0 - limited headers and trailers and numeric format of result codes
information responses
<text><CR><LF>
result codes
<numeric code><CR>
1 - full headers and trailers and verbose format of result codes (factory
default)
information responses
<CR><LF>
<text><CR><LF>
result codes
<CR><LF>
<numeric code><CR><LF>
Note: the <text> portion of information responses is not affected by this
setting.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATV0
V25ter
3.5.1.2.4 X - Extended Result Codes
X - Extended Result Codes
Set command selects the result code messages subset used by the modem
ATX[<n>]
to inform the DTE of the result of the commands.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - send only OK, CONNECT, RING, NO CARRIER, ERROR, NO
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 35 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
ANSWER results. Busy tones reporting is disabled.
1..4 - reports all messages (factory default is 1)
Note
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATX0
For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR
command.
V25ter
3.5.1.2.5 I - Identification Information
I - Identification Information
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text followed
ATI[<n>]
by a result code.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - numerical identifier.
1 - module checksum
2 - checksum check result
3 - manufacturer
4 - product name
5 - DOB version
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATI0
V25ter
3.5.1.2.6 &C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
&C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
Set command controls the RS232 DCD output behaviour.
AT&C[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - DCD remains high always.
1 - DCD follows the Carrier detect status: if carrier is detected DCD is high,
otherwise DCD is low. (factory default)
2 - DCD off while disconnecting
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&C0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 36 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Reference
V25ter
3.5.1.2.7 &D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
Set command controls the Module behaviour to the RS232 DTR transitions.
AT&D[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - DTR transitions are ignored. (factory default)
1 - when the MODULE is connected, the high to low transition of DTR pin
sets the device in command mode, the current connection is NOT
closed.
2 - when the MODULE is connected , the high to low transition of DTR pin
sets the device in command mode and the current connection is
closed.
3 - DTR transitions are considered only in power saving mode.
4 - C108/1 operation is disabled
5 - C108/1 operation is enabled
Reference
Note: if AT&D2 has been issued and the DTR has been tied low,
autoanswering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only issuing
command ATA.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&D0
V25ter
3.5.1.2.8 \Q - Standard Flow Control
\Q - Standard Flow Control
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour.
AT\Q[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no flow control
1 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF)
2 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active)
3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory
default)
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT\Q0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 37 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
\Q - Standard Flow Control
Note: \Q’s settings are functionally a subset of &K’s ones.
Reference
V25ter
3.5.1.2.9 &K - Flow Control
&K - Flow Control
AT&K[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no flow control
1 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active)
2 - software mono-directional flow control (XON/XOFF)
3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory
default)
4 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF)
5 - pass through: software bi-directional without filtering (XON/XOFF)
6 - both hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) and
software bi-directional flow control (XON/XOFF) with filtering
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&K0
Note: &K has no Read Command. To verify the current setting of &K,
simply check the settings of the active profile with AT&V.
3.5.1.2.10 &S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
&S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
Set command controls the RS232 DSR pin behaviour.
AT&S[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - always ON
1 - follows the GSM traffic channel indication.
2 - ON when connected
3 - ON when device is ready to receive commands (factory default).
Note: if option 1 is selected then DSR is tied up when the device receives
from the network the GSM traffic channel indication.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&S0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 38 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.2.11
\R - Ring (RI) Control
\R - Ring (RI) Control
Set command controls the RING output pin behaviour.
AT\R[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - RING on during ringing and further connection
1 - RING on during ringing (factory default)
2 - RING follows the ring signal
Note: to check the ring option status use the &V command.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT\R0
3.5.1.2.12 +IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate
+IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate
Set command specifies the DTE speed at which the device accepts
AT+IPR=<rate>
commands during command mode operations; it may be used to fix the
DTE-DCE interface speed.
Parameter:
<rate>
0
..300
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
AT+IPR?
AT+IPR=?
Reference
If <rate> is set to 0, then automatic speed detection is enabled and also
character format (see +ICF) is set to auto-detect. (default)
If <rate> is specified and not 0, DTE-DCE speed is fixed at that
speed, hence no speed auto-detection (autobauding) is enabled.
Read command returns the current value of +IPR parameter.
Test command returns the supported serial port speed list.
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 39 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.2.13 +IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
+IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
AT+IFC=<by_te>,
directions: from DTE to modem (<by_ta> option) and from modem to DTE
<by_ta>
(<by_te>)
Parameter:
<by_te> - flow control option for the data received by DTE
0 - flow control None
1 - XON/XOFF filtered
2 - C105 (RTS) (factory default)
3 - XON/XOFF not filtered
<by_ta> - flow control option for the data sent by modem
0 - flow control None
1 - XON/XOFF
2 - C106 (CTS) (factory default)
AT+IFC?
AT+IFC=?
Reference
Note: This command is equivalent to &K command.
Read command returns active flow control settings.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <by_te>
and <by_ta>.
V25ter
3.5.1.2.14 +ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting
+ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting
Set command controls whether or not the +ILRR:<rate> information text is
AT+ILRR=<n>
transmitted from the modem to the DTE.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - local port speed rate reporting disabled (factory default)
1 - local port speed rate reporting enabled
AT+ILRR?
AT+ILRR=?
Reference
3.5.1.2.15
Note: this information if enabled is sent upon connection.
Read command returns active setting of <n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>.
V25ter
+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing
+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing
Set command defines the asynchronous character framing to be used when
AT+ICF=<format>
autobauding is disabled.
[,<parity>]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 40 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Parameters:
<format> - determines the number of bits in the data bits, the presence of a
parity bit, and the number of stop bits in the start-stop frame.
0 - autodetection
1 - 8 Data, 2 Stop
2 - 8 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop
3 - 8 Data, 1 Stop
4 - 7 Data, 2 Stop
5 - 7 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop
AT+ICF?
AT+ICF=?
Reference
Example
<parity> - determines how the parity bit is generated and checked, if
present
0 - Odd
1 - Even
Read command returns current settings for subparameters <format> and
<parity>.
Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format>
and <parity>
V25ter
AT+ICF = 0 - auto detect
AT+ICF = 1 - 8N2
AT+ICF = 2,0 - 8O1
AT+ICF = 2,1 - 8E1
AT+ICF = 3 - 8N1 (default)
AT+ICF = 5,0 - 7O1
AT+ICF = 5,1 - 7E1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 41 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.3 Call Control
3.5.1.3.1 D - Dial
D - Dial
ATD<number>[;]
Execution command starts a call to the phone number given as parameter.
If “;” is present, a VOICE call to the given number is performed, regardless
of the current value of the connection mode set by +FCLASS command.
Parameter:
<number> - phone number to be dialed
Note: type of call (data, fax or voice) depends on last +FCLASS setting.
Note: the numbers accepted are 0-9 and *,#,”A”, ”B”, ”C”, ”D”,”+”.
ATD><str>[;]
Note: for backwards compatibility with landline modems modifiers “T”, ”P”,
”R”, ”,”, ”W”, “!”, “@” are accepted but have no effect.
Issues a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field is
<str>; all available memories will be searched for the correct entry.
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
Parameter:
<str> - alphanumeric field corresponding to phone number; it must be
enclosed in quotation marks.
ATD><mem><n>[;]
Note: used character set should be the one selected with either command
Select TE character set +CSCS or @CSCS.
Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage <mem>,
entry location <n> (available memories may be queried with
AT+CPBS=?).
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
Parameters:
<mem> - phonebook memory storage; it must not be enclosed in quotation
marks.
SM - SIM phonebook
FD - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook
LD - SIM last-dialling-phonebook
MC - device missed (unanswered received) calls list
RC - ME received calls list
ATD><n>[;]
<n> - entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the
memory used.
Issues a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the active
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 42 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
D - Dial
phonebook memory storage (see +CPBS).
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
ATDL
ATDS=<nr>[;]
ATD<number>I[;]
ATD<number>i[;]
ATD<number>G[;]
ATD<number>g[;]
ATD*<gprs_sc>
[*<addr>][*[<L2P>]
[*[<cid>]]]]#
Parameter:
<n> - active phonebook memory storage entry location; it should be in the
range of locations available in the active phonebook memory storage.
Issues a call to the last number dialed.
Issues a call to the number stored in the MODULE internal phonebook
position number <nr>.
If “;” is present a VOICE call is performed.
Parameter:
<nr> - internal phonebook position to be called (See commands &N and
&Z)
Issues a call overwriting the CLIR supplementary service subscription
default value for this call
If “;” is present a VOICE call is performed.
I - invocation, restrict CLI presentation
i - suppression, allow CLI presentation
Issues a call checking the CUG supplementary service information for the
current call. Refer to +CCUG command.
If “;” is present a VOICE call is performed.
This command is specific of GPRS functionality and causes the MT to
perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication
between the TE and the external PDN.
Parameters:
<gprs_sc> - GPRS Service Code, a digit string (value 99) which identifies
a request to use the GPRS
<addr> - string that identifies the called party in the address space
applicable to the PDP.
<L2P> - a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see
+CGDATA command). For communications software that does not
support arbitrary characters in the dial string, the following numeric
equivalents shall be used:
1 - PPP
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Set
command.
<cid> - a digit which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command).
Example
To dial a number in SIM phonebook entry 6:
ATD>SM6
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 43 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
D - Dial
OK
To have a voice call to the 6-th entry of active
phonebook:
ATD>6;
OK
To call the entry with alphanumeric field “Name”:
ATD>”Name”;
OK
Reference
V25ter.
3.5.1.3.2 T - Tone Dial
T - Tone Dial
ATT
Reference
3.5.1.3.3
P - Pulse Dial
P - Pulse Dial
ATP
Reference
3.5.1.3.4
A - Answer
ATA
Reference
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
V25ter.
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
V25ter.
A - Answer
Execution command is used to answer to an incoming call if automatic
answer is disabled.
Note: This command MUST be the last in the command line and must be
followed immediately by a <CR> character.
V25ter.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 44 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.3.5 H - Disconnect
H - Disconnect
ATH
Execution command is used to close the current conversation (voice, data
or fax).
Note: this command can be issued only in command mode; when a data
conversation is active the device is in on-line mode (commands are not
sensed and characters are sent to the other party), hence escape sequence
(see register S2) is required before issuing this command, otherwise if &D1
option is active, DTR pin has to be tied low to return in command mode.
V25ter.
Reference
3.5.1.3.6 O - Return To On Line Mode
O - Return To On Line Mode
Execution command is used to return to on-line mode from command mode.
ATO
If there's no active connection it returns ERROR.
Note: After issuing this command, if the device is in conversation, to send
other commands to the device you must return to command mode by
issuing the escape sequence (see register S2) or tying low DTR pin if &D1
option is active.
V25ter.
Reference
3.5.1.3.7
&G - Guard Tone
&G - Guard Tone
AT&G
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
3.5.1.3.8 &Q - Sync/Async Mode
&Q - Sync/Async Mode
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
AT&Q
landline modems.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 45 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.4 Modulation Control
3.5.1.4.1 +MS - Modulation Selection
+MS - Modulation Selection
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
AT+MS=
landline modems.
<carrier>[,
<automode>[,
Parameter:
<min_rate>[,
<carrier> - a string which specifies the preferred modem carrier to use in
<max_rate>]]]
originating or answering a connection
V21
V22
V22B
V23C
V32
V34
<automode> - it enables/disables automatic modulation negotiation.
0 - disabled
1 - enabled. It has effect only if it is defined for the associated modulation.
<min_rate> - it specifies the lowest value at which the DCE may establish a
connection.
0 - unspecified
<max_rate> - it specifies the highest value at which the DCE may establish
a connection.
0 - unspecified
300..14400 - rate in bps
AT+MS?
AT+MS=?
Note: to change modulation requested use +CBST command.
Read command returns the current value of <carrier>, <automode>,
<min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.
Test command returns all supported values of the <carrier>, <automode>,
<min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.
3.5.1.4.2 %E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward
%E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT%E<n>
compatibility with landline modems.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 46 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.5 Compression Control
3.5.1.5.1
+DS - Data Compression
+DS - Data Compression
Set command sets the V42 compression parameter.
AT+DS=<n>
AT+DS?
AT+DS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no compression, it is currently the only supported value
Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
V25ter
3.5.1.5.2 +DR - Data Compression Reporting
+DR - Data Compression Reporting
Set command enables/disables the data compression reporting upon
AT+DR=<n>
connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - data compression reporting disabled;
1 - data compression reporting enabled upon connection.
Note: if enabled, the following intermediate result code is transmitted before
the final result code:
AT+DR?
AT+DR=?
Reference
+DR: <compression>
(the only supported value for <compression> is “NONE”)
Read command returns current value of <n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 47 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.6 Break Control
3.5.1.6.1 \B - Transmit Break To Remote
\B - Transmit Break To Remote
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\B
compatibility with landline modems
3.5.1.6.2 \K - Break Handling
\K - Break Handling
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\K<n>
compatibility with landline modems
Parameter:
<n>
1..5
3.5.1.6.3 \N - Operating Mode
\N - Operating Mode
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\N
compatibility with landline modems
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 48 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.7 S Parameters
Basic commands that begin with the letter “S” are known as “S-Parameters”. The number following
the “S” indicates the “parameter number” being referenced. If the number is not recognized as a valid
parameter number, an ERROR result code is issued.
If no value is given for the subparameter of an S-Parameter, an ERROR result code will be issued
and the stored value left unchanged.
Note: what follows is a special way to select and set an S-parameter:
1.
ATSn<CR> selects n as current parameter number. If the value of n is in the range (0, 2,
3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 25, 30, 38), this command establishes Sn as last selected parameter.
Every value out of this range and less than 256 can be used but has no meaning and is
maintained only for backward compatibility with landline modems.
2.
AT=<value><CR> or ATS=<value><CR> set the contents of the selected S-parameter
Example:
ATS7<CR>
AT=40<CR>
ATS=15<CR>
establishes S7 as last selected parameter.
sets the content of S7 to 40
sets the content of S7 to 15.
3.5.1.7.1 S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
Set command sets the number of rings required before device automatically
ATS0[=<n>]
answers an incoming call.
ATS0?
ATS0=?
Note
Reference
Parameter:
<n> - number of rings
0 - auto answer disabled (factory default)
1..255 - number of rings required before automatic answer.
Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <n> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 49 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.7.2 S1 - Ring Counter
S1 - Ring Counter
ATS1
ATS1?
ATS1=?
Note
S1 is incremented each time the device detects the ring signal of an
incoming call. S1 is cleared as soon as no ring occur.
Note: the form ATS1 has no effect.
Read command returns the value of S1 ring counter.
Test command returns the range of values for S1 ring counter without
command echo and parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.5.1.7.3 S2 - Escape Character
S2 - Escape Character
Set command sets the ASCII character to be used as escape character.
ATS2[=<char>]
Parameter:
<char> - escape character decimal ASCII
0..255 - factory default value is 43 (+).
ATS2?
ATS2=?
Note
Note: the escape sequence consists of three escape characters preceded
and followed by n ms of idle (see S12 to set n).
Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.5.1.7.4 S3 - Command Line Termination Character
S3 - Command Line Termination Character
Set command sets the value of the character either recognized by the
ATS3[=<char>]
device as command line terminator and generated by the device as part of
the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text,
along with S4 parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - command line termination character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 13 (ASCII CR)
Note: the “previous” value of S3 is used to determine the command line
termination character for entering the command line containing the S3
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 50 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
ATS3?
ATS3=?
Note
Reference
setting command. However the result code issued shall use the “new” value
of S3 (as set during the processing of the command line).
Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.5.1.7.5 S4 - Response Formatting Character
S4 - Response Formatting Character
Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as
ATS4[=<char>]
part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information
text, along with the S3 parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - response formatting character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 10 (ASCII LF)
ATS4?
ATS4=?
Note
Reference
Note: if the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code issued
in response of that command line will use the new value of S4.
Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.5.1.7.6 S5 - Command Line Editing Character
S5 - Command Line Editing Character
Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a
ATS5[=<char>]
request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding
character.
ATS5?
ATS5=?
Note
Reference
Parameter:
<char> - command line editing character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 8 (ASCII BS).
Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 51 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.1.7.7 S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out
S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out
Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the device shall
ATS7[=<tout>]
allow between either answering a call (automatically or by A command) or
completion of signalling of call addressing information to network (dialling),
and establishment of a connection with the remote device.
ATS7?
ATS7=?
Note
Reference
Parameter:
<tout> - number of seconds
1..255 - factory default value is 60.
Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <tout> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.5.1.7.8 S12 - Escape Prompt Delay
S12 - Escape Prompt Delay
Set command sets the period, before and after an escape sequence, during
ATS12[=<time>]
which no character has to be detected in order to accept the escape
sequence as a valid one.
ATS12?
ATS12=?
Note
Parameter:
<time> - expressed in fiftieth of a second
20..255 - factory default value is 50.
Read command returns the current value of S12 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <time> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.5.1.7.9 S25 - Delay To DTR Off
S25 - Delay To DTR Off
Set command defines the amount of time, in hundredths of second, that the
ATS25[=<time>]
device will ignore the DTR for taking the action specified by command &D.
Parameter:
<time> - expressed in hundredths of a second
0..255 - factory default value is 5.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 52 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
ATS25?
ATS25=?
Note: the delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5.
Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <time> without command echo and
parenthesis.
Note
Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.5.1.7.10
S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer
S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer
Set command defines the inactivity timeout in minutes. The device
ATS30[=<tout>]
disconnects if no characters are exchanged for a time period of at least
<tout> minutes.
ATS30?
ATS30=?
Note
Parameter:
<tout> - expressed in minutes
0 - disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled (factory default).
1..255 - inactivity timeout value.
Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <tout> without command echo and
parenthesis.
Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.5.1.7.11 S38 - Delay Before Forced Hang Up
S38 -Delay Before Forced Hang Up
Set command sets the delay, in seconds, between the device’s receipt of H
ATS38[=<delay>]
command (or ON-to-OFF transition of DTR if device is programmed to
follow the signal) and the disconnect operation.
Parameter:
<delay> - expressed in seconds
0..254 - the device will wait <delay> seconds for the remote device to
acknowledge all data in the device buffer before disconnecting
(factory default value is 20).
255 - the device doesn’t time-out and continues to deliver data in the buffer
until the connection is lost or the data is delivered.
ATS38?
Note: <delay> parameter can be used to ensure that data in device buffer is
sent before device disconnects.
Read command returns the current value of S38 parameter.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 53 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
ATS38=?
Note
Test command returns the range of supported values for <delay> without
command echo and parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 54 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands
3.5.2.1 General
3.5.2.1.1 +CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
AT+CGMI
without command echo. The output depends on the choice made through
#SELINT command.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT+CGMI?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.1.2 +CGMM - Request Model Identification
+CGMM - Request Model Identification
Execution command returns the device model identification code without
AT+CGMM
command echo.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.1.3 +CGMR - Request Revision Identification
+CGMR - Request Revision Identification
Execution command returns device software revision number without
AT+CGMR
command echo.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT+CGMR?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.1.4 +CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification
+CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
AT+CGSN
IMEI of the mobile, without command echo.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT+CGSN?
Reference
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 55 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.1.5 +CSCS - Select TE Character Set
+CSCS - Select TE Character Set
Set command sets the current character set used by the device.
AT+CSCS
[=<chset>]
Parameter:
<chset> - character set
“IRA” - ITU-T.50
”8859-1” - ISO 8859 Latin 1
”PCCP437” - PC character set Code Page 437.
”UCS2” - 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set
(ISO/IEC10646)
AT+CSCS?
AT+CSCS=?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns the current value of the active character set.
Test command returns the supported values of the parameter <chset>.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CSCS: (“IRA”)
AT+CSCS=??
Reference
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CSCS=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <chset>.
Enhanced test command returns the supported values of the parameter
<chset>
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.1.6 +CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
+CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identify (IMSI)
Execution command returns the value of the Internal Mobile Subscriber
AT+CIMI
Identity stored in the SIM without command echo.
AT+CIMI?
Reference
Note: a SIM card must be present in the SIM card housing, otherwise the
command returns ERROR.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 56 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.2 Call Control
3.5.2.2.1 +CHUP - Hang Up Call
+CHUP - Hang Up Call
AT+CHUP
AT+CHUP=?
Reference
3.5.2.2.2
Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-party
session is running.
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
Set command sets the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and
AT+CBST
the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated.
[=<speed>
Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup,
[,<name>
especially in case of single numbering scheme calls (refer +CSNS).
[,<ce>]]]
Parameters:
The default values of the subparameters are manufacturer specific since
they depend on the purpose of the device and data services provided by it.
Not all combinations of these subparameters are supported. The supported
values are:
<speed>
0 - autobauding (automatic selection of the speed, factory default)
1 - 300 bps (V.21)
2 - 1200 bps (V.22)
3 - 1200/75 bps (V.23)
4 - 2400 bps (V.22bis)
6 - 4800 bps (V.32)
7 - 9600 bps (V.32)
14 - 14400 bps (V.34)
65 - 300 bps (V.110)
66 - 1200 bps (V.110)
68 - 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
70 - 4800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
71 - 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
75 - 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
<name>
0 - data circuit asynchronous (factory default)
<ce>
0 - transparent
1 - non transparent (default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 57 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
Note: the settings
AT+CBST=0,0,0
AT+CBST=14,0,0
AT+CBST=75,0,0
are not supported.
AT+CBST?
AT+CBST=?
Reference
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command returns current value of the parameters <speed>,
<name> and <ce>
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.2.3 +CRLP - Radio Link Protocol
+CRLP - Radio Link Protocol
Set command sets Radio Link Protocol (RLP) parameters used when nonAT+CRLP=<iws>
transparent data calls are originated
[,<mws>[,<T1>
[,<N2>[,<ver>]]]]
Parameters:
<iws> - IWF window Dimension
1..61 - factory default value is 61
<mws> - MS window Dimension
1..61 - default value is 61
<T1> - acknowledge timer (10 ms units).
39..255 - default value is 78
<N2> - retransmission attempts
1..255 - default value is 6
AT+CRLP?
AT+CRLP=?
Reference
<ver> - protocol version
0
Read command returns the current value of the RLP protocol parameters.
Test command returns supported range of values of the RLP protocol
parameters.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 58 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.2.4 +CR - Service Reporting Control
+CR - Service Reporting Control
Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code
AT+CR=<mode>
+CR: <serv>
is returned from the TA to the TE, where
<serv>
ASYNC - asynchronous transparent
SYNC - synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent
If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during
connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and
quality of service will be used, before any error control or data compression
reports are transmitted, and before the intermediate result code CONNECT
is transmitted.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables intermediate result code report (factory default)
1 - enables intermediate result code report.
AT+CR?
AT+CR=?
Reference
This command replaces V.25ter [14] command Modulation Reporting
Control +MR, which is not appropriate for use with a GSM terminal.
Read command returns current intermediate report setting
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.2.5 +CEER - Extended Error Report
+CEER - Extended Error Report
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text <report>
AT+CEER
in the format:
+CEER: <report>
This report regards some error condition that may occur:
- the failure in the last unsuccessful call setup (originating or answering)
- the last call release
- the last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context
activation,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 59 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CEER - Extended Error Report
- the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation.
AT+CEER?
AT+CEER=?
Reference
Note: if none of this condition has occurred since power up then No Error
condition is reported
Read command reports a information text regarding some error condition
that may occur
Test command returns OK result code.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.2.6 +CRC - Cellular Result Codes
+CRC - Cellular Result Codes
Set command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call
AT+CRC=<mode>
indication is used.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables extended format reporting (factory default)
1 - enables extended format reporting
When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result
code:
+CRING:<type>
instead of the normal RING.
AT+CRC?
AT+CRC=?
Reference
where
<type> - call type:
DATA
FAX - facsimile (TS 62)
VOICE - normal voice (TS 11)
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 60 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.2.7 +CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme
+CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme
Set command selects the bearer or teleservice to be used when mobile
AT+CSNS=
terminated single numbering scheme call is established. Parameter values
<mode>
set with +CBST command shall be used when <mode> equals to a data
service.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - voice (factory default)
2 - fax (TS 62)
4 - data
AT+CSNS?
AT+CSNS=?
Reference
Note: if +CBST parameter is set to a value that is not applicable to single
numbering calls, ME/TA shall map the value to the closest valid one. E.g. if
user has set <speed>=71, <name>=0 and <ce>=1 (non-trasparent
asynchronous 9600 bps V.110 ISDN connection) for mobile originated calls,
ME/TA shall map the values into non-trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps
V.32 modem connection when single numbering scheme call is answered.
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.2.8 +CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control
+CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control
Set command selects whether ATH or “drop DTR" shall cause a voice
AT+CVHU[=
connection to be disconnected or not.
<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - "Drop DTR" ignored but OK result code given. ATH disconnects.
1 - "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK result code given.
2 - "Drop DTR" behaviour according to &D setting. ATH disconnects
(factory default).
AT+CVHU?
AT+CVHU=?
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the current value of the <mode> parameter,
+CVHU: <mode>
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<mode>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 61 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.3Network Service Handling
3.5.2.3.1 +CNUM - Subscriber Number
+CNUM - Subscriber Number
Execution command returns the subscriber number i.e. the phone number
AT+CNUM
of the device that is stored in the SIM card.
Note: the returned number format is:
+CNUM: <number>,<type>
Reference
where
<number> - string containing the phone number in the format <type>
<type> - type of number:
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+").
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.3.2 +COPN - Read Operator Names
+COPN - Read Operator Names
Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME. The
AT+COPN
output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.3.3 +CREG - Network Registration Report
+CREG - Network Registration Report
Set command enables/disables network registration reports depending on
AT+CREG[=
the parameter <mode>.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code (factory default)
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code
2 - enable network registration unsolicited result code with network Cell
identification data
If <mode>=1, network registration result code reports:
+CREG: <stat>
where
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 62 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CREG - Network Registration Report
<stat>
0 - not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to
register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to
register to
3 - registration denied
4 -unknown
5 - registered, roaming
If <mode>=2, network registration result code reports:
+CREG: <stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>]
where:
<Lac> - Local Area Code for the currently registered on cell
<Ci> - Cell Id for the currently registered on cell
Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is
registered on some network cell.
Note: issuing AT+CREG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CREG?
Note: issuing AT+CREG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CREG=0<CR>.
Read command reports the <mode> and <stat> parameter values in the
format:
+CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>]
AT+CREG=?
Example
Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is
registered on some network cell.
Test command returns the range of supported <mode>
AT
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
searching state)
(the
MODULE
is
in
network
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 63 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CREG - Network Registration Report
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
(the MODULE is registered )
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.3.4 +COPS - Operator Selection
+COPS - Operator Selection
Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network
AT+COPS[=
operator.
[<mode>
<mode> parameter defines whether the operator selection is done
[,<format>
automatically or it is forced by this command to operator <oper>.
[,<oper>]]]]
The operator <oper> shall be given in format <format>.
The behaviour of +COPS command depends on the last #COPSMODE
setting.
(#COPSMODE=0)
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (factory
default)
1 - manual choice unlocked (network is kept as long as available, then it
can be changed with some other suited networks to guarantee the
service)
2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a
+COPS with <mode>=0, 1, 4 or 5 is issued
3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored)
4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection
fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
5 - manual choice locked (network is kept fixed, if the chosen network is
not available, then the mobile has no service)
<format>
0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)
1 - alphanumeric short form
2 - Numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 64 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+COPS - Operator Selection
<oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter.
(#COPSMODE=1)
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (default)
1 - manual choice (<oper> field shall be present)
2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a
+COPS with <mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued
3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored)
4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection
fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
<format>
0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)
2 - numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)]
<oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter.
Note: <mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next
reboot.
If <mode>=1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is
available at next reboot (this will happen even with a new SIM
inserted)
Note: issuing AT+COPS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+COPS?
Note: issuing AT+COPS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+COPS=0<CR>.
Read command returns current value of <mode>,<format> and <oper> in
format <format>; if no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are
omitted
AT+COPS=?
+COPS: <mode>[, <format>, <oper>]
Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator
present in the network.
The behaviour of Test command depends on the last #COPSMODE setting.
(#COPSMODE=0)
The command outputs as many rows as the number of quadruplets, each of
them in the format:
+COPS: (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,””,
<oper (in <format>=2)>)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 65 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+COPS - Operator Selection
where
<stat> - operator availability
0 - unknown
1 - available
2 - current
3 - forbidden
(#COPSMODE=1)
The quadruplets in the list are separated by commas:
+COPS: [list of supported (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,,
<oper (in <format>=2)> )s][,,(list of supported <mode>s),
(list of supported<format>s)]
where
<stat> - operator availability
0 - unknown
1 - available
2 - current
3 - forbidden
Note: since with this command a network scan is done, this command may
require some seconds before the output is given.
Reference
Note: The value of parameter <oper> (in <format>=0) is the same as the
former GM862 family products.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.3.5 +CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock
+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
Execution command is used to lock or unlock a ME o a network facility.
AT+CLCK=
<fac>,<mode>
Parameters:
[,<passwd>
<fac> - facility
[,<class>]]
"SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password at power-up and
when this lock command issued)
"AO"- BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
"OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home
Country)
"AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 66 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
country)
"AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not
been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as
<passwd>)
"PN" - network Personalisation
"PU" - network subset Personalisation
<mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility
0 - unlock facility
1 - lock facility
2 - query status
<passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from
the DTE user interface or with command Change Password
+CPWD
<class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits
(default is 7)
1- voice (telephony)
2 - data (refers to all bearer services)
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CLCK: <status>
AT+CLCK=?
Reference
Note
where
<status> - current status of the facility
0 - not active
1 - active
Test command reports all the facility supported by the device.
GSM 07.07
The improving command @CLCK has been defined.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 67 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.3.6 @CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock
@CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
Execution command is used to lock or unlock a ME o a network facility.
[email protected]=
<fac>,<mode>
Parameters:
[,<passwd>
<fac> - facility
[,<class>]]
"SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password at power-up and
when this lock command issued)
"AO"- BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
"OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home
Country)
"AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home
country)
"AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not
been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as
<passwd>)
"PN" - network Personalisation
"PU" - network subset Personalisation
<mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility
0 - unlock facility
1 - lock facility
2 - query status
<passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from
the DTE user interface or with command Change Password
+CPWD
<class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits
(default is 7)
1- voice (telephony)
2 - data (refers to all bearer services)
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns:
@CLCK: <status>[,<class1>
[<CR><LF>@CLCK: <status>,<class2>[…]]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 68 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
[email protected]=?
Reference
Example
where
<status> - the current status of the facility
0 - not active
1 - active
<classn> - class of information of the facility
Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device.
GSM 07.07
Querying such a facility returns an output on three
rows, the first for voice, the second for data, the
third for fax:
[email protected] =”AO”,2
@CLCK: <status>,1
@CLCK: <status>,2
@CLCK: <status>,4
OK
3.5.2.3.7 +CPWD - Change Facility Password
+CPWD - Change Facility Password
Execution command changes the password for the facility lock function
AT+CPWD=<fac>,
defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK.
<oldpwd>,
<newpwd>
Parameters:
<fac> - facility
“SC” - SIM (PIN request)
“AB” - All barring services
“P2” - SIM PIN2
<oldpwd> - string type, it shall be the same as password specified for the
facility from the ME user interface or with command +CPWD.
<newpwd> - string type, it is the new password
AT+CPWD=?
Reference
Note: parameter <oldpwd> is the old password while <newpwd> is the new
one.
Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which presents
the available facilities and the maximum length of their password
(<pwdlength>)
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 69 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.3.8 +CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
AT+CLIP[=[<n>]]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line
Identity) at the TE. This command refers to the GSM supplementary service
CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called
subscriber to get the CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile
terminated call.
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disables CLI indication (factory default)
1 - enables CLI indication
If enabled the device reports after each RING the response:
+CLIP:<number>,<type>,<subaddress>,<satype>,<alpha>
,<CLI_validity>
where:
<number> - calling line number
<type> - type of address octet in integer format
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
129 - national numbering scheme
<subaddress> - string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
<satype> - type of subaddress octet in integer format
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character
set should be the one selected either with command Select TE
character set +CSCS or @CSCS.
<CLI_validity>
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitation or
originating network.
Note: issuing AT+CLIP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Note: issuing AT+CLIP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CLIP=0<CR>.
AT+CLIP?
Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format:
+CLIP: <n>, <m>
where:
<n>
0 - CLI presentation disabled
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 70 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
1 - CLI presentation enabled
<m> - status of the CLIP service on the GSM network
0 - CLIP not provisioned
1 - CLIP provisioned
2 - unknown (e.g. no network is present )
AT+CLIP=?
Reference
Note
Note: This command issues a status request to the network, hence it may
take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed to exchange
data with it.
Test command returns the supported values of the parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
The command changes only the report behaviour of the device, it does not
change CLI supplementary service setting on the network.
3.5.2.3.9 +CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
Set command overrides the CLIR subscription when temporary mode is
AT+CLIR[=[<n>]]
provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command.
This command refers to CLIR-service (GSM 02.81) that allows a calling
subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called
party when originating a call.
Parameter:
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
Note: issuing AT+CLIR<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CLIR?
Note: issuing AT+CLIR=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CLIR=0<CR>.
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>) and
also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service
(<m>), where
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 71 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
<m> - facility status on the Network
0 - CLIR service not provisioned
1 - CLIR service provisioned permanently
2 - unknown (e.g. no network present, etc.)
3 - CLI temporary mode presentation restricted
4 - CLI temporary mode presentation allowed
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>.
AT+CLIR=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
Note
This command sets the default behaviour of the device in outgoing calls.
3.5.2.3.10
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Conditions
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition
Execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary service.
AT+CCFC=
Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are
<reason>,
<cmd>[,<number>[, supported.
<type>[,<class>
Parameters:
[,,,<time>]]]
<reason>
0 - unconditional
1 - mobile busy
2 - no reply
3 - not reachable
4 - all calls (not with query command)
5 - all conditional calls (not with query command)
<cmd>
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
3 - registration
4 - erasure
<number> - phone number of forwarding address in format specified by
<type> parameter
<type> - type of address byte in integer format :
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
129 - national numbering scheme
<class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information which
the command refers to; default 7 (voice + data + fax)
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 72 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
<time> - the time in seconds after which the call is diverted if "no reply"
reason is chosen. Valid only for "no reply" reason.
Note: when <cmd>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CCFC: <status>,<class>[,<number>[,<type>[,<time>]]]
where:
<status> - current status of the network service
0 - not active
1 - active
<time> - time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded when "no reply"
option for <reason> is enabled or queried
1..30 - default value is 20.
AT+CCFC=?
Reference
Note
The other parameters are as seen before.
Test command reports supported values for the parameter <reason>.
GSM 07.07
When querying the status of a network service (<cmd>=2) the response line
for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not
active for any <class>.
3.5.2.3.11 +CCWA - Call Waiting
+CCWA - Call Waiting
Set command allows the control of the call waiting supplementary service.
AT+CCWA[=
Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported.
[<n>[,<cmd>
[,<class>]]]]
Parameters:
<n> - enables/disables the presentation of an unsolicited result code:
0 - disable
1 - enable
<cmd> - enables/disables or queries the service at network level:
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
<class> - is a sum of integers each representing a class of information
which the command refers to; default is 7 (voice + data + fax)
1 - voice (telephony)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 73 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCWA - Call Waiting
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: the response to the query command is in the format:
+CCWA:<status>,<class>
where
<status> represents the status of the service:
0 - inactive
1 - active
<class> - class of calls the service status refers to.
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the
format:
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>,<alpha>,<cli_validity>
where
<number> - string type phone number of calling address in format
specified by <type>
<type> - type of address in integer format
<class> - see before
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character
set should be the one selected with either +CSCS or @CSCS.
<cli_validity>
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of
originating network
Note: if parameter <cmd> is omitted then network is not interrogated.
Note: in the query command the class parameter must not be issued.
Note: the difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA =
0,1,7) and call waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0,7) is that in the
first case the call waiting indication is sent to the device by network but this
last one does not report it to the DTE; instead in the second case the call
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 74 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCWA - Call Waiting
waiting indication is not generated by the network. Hence the device
results busy to the third party in the 2nd case while in the 1st case a ringing
indication is sent to the third party.
Note: The command AT+CCWA=1,0 has no effect a non sense and must
not be issued.
Note: issuing AT+CCWA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CCWA?
AT+CCWA=?
Reference
3.5.2.3.12
Note: issuing AT+CCWA=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CCWA=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
GSM 07.07
+CHLD - Call Holding Services
+CHLD - Call Holding Services
Execution command controls the network call hold service. With this service
AT+CHLD=<n>
it is possible to disconnect temporarily a call and keep it suspended while it
is retained by the network, contemporary it is possible to connect another
party or make a multiparty connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - releases all held calls, or sets the UDUB (User Determined User
Busy) indication for a waiting call.
1 - releases all active calls (if any exist), and accepts the other (held or
waiting) call
1X - releases a specific active call X
2 - places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held
or waiting) call.
2X - places all active calls on hold except call X with which
communication shall be supported
3 - adds an held call to the conversation
Note: "X" is the numbering (starting with 1) of the call given by the sequence
of setting up or receiving the calls (active, held or waiting) as seen by the
served subscriber. Calls hold their number until they are released. New calls
take the lowest available number.
AT+CHLD=?
Note: where both a held and a waiting call exist, the above procedures
apply to the waiting call (i.e. not to the held call) in conflicting situation.
Test command returns the list of supported <n>s.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 75 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CHLD: (0,1,2,3)
Reference
Note
3.5.2.3.13
Note: consider what has been written about the Set command relating the
actions on a specific call (X).
GSM 07.07
ONLY for VOICE calls
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service
AT+CUSD[=
Data (USSD [GSM 02.90]).
[<n>[,<str>
[,<dcs>]]]]
Parameters:
<n> - is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result
code.
0 - disable the result code presentation in the DTA
1 - enable the result code presentation in the DTA
<str> - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not
interrogated)
- If <dcs> indicates that GSM338 default alphabet is used ME/TA
converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set (see +CSCS)
- If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding scheme is used: ME/TA
converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number; e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two
characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65).
<dcs> - GSM 3.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
(default is 0).
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the
format:
+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE
where:
<m>:
0 - no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no
further information needed after mobile initiated operation).
1 - further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or
further information needed after mobile initiated operation)
2 - USSD terminated by the network
3 - other local client has responded
4 - operation not supported
5 - network time out
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 76 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Note: in case of successful mobile initiated operation, DTA waits the USSD
response from the network and sends it to the DTE before the final result
code. This will block the AT command interface for the period of the
operation.
Note: issuing AT+CUSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CUSD?
AT+CUSD=?
Reference
Note
Note: issuing AT+CUSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CUSD=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
Only mobile initiated operations are supported
3.5.2.3.14 +CAOC - Advice Of Charge
+CAOC - Advice Of Charge
Set command refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service; the
AT+CAOC[=
command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event
[<mode>]]
reporting of the CCM (Call Cost Meter) information.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - query CCM value
1 - disables unsolicited CCM reporting
2 - enables unsolicited CCM reporting
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <mode> is in the
format:
+CCCM: <ccm>
where:
<ccm> - call cost meter value hexadecimal representation (3 bytes)
Note: the unsolicited result code +CCCM is issued when the CCM value
changes, but not more than every 10 seconds.
Note: issuing AT+CAOC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 77 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CAOC - Advice Of Charge
Note: issuing AT+CAOC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CAOC=0<CR>.
Read command reports the value of parameter <mode> in the format:
AT+CAOC?
AT+CAOC=?
+CAOC: <mode>
Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter.
Note: the representation format doesn’t match the
“Information text formats for test commands”. The output is:
Reference
Note
v.25ter§5.7.3
+CAOC: 0, 1, 2
GSM 07.07
+CAOC command uses the CCM of the device internal memory, not the
CCM stored in the SIM. The difference is that the internal memory CCM is
reset at power up, while the SIM CCM is reset only on user request. Advice
of Charge values stored in the SIM (ACM, ACMmax, PUCT) can be
accessed with commands +CACM, +CAMM and +CPUC.
3.5.2.3.15 +CLCC - List Current Calls
+CLCC - List Current Calls
Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics
AT+CLCC
in the format:
[+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type>
[<CR><LF>+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<typ
e>[…]]]
where:
<idn> - call identification number
<dir> - call direction
0 - mobile originated call
1 - mobile terminated call
<stat> - state of the call
0 - active
1 - held
2 - dialing (MO call)
3 - alerting (MO call)
4 - incoming (MT call)
5 - waiting (MT call)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 78 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLCC - List Current Calls
<mode> - call type
0 - voice
1 - data
2 - fax
9 - unknown
<mpty> - multiparty call flag
0 - call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number> - phone number in format specified by <type>
<type> - type of phone number byte in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
Reference
Note: If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is
useful in conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status
for call holding.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.3.16 +CSSN - SS Notification
+CSSN - SS Notification
It refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications.
AT+CSSN[=
Set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes
[<n>[,<m>]]]
from TA to TE.
Parameters:
<n> - sets the +CSSI result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
<m> - sets the +CSSU result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a
mobile originated call setup, an unsolicited code:
+CSSI: <code1>
is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes, where:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 79 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSSN - SS Notification
<code1>:
1 - some of the conditional call forwardings are active
2 - call has been forwarded
3 - call is waiting
5 - outgoing calls are barred
6 - incoming calls are barred
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a
mobile terminated call setup or during a call, an unsolicited result code
+CSSU: <code2>
is sent to TE, where:
<code2>:
0 - this is a forwarded call (MT call setup)
2 - call has been put on hold (during a voice call)
3 - call has been retrieved (during a voice call)
Note: issuing AT+CSSN<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSSN?
AT+CSSN=?
Reference
3.5.2.3.17
Note: issuing AT+CSSN=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSSN=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameters.
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>,
<m>.
GSM 07.07
+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control
+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control
Set command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary
AT+CCUG[=
service [GSM 02.85].
[<n>[,<index>
[,<info>]]]]
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disable CUG temporary mode (factory default).
1 - enable CUG temporary mode: it enables to control the CUG information
on the air interface as a default adjustment for all following outgoing
calls.
<index>
0..9 - CUG index
10 - no index (preferential CUG taken from subscriber data) (default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 80 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<info>
0 - no information (default)
1 - suppress Outgoing Access (OA)
2 - suppress preferential CUG
3 - suppress OA and preferential CUG
Note: issuing AT+CCUG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CCUG?
AT+CCUG=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CCUG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CCUG=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameters
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<n>, <index>, <info>
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 81 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control
3.5.2.4.1 +CPAS - Phone Activity Status
+CPAS - Phone Activity Status
Execution command reports the device status in the form:
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: <pas>
AT+CPAS?
AT+CPAS=?
Where:
<pas> - phone activity status
0 - ready (device allows commands from TA/TE)
1 - unavailable (device does not allow commands from TA/TE)
2 - unknown (device is not guaranteed to respond to instructions)
3 - ringing (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is
active)
4 - call in progress (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is
in progress)
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>.
Note: although +CPAS is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
Example
ATD03282131321;
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 3
the called phone is ringing
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 4
Reference
the called phone has answered to your call
OK
ATH
OK
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.2 +CFUN - Set Phone Functionality
+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality
Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME.
AT+CFUN=<fun>
Parameter:
<fun> - is the power saving function mode
0 - minimum functionality, NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode: in this mode, the
AT interface is not accessible. Consequently, once you have set <fun> level
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 82 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
0, do not send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain
in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result code.
The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back to full
functionality level <fun>=1.
1 - mobile full functionality with power saving disabled (factory default)
2 - disable TX
4 - disable either TX and RX
5 - mobile full functionality with power saving enabled
Note: if power saving enabled, it reduces the power consumption during the
idle time, thus allowing a longer standby time with a given battery capacity.
Note: to place the telephone in power saving mode, set the <fun>
parameter at value = 5 and the line DTR (RS232) must be set to OFF. Once
in power saving, the CTS line switch to the OFF status to signal that the
telephone is really in power saving condition.
During the power saving condition, before sending any AT command on the
serial line, the DTR must be enabled and it must be waited for the CTS
(RS232) line to go in ON status.
Until the DTR line is ON, the telephone will not return back in the power
saving condition.
AT+CFUN?
AT+CFUN=?
Note: the power saving function does not affect the network behavior of the
MODULE, even during the power save condition the module remains
registered on the network and reachable for incoming calls or SMS. If a call
arrives during the power save, then the module will wake up and proceed
normally with the unsolicited incoming call code
Read command reports the current level of functionality.
Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun>
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CFUN: (1, 5)
AT+CFUN=??
Reference
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CFUN=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <fun>.
Enhanced test command returns the list of supported values for <fun>
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.3 +CPIN - Enter PIN
+CPIN - Enter PIN
AT+CPIN[=<pin>
[,<newpin>]]
Set command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it
can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.).
If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required.
This second pin, <newpin>,will replace the old pin in the SIM.
The command may be used to change the SIM PIN by sending it with both
parameters <pin> and <newpin> when PIN request is pending; if no PIN
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 83 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
request is pending the command will return an error code and to change the
PIN the command +CPWD must be used instead.
Parameters:
<pin> - string type value
<newpin> - string type value.
To check the status of the PIN request use the command AT+CPIN?
AT+CPIN?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in
the form:
+CPIN:<code>
where:
<code> - PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status code
READY - ME is not pending for any password
SIM PIN - ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK - ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given
PH-SIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card password to be given
PH-FSIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card password to be
given
PH-FSIM PUK - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card unblocking
password to be given
SIM PIN2 - ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17)
SIM PUK2 - ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18)
PH-NET PIN - ME is waiting network personalization password to be given
PH-NET PUK - ME is waiting network personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization password
to be given
PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization
unblocking password to be given
PH-SP PIN - ME is waiting service provider personalization password to
be given
PH-SP PUK - ME is waiting service provider personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-CORP PIN - ME is waiting corporate personalization password to be
given
PH-CORP PUK - ME is waiting corporate personalization unblocking
password to be given
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 84 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
Example
Note
Note: Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting, to
change or query the default power up setting use either the
AT+CLCK=SC,<mode>, <pin> command or the [email protected]=SC,<mode>,
<pin> command.
AT+CMEE=1
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 10
error: you have to insert the SIM
AT+CPIN?
you inserted the SIM and device is not
+CPIN: READY
waiting for PIN to be given
OK
What follows is a list of the commands which are accepted when ME is
pending SIM PIN or SIM PUK
A
D
H
O
E
I
L
M
P
Q
S
T
V
X
Z
&C
&D
&F
&K
&N
&P
&S
&V
&W
&Y
&Z
%E
%L
#SRP
#CAP
#CODEC
#CBC
#I2S1
#STM
#SHFEC
#SHFSD
#HFMICG
#HSMICG
#GPIO
#SGPO
#GGPI
#ADC
#QTEMP
#DAC
#F26M
#RTCSTAT
#ACAL
#PCT
#WAKE
#SHDN
#JDR
#CSURV
#CSURVC
#CSURVU
#CSURVUC
#CSURVF
#CAMOFF
#CAMEN
#TPHOTO
#RPHOTO
#SELCAM
#CAMQUA
#CMODE
#CAMRES
#CAMTXT
#CAMZOOM
#CAMCOL
#OBJL
#OBJR
#COPSMODE
#DIALMODE
#SEMAIL
#EMAILD
#EUSER
#EPASSW
#ESMTP
#EADDR
#EMAILMSG
#ESAV
#ERST
#QSS
#SSCTRACE
+CFUN
+CGMI
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
+IPR
+ICF
+IFC
+CMUX
+CNMI
+CPAS
+CCLK
+CALA
+CRSM
+CLIP
+DR
+DS
+MS
+GCAP
+GCI
+ILRR
+CALM
+CHUP
+FCLASS
+FMI
+FMM
+FMR
+FTS
+FRS
+FTM
+FRM
+FRH
+FTH
page 85 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
%Q
\K
\Q
\R
\V
#BND
#AUTOBND
#CGMI
#CGMM
#CGMR
#CGSN
#MONI
#SERVINFO
#SELINT
#SRS
#CSURVNLF
#CSURVB
#CSURVBC
#PASSW
#PKTSZ
#SKTSAV
#SKTSET
#SKTOP
#SKTTO
#USERID
#DSTO
#SKTCT
#SKTRST
#FTPPUTPH
#CAMON
+CGMM
+CGMR
+GMI
+GMM
+GMR
+CGSN
+GSN
+CRC
+CMEE
+CPIN
+CSQ
+CSDH
+CRSL
+CLVL
+CMUT
+FLO
+FPR
+FDD
+CSNS
+CRLP
+CR
+CREG
+CGREG
+COPS
+CBC
+CIND
+CMER
All the above commands, but the ones in the grayed cells, can be issued
even if the SIM card is not inserted yet.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.4 +CSQ - Signal Quality
+CSQ - Signal Quality
Execution command reports received signal quality indicators in the form:
AT+CSQ
+CSQ:<rssi>,<ber>
where
<rssi> - received signal strength indication
0 - (-113) dBm or less
1 - (-111) dBm
2..30 - (-109)dBm..(-53)dBm / 2 dBm per step
31 - (-51)dBm or greater
99 - not known or not detectable
<ber> - bit error rate (in percent)
0 - less than 0.2%
1 - 0.2% to 0.4%
2 - 0.4% to 0.8%
3 - 0.8% to 1.6%
4 - 1.6% to 3.2%
5 - 3.2% to 6.4%
6 - 6.4% to 12.8%
7 - more than 12.8%
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 86 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSQ - Signal Quality
99 - not known or not detectable
AT+CSQ?
AT+CSQ=?
Reference
Note: this command should be used instead of the %Q and %L commands,
since GSM relevant parameters are the radio link ones and no line is
present, hence %Q %L and have no meaning.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters
<rssi> and <ber>.
Note: although +CSQ is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.5 +CIND - Indicator Control
+CIND - Indicator Control
Set command is used to control the registration / deregistration of ME
AT+CIND[=
indicators, in order to automatically send the +CIEV URC, whenever the
[<state>
value of the associated indicator changes. The supported indicators
[,<state>[,…]]]]
(<descr>) and their order appear from test command AT+CIND=?
Parameter:
<state> - registration / deregistration state
0 - the indicator is deregistered; it cannot be presented as unsolicited
result code (+CIEV URC), but can be directly queried with AT+CIND?
1 - indicator is registered: indicator event report is allowed; this is the
factory default for every indicator
Note: issuing AT+CIND<CR> causes the read command to be executed
AT+CIND?
Note: issuing AT+CIND=<CR> causes all the indicators to be registered,
as the command AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 was issued.
Read command returns the current value status of ME indicators, in the
format:
+CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,…]]
AT+CIND=?
Note: the order of the values <ind>s is the same as that in which appear
the supported indicators from test command AT+CIND=?
Test command returns pairs, where string value <descr> is a description
(max. 16 chars) of the indicator and compound value is the supported
values for the indicator, in the format:
+CIND: (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))[,(<descr>, (list of
supported <ind>s))[,…]]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 87 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
where:
<descr> - indicator names as follows (along with their <ind> ranges)
“battchg” - battery charge level
<ind> - battery charge level indicator range
0..5
99 - not measurable
“signal” - signal quality
<ind> - signal quality indicator range
0..7
99 - not measurable
“service” - service availability
<ind> - service availability indicator range
0 - not registered to any network
1 - registered to home network
“sounder” - sounder activity
<ind> - sounder activity indicator range
0 - there’s no any sound activity
1 - there’s some sound activity
“message” - message received
<ind> - message received indicator range
0 - there is no unread short message at memory location “SM”
1 - unread short message at memory location “SM”
“call” - call in progress
<ind> - call in progress indicator range
0 - there’s no calls in progress
1 - at least a call has been established
“roam” - roaming
<ind> - roaming indicator range
0 - registered to home network or not registered
1 - registered to other network
“smsfull” - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1),
or memory locations are available (0)
<ind> - short message memory storage indicator range
0 - memory locations are available
1 - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full.
“rssi” - received signal (field) strength
<ind> - received signal strength level indicator range
0 - signal strength ≤ 112 dBm
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 88 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Example
Note
Reference
1..4 - signal strength in 15 dBm steps
5 - signal strength ≥ 51 dBm
99 - not measurable
Next command causes all the indicators to be registered
AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
Next command causes all the indicators to be deregistered
AT+CIND=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Next command to query the current value of all
indicators
AT+CIND?
CIND: 4,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,2
OK
See command +CMER
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.6 +CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from
AT+CMER[=
TA to TE in the case of indicator state changes (n.b.: sending of URCs in
[<mode>
the case of key pressings or display changes are currently not
[,<keyp>
implemented).
[,<disp>
[,<ind>
Parameters:
[,<bfr>]]]]]]
<mode> - controls the processing of unsolicited result codes
0 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes.
1 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE link is reserved
(e.g. on-line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 - buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after
reservation; otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
3 - forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the TE; when TA
is in on-line data mode each +CIEV URC is replaced with a Break (100
ms), and is stored in a buffer; onche the ME goes into command mode
(after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the buffer will be output.
<keyp> - keypad event reporting
0 - no keypad event reporting
<disp> - display event reporting
0 - no display event reporting
<ind> - indicator event reporting
0 - no indicator event reporting
1 - indicator event reporting
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 89 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
Note: issuing AT+CMER<CR> causes the read command to be executed
AT+CMER?
AT+CMER=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CMER=<CR> causes the command
AT+CMER=0,0,0,0,0 to be issued.
Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format:
+CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<mode>, <keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format:
+CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s),
(list of supported <disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.7 +CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage
+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage
Set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which will be
AT+CPBS
used by other phonebook commands.
[=<storage>]
Parameter:
<storage>
"SM" - SIM phonebook
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook (only phase 2/2+ SIM)
"LD" - SIM last-dialling-phonebook (+CPBW and +CPBF are not
applicable for this storage)
"MC" - device missed (unanswered received) calls list (+CPBW and
+CPBF are not applicable for this storage)
"RC" - ME received calls list (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for
this storage)
AT+CPBS?
Note: If parameter is omitted then Set command has the same behaviour as
Read command.
Read command returns the actual values of the parameter <storage>, the
number of occupied records <used> and the maximum index number
<total>, in the format:
+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>
AT+CPBS=?
Note: For <storage>=”MC”: if there are more than one missed calls from
the same number the read command will return only the last call
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters
<storage>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 90 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note: the presentation format of the Test command output is the set of
available values for <storage>, each of them enclosed in parenthesis:
Reference
+CPBS: ("SM"),("FD"),("LD"),("MC"),("RC")
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.8 +CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
AT+CPBR=
<index1>..<index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected
<index1>
with +CPBS. If <index2> is omitted, only location <index1> is returned.
[,<index2>]
Parameters:
<index1> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of
phonebook memory
<index2> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of
phonebook memory
The response format is:
+CPBR: <index>,<number>,<type>,<text>
where:
<index> - the current position number of the PB index (to see the range of
values use +CPBR=?)
<number> - the phone number stored in the format <type>
<type> - type of phone number byte in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the alphanumeric text associated to the number; used character set
should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or
@CSCS.
AT+CPBR=?
Note: If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information text
lines will be returned, while if listing fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR:
<err> is returned.
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters in
the form:
+CPBR: (<minIndex> - <maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength>
where:
<minIndex> - the minimum <index> number, integer type
<maxIndex> - the maximum <index> number, integer type
<nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 91 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note
Reference
<tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.9 +CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries
+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries
Execution command issues a search for the phonebook records that have
AT+CPBF=
the <findtext> sub-string at the start of the <text> field
<findtext>
Parameter:
<findtext> - string type, it is NOT case sensitive; used character set should
be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS.
The command returns a report in the form:
+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[…]<CR><LF>
+CPBF: <indexn>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
where <indexn>, <number>, <type>, and <text> have the same meaning
as in the command +CPBR report.
AT+CPBF=?
Note
Reference
3.5.2.4.10
Note: if no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message
is reported.
Test command reports the maximum lengths of fields <number> and
<text> in the PB entry in the form:
+CPBF: [<max_number_length>],[<max_text_length>]
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
GSM 07.07
+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry
+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry
Execution command stores at the position <index> a phonebook record
AT+CPBW=
defined by <number>, <type> and <text> parameters
[<index>]
[,<number>
Parameters:
[,<type>
<index> - record position
[,<text>]]]
<number> - string type, phone number in the format <type>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 92 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the text associated to the number, string type; used character set
should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or
@CSCS.
Note: If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten.
Note: if only <index> is given, the record number <index> is deleted.
Note: if <index> is omitted, the number <number> is stored in the first free
phonebook location.
AT+CPBW=?
Note: omission of all the subparameters causes an ERROR result code.
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value, the maximum length of <number> field supported
number format of the storage and maximum length of <text> field. The
format is:
+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],
(list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>]
Reference
Note
3.5.2.4.11
where:
<nlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<number>
<tlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<text>
GSM 07.07
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
+CCLK - Clock Management
+CCLK - Clock Management
Set command sets the real-time clock of the ME.
AT+CCLK
[=<time>]
Parameter:
<time> - current time as quoted string in the format :
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"
yy - year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99
MM - month (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..12
dd - day (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..31 (if the month MM
has less than 31 days, the clock will be set for the next month)
hh - hour (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..23
mm - minute (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 93 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
ss - seconds (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59
±zz - time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarter of an hour,
between the local time and GMT; two last digits are mandatory),
range is -47..+48
AT+CCLK?
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the
format <time>.
AT+CCLK=?
Example
Note: the three last characters of <time> are not returned by +CCLK?
because the ME doesn’t support time zone information.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00"
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: 02/09/07,22:30:25
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.12
+CALA - Alarm Management
+CALA - Alarm Management
Set command stores in the internal Real Time Clock the current alarm time
AT+CALA[=
and settings defined by the parameters <time>, <n>, <type>, and <text>.
<time>[,<n>
[,<type>[,<text>]]]] When the RTC time reaches the alarm time then the alarm starts, the
behaviour of the MODULE depends upon the setting <type> and if the
device was already ON at the moment when the alarm time had come.
Parameter:
<time> - current alarm time as quoted string in the same format as defined
for +CCLK command: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"
<n> - index of the alarm
0 - The only value supported is 0.
<type> - alarm behaviour type
0 - reserved for other equipment use.
1 - the MODULE simply wakes up fully operative as if the ON/OFF button
had been pressed. If the device is already ON at the alarm time, then it
does nothing.
2 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE issues
an unsolicited code every 3s:
+ALARM: <text>
where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 94 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CALA - Alarm Management
The device keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3s until a
#WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the
device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command
within 90s then it shuts down. (default)
3 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE starts
playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the ringer (see command
#SRP)
The device keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or #SHDN
command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm
mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it
shuts down.
4 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE brings
the pin GPIO6 high, provided its <direction> has been set to alarm
output, and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is
received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it
does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down.
5 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and
<type>=3.
6 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and
<type>=4.
7 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=3 and
<type>=4.
<text> - unsolicited alarm code text string. It has meaning only if <type> is
equal to 2 or 5 or 6.
Note: The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON status
and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status is indicated by
a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is
indicated by DSR - ON.
During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network scan and will
not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any
call or SMS, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this
state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be
issued during this state.
AT+CALA?
AT+CALA=?
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports the current alarm time stored in the internal Real
Time Clock, if present, in the format:
+CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>[,<text>]
Note: if no alarm is present a <CR><LF> is issued.
Test command reports the list of supported <n>s, the list of supported
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 95 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CALA - Alarm Management
<type>s, and <text> maximum length
AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00"
Example
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.13
+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access
+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access
AT+CRSM=
Execution command transmits to the ME the SIM <command> and
<command>
its required parameters. ME handles internally all SIM-ME interface
[,<fileid>
locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, ME
[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>
sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data.
[,<data>]]]
Parameters:
<command> - command passed on by the ME to the SIM
176 - READ BINARY
178 - READ RECORD
192 - GET RESPONSE
214 - UPDATE BINARY
220 - UPDATE RECORD
242 - STATUS
<fileid> - identifier of an elementary datafile on SIM. Mandatory for
every command except STATUS.
<P1>,<P2>,<P3> - parameter passed on by the ME to the SIM; they
are mandatory for every command except GET
RESPONSE and STATUS
0..255
<data> - information to be read/written to the SIM (hexadecimal
character format).
The response of the command is in the format:
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
where:
<sw1>,<sw2> - information from the SIM about the execution of the
actual command either on successful or on failed
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 96 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access
execution.
<response> - on a successful completion of the command previously
issued it gives the requested data (hexadecimal
character format). It’s not returned after a successful
UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command.
Note: this command requires PIN authentication. However commands
READ BINARY and READ RECORD can be issued before PIN
authentication and if the SIM is blocked (after three failed PIN
authentication attempts) to access the contents of the Elementary
Files.
Note: use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>,
<fileid>, <P1>, <P2> and <P3>.
AT+CRSM=?
Reference
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
3.5.2.4.14 +CALM - Alert Sound Mode
+CALM - Alert Sound Mode
Set command is used to select the general alert sound mode of the device.
AT+CALM[=
<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - normal mode
1 - silent mode; no sound will be generated by the device, except for alarm
sound
2 - stealth mode; no sound will be generated by the device
Note: if silent mode is selected then incoming calls will not produce alerting
sounds but only the unsolicited messages RING or +CRING.
AT+CALM?
AT+CALM=?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>.
Test command returns the supported values for the parameter <mode> as
compound value.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CALM: (0,1)
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CALM=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <mode>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 97 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CALM=??
Reference
3.5.2.4.15
Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for the
parameter <mode> as compound value:
+CALM: (0-2)
GSM 07.07
+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level
+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level
Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the
AT+CRSL[=
device.
<level>]
Parameter:
<level> - ringer sound level
0 - Off
1 - low
2 - middle
3 - high
4 - progressive
AT+CRSL?
AT+CRSL=?
Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the
format:
+CRSL: <level>
Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CRSL: (0-3)
AT+CRSL=??
Reference
3.5.2.4.16
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CRSL=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <level>.
Enhanced Test command returns the complete range of supported values
for the parameter <mode>:
+CRSL: (0-4)
GSM 07.07
+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level
+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level
Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker audio
AT+CLVL[=
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 98 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<level>]
output of the device.
Parameter:
<level> - loudspeaker volume
0..max - the value of max can be read by issuing the Test command
AT+CLVL=?
AT+CLVL?
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behavior of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the loudspeaker
volume in the format:
AT+CLVL=?
+CLVL: <level>
Test command reports <level> supported values range in the format:
Reference
+CLVL: (0-max)
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.17 +CMUT - Microphone Mute Control
+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control
Set command enables/disables the muting of the microphone audio line
AT+CMUT[=[<n>]]
during a voice call.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - mute off, microphone active (factory default)
1 - mute on, microphone muted.
Note: this command mutes/activates both microphone audio paths, internal
mic and external mic.
Note: issuing AT+CMUT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CMUT?
AT+CMUT=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CMUT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CMUT=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the muting of the microphone audio line
during a voice call is enabled or not, in the format:
+CMUT: <n>
Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter.
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.18 +CACM - Accumulated Call Meter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 99 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter
Set command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter
AT+CACM[=
in SIM (ACM). Internal memory CCM remains unchanged.
<pwd>]
Parameter:
<pwd> - to access this command PIN2 password is required
AT+CACM?
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behavior of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports the current value of the SIM ACM in the format:
+CACM: <acm>
Reference
Note: the value <acm> is in units whose price and currency is defined with
command +CPUC
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.19 +CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
+CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
Set command sets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter
AT+CAMM[=
ACM maximum value in SIM (see also +CACM command). This value
<acmmax>,
represents the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by
<pwd>]
the subscriber. When ACM reaches <acmmax> value further calls are
prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value.
Parameter:
<acmmax> - maximum number of units allowed to be consumed
<pwd> - PIN2 password
Note: The <acmmax>=0 value disables the feature.
AT+CAMM?
Reference
Note: if the parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the maximum value of ACM stored in SIM in the
format:
+CAMM : <acmmax>
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.20 +CPUC - Price per Unit and Currency Table
+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table
Set command sets the values of Advice of Charge related price per unit and
AT+CPUC[=
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 100 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<currency>,
<ppu>,<pwd>]
currency table in SIM. The price per unit currency table information can be
used to convert the home units (as used in commands +CAOC, +CACM
and +CAMM) into currency units.
Parameters:
<currency> - string type; three-character currency code (e.g. LIT, USD,
DEM etc..); used character set should be the one selected
with either command +CSCS or @CSCS.
<ppu> - price per unit string (dot is used as decimal separator) e.g.
1989.27
<pwd> - SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the values
AT+CPUC?
Reference
Note: if the parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the current values of <currency> and <ppu>
parameters in the format:
+CACM : <currency>,<ppu>
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.4.21 +CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)
+CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)
Execution command reads on SIM the ICCID (card identification number
AT+CCID
that provides a unique identification number for the SIM)
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
AT+ CCID?
Test command reports OK.
AT+CCID=?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 101 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors
3.5.2.5.1 +CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
Set command enables/disables the report of result code:
AT+CMEE[=[<n>]]
+CME ERROR: <err>
as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx commands issued. When
enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result
code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is anyway
returned normally when the error message is related to syntax, invalid
parameters, or DTE functionality.
Parameter:
<n> - enable flag
0 - disable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, use only ERROR report.
1 - enable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, with <err> in numeric format
2 - enable +CME ERROR: <err> reports, with <err> in verbose format
Note: issuing AT+CMEE<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CMEE?
Note: issuing AT+CMEE=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CMEE=0<CR>.
Read command returns the current value of subparameter <n>
+CMEE: <n>
AT+CMEE=?
Test command returns the range of values for subparameter <n> in the format:
+CMEE: 0, 1, 2
Reference
Note: the representation format of the Test command output is not included
in parenthesis.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 102 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.6 Voice Control
3.5.2.6.1 +VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones.
AT+VTS=
<dtmfstring>
Parameters:
[,duration]
<dtmfstring> - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters in the set (0-9),
#,*,(A-D); it allows the user to send a sequence of DTMF tones, each
of them with a duration that was defined through +VTD command.
<duration> - duration of a tone in 1/100 sec.; this parameter can be
specified only if the length of first parameter is just one ASCII character
0 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a duration depending on the
network, no matter what the current +VTD setting is.
1..255 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a time <duration> (in
10 ms multiples), no matter what the current +VTD setting is.
AT+VTS=?
AT+VTS=??
Reference
Note: this commands operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS).
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+VTS: (),(),()
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+VTS=??,
that provides the correct range of values for <DTMF>.
Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s and the list of
supported <duration>s in the format:
(list of supported <dtmf>s)[,(list of supported <duration>s)]
GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101
3.5.2.6.2 +VTD - Tone Duration
+VTD - Tone Duration
Set command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command.
AT+VTD[=
<duration>]
Parameter:
<duration> - duration of a tone
0 - the duration of every single tone is dependent on the network (factory
default)
1..255 - duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec.
AT+VTD?
AT+VTD=?
Note: If parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format:
<duration>
Test command provides the list of supported <duration>s in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 103 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Reference
(list of supported <duration>s)
GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 104 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.7 Commands For GPRS
3.5.2.7.1 +CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
+CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter.
AT+CGCLASS
[=<class>]
Parameter:
<class> - GPRS class
“B” - GSM/GPRS (factory default)
“CG” - class C in GPRS only mode (GPRS only)
“CC” - class C in circuit switched only mode (GSM only)
Note: the setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot).
AT+CGCLASS?
Note: if parameter <class> is omitted, then the behaviour of Set command
is the same as Read command.
Read command returns the current value of the GPRS class in the format:
AT+CGCLASS=?
+CGLASS: <class>
Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>
3.5.2.7.2 +CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
Execution command is used to attach the terminal to, or detach the terminal
AT+CGATT[=
from, the GPRS service depending on the parameter <state>.
<state>]
Parameter:
<state> - state of GPRS attachment
0 - detached
1 - attached
AT+CGATT?
AT+CGATT=?
Example
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Execution command is
the same as Read command.
Read command returns the current GPRS service state.
Test command requests information on the supported GPRS service states.
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK
AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (0,1)
OK
AT+CGATT=1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 105 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.7.3 +CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
AT+CGREG[=
+CGREG: (see format below).
[<n>]]
Parameter:
<n> - result code presentation mode
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code; if there is a change
in the terminal GPRS network registration status, it is issued the
unsolicited result code:
+CGREG: <stat>
where:
<stat> - registration status
0 - not registered, terminal is not currently searching a new operator to
register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but terminal is currently searching a new operator to
register to
3 - registration denied
4 - unknown
5 - registered, roaming
2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result
code; if there is a change of the network cell, it is issued the unsolicited
result code:
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
where:
<stat> - registration status (see above for values)
<lac> - location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals
195 in decimal)
<ci> - cell ID in hexadecimal format
Note: issuing AT+CGREG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Note: issuing AT+CGREG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 106 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
AT+CGREG=0<CR>.
Read command returns the status of result code presentation mode <n> and
AT+CGREG?
the integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated
the registration of the terminal in the format:
AT+CGREG=?
Reference
+CGREG:<n>,<stat>.
Test command returns supported values for parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.7.4 +CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context
AT+CGDCONT[=
identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>
[<cid>
[,<PDP_type>
Parameters:
[,<APN>
<cid> - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter which specifies a
[,<PDP_addr>
particular PDP context definition.
[,<d_comp>
1..max - where the value of max is returned by the Test command
[,<h_comp>
<PDP_type> - (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which
[,<pd1>
specifies the type of packet data protocol
[,…[,pdN]]]]]]]]]]
"IP" - Internet Protocol
"PPP" - Point to Point Protocol
<APN> - (Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name
that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data
network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value
will be requested.
<PDP_addr> - a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address
space applicable to the PDP. The allocated address may be
read using the +CGPADDR command.
<d_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
<h_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
<pd1>, …, <pdN> - zero to N string parameters whose meanings are
specific to the <PDP_type>
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGDCONT=<cid>, causes the
values for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Note: issuing AT+CGDCONT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 107 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
AT+CGDCONT?
AT+CGDCONT=?
Example
Note: issuing AT+CGDCONT=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,
<h_comp>[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>
[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[…]]
Test command returns values supported as a compound value
AT+CGDCONT=1,”IP”,”APN”,”10.10.10.10”,0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,”IP”,“APN”,”10.10.10.10”,0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1-5),”IP”,,,(0-1),(0-1)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.7.5 +CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
Set command allows to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is
AT+CGQMIN[=
checked by the terminal against the negotiated profile returned in the
[<cid>
Activate PDP Context Accept message.
[,<precedence>
[,<delay>
Parameters:
[,<reliability>
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
[,<peak>
<precedence> - precedence class
[,<mean>]]]]]]]
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQMIN=<cid> causes the
requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Note: issuing AT+CGQMIN<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 108 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
Note: issuing AT+CGQMIN=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
AT+CGQMIN?
format:
+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,
<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[…]]
AT+CGQMIN=?
If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is
returned.
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: only the “IP” PDP_Type is currently supported.
Example
AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,0,0,5,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=?
+CGQMIN: “IP”,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60
3.5.2.7.6 +CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
Set command allows to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used
AT+CGQREQ[=
when the terminal sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the
[<cid>
network. It specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context
[,<precedence>
identification parameter, <cid>.
[,<delay>
[,<reliability>
Parameters:
[,<peak>
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
[,<mean>]]]]]]]
<precedence> - precedence class
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 109 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the
requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT+CGQREQ?
Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,
<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[…]]
AT+CGQREQ=?
If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is
returned.
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: only the “IP” PDP_Type is currently supported.
Example
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREQ: ”IP”,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60
3.5.2.7.7 +CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
+CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
Execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP
AT+CGACT[=
context(s)
[<state>[,<cid>
[,<cid>[,…]]]]]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 110 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Parameters:
<state> - indicates the state of PDP context activation
0 - deactivated
1 - activated
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command)
Note: if no <cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the
command activates/deactivates all defined contexts.
Note: issuing AT+CGACT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CGACT?
AT+CGACT=?
Note: issuing AT+CGACT=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP
contexts in the format:
+CGACT: <cid>,<state><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGACT:
<cid>,<state><CR><LF>[…]]
Test command reports information on the supported PDP context activation
states parameters in the format:
+CGACT: (0-1)
Example
AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1
Reference
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.7.8 +CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified
AT+CGPADDR=
context identifiers in the format:
[<cid>[,<cid>
[,…]]]
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>[…]]
Parameters:
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the
addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
<PDP_addr> - a string that identifies the terminal in the address space
applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or
dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 111 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
AT+CGPADDR=?
Example
+CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a
dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last
PDP context activation that used the context definition
referred to by <cid>; <PDP_addr> is omitted if none is
available
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: xxx.yyy.zzz.www
OK
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,”xxx.yyy.zzz.www”
OK
AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (1)
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.5.2.7.9 +CGDATA - Enter Data State
+CGDATA - Enter Data State
Execution command causes to perform whatever actions are necessary to
AT+CGDATA=
establish a communication with the network using one or more GPRS PDP
[<L2P>,[<cid>
types.
[,<cid>[,…]]]]
Parameters:
<L2P> - string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used
"PPP" - PPP Point-to-point protocol
<cid> - numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command).
AT+CGDATA=?
Example
Note: if parameter <L2P> is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified
Test command reports information on the supported layer 2 protocols.
Note: the representation format of the Test command output is not included
in parenthesis
AT+CGDATA=?
+CGDATA: ”PPP”
OK
AT+CGDATA=”PPP”,1
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 112 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGDATA - Enter Data State
Reference
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 113 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger
3.5.2.8.1 +CBC - Battery Charge
+CBC - Battery Charge
Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status in the format:
AT+CBC
+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl>
where:
<bcs> - battery charge status
0 - ME is powered by the battery
1 - ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is being powered
2 - ME does not have a battery connected
3 - Recognized power fault, calls inhibited
<bcl> - battery charge level
0 - battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a battery connected
25 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 25%
50 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 50%
75 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 75%
100 - battery is fully charged.
Note: <bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and the
battery is being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME operations is
taken anyway from VBATT pins.
AT+CBC?
AT+CBC=?
Note: without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a power
fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and <bcs>=3 will
never appear.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
Test command returns parameter values supported as a compound value.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CBC: (0-2),(0-100)
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CBC=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <bcs> and <bcl>.
AT+CBC=??
Note: although +CBC is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for <bcs>
and <bcl>:
+CBC: (0-3),(0-100)
Example
AT+CBC
+CBC: 0,75
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 114 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CBC - Battery Charge
OK
Note
The ME does not make differences between being powered by a battery or
by a power supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible to distinguish
between these two cases.
Reference
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 115 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS
3.5.3.1 General Configuration
3.5.3.1.1 +CSMS - Select Message Service
+CSMS - Select Message Service
Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of
AT+CSMS
messages supported by the ME:
[=<service>]
Parameter:
<service>
0 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05
Phase 2 version 4.7.0 (factory default)
1 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase
2+.
Set command returns current service setting along with the types of
messages supported by the ME:
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
where:
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<mo> - mobile originated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<bm> - broadcast type messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
AT+CSMS?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behavior of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports current service setting along with supported
message types in the format:
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<cb>
AT+CSMS=?
where:
<service> - messaging service (see above)
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support (see above)
<mo> - mobile originated messages support (see above)
<bm> - broadcast type messages support (see above)
Test command reports a list of all services supported by the device. the
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 116 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSMS - Select Message Service
supported value of the parameter <service>.
Reference
GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.41
3.5.3.1.2 +CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
Set command selects memory storages <memr>, <memw> and <mems>
AT+CPMS[=
to be used for reading, writing, sending and storing SMs.
<memr>
[,<memw>
Parameters:
[,<mems>]]]
<memr> - memory from which messages are read and deleted
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
"ME" - ME internal storage (read only, no delete)
<memw> - memory to which writing and sending operations are made
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
<mems> - memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
The command returns the memory storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals>
where
<usedr> - number of SMs stored into <memr>
<totalr> - max number of SMs that <memr> can contain
<usedw> - number of SMs stored into <memw>
<totalw> max number of SMs that <memw> can contain
<useds> - number of SMs stored into <mems>
<totals> - max number of SMS that <mems> can contain
Note: The only supported memory storage for writing and sending SMs is
the SIM internal memory "SM", so <memw>=<mems>="SM".
Note: the received class 0 SMS are stored in the "ME" memory regardless
the <mems> setting and they are automatically deleted at power off.
AT+CPMS?
Note: If all parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the message storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <memr>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<memw>,<usedw>,<totalw>,
<mems>,<useds>,<totals>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 117 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
where <memr>, <memw> and <mems> are the selected storage memories
for reading, writing and storing respectively.
Test command reports the supported values for parameters <memr>,
AT+CPMS=?
<memw> and <mems>
Example
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",5,10,"SM",5,10,"SM",5,10
Reference
OK
you have 5 out of 10 SMS SIM positions occupied
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.1.3 +CMGF - Message Format
+CMGF - Message Format
Set command selects the format of messages used with send, list, read and
AT+CMGF[=
write commands.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - PDU mode, as defined in GSM 3.40 and GSM 3.41 (factory default)
1 - text mode
Note: issuing AT+CMGF<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CMGF?
AT+CMGF=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CMGF=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CMGF=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command reports the supported value of <mode> parameter.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 118 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.3.2 Message Configuration
3.5.3.2.1 +CSCA - Service Center Address
+CSCA - Service Center Address
Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile
AT+CSCA[=
originated SMS transmissions.
[<number>
[,<type>]]]
Parameter:
<number> - SC phone number in the format defined by <type>
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
Note: to use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address
at which service requests will be directed.
Note: in Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in
PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when the
length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter equals zero.
Note: issuing AT+CSCA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSCA?
Note: issuing AT+CSCA=<CR> causes an OK result code to be issued.
Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format:
+CSCA: <number>,<type>
AT+ CSCA=?
Reference
Note: if SCA is not present the device reports an error message.
Test command returns the OK result code.
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.2.2 +CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing
AT+CSMP[=
and sending SMs when the text mode is used (+CMGF=1)
[<fo>
[,<vp>
Parameters:
[,<pid>
<fo> - depending on the command or result code:
[,<dcs>]]]]]
first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer
format.
<vp> - depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 119 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or
in quoted time-string format
<pid> - GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format.
<dcs> - depending on the command or result code:
GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell
Broadcast Data Coding Scheme
Note: issuing AT+CSMP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSMP?
AT+CSMP=?
Example
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CSMP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSMP=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
+CSMP: < fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
Test command reports the supported range of values for <fo>, <vp>, <pid>
and <dcs> parameters.
Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours
of validity period and default properties:
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.38
3.5.3.2.3 +CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text
AT+CSDH[=
mode (+CMGF=1) result codes.
[<show>]]
Parameter:
<show>
0 - do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP
(<sca>, <tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda>
or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs
and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode. For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR
result code do not show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or
<cdata>
1 - show the values in result codes
Note: issuing AT+CSDH<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSDH?
Note: issuing AT+CSDH=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSDH=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 120 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSDH=?
Reference
+CSDH: <show>
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<show>
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.2.4 +CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be
AT+CSCB[=
received by the device.
[<mode>
[,<mids>
Parameter:
[,<dcss>]]]]
<mode>
0 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are accepted
(factory default)
1 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are rejected
<mids>
- Message Identifiers, string type: all different possible
combinations of the CBM message identifiers; default is empty
string (“”).
<dcss> - Data Coding Schemes, string type: all different possible
combinations of CBM data coding schemes; default is empty string
(“”).
Note: issuing AT+CSCB<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSCB?
AT+CSCB=?
Example
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CSCB=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSCB=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids>
and <dcss>.
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>.
AT+CSCB?
+CSCB: 1,"",""
OK
(all CBMs are accepted, none is rejected)
AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3"
OK
GSM 07.05, GSM 03.41, GSM 03.38.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 121 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.3.2.5 +CSAS - Save Settings
+CSAS - Save Settings
Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA
AT+CSAS
+CSMP and +CSCB commands in local non volatile memory.
[=<profile>]
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - it saves the settings to NVM (factory default).
1..n - SIM profile number; the value of n depends on the SIM and its max
is 3.
Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they
are always saved to NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
AT+CSAS?
AT+CSAS=?
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the settings are saved in the non volatile
memory.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted.
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.2.6 +CRES - Restore Settings
+CRES - Restore Settings
Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS
AT+CRES
command from either NVM or SIM.
[=<profile>]
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - it restores message service settings
from NVM.
1..n - it restores message service settings from SIM. The value of n
depends on the SIM and its max is 3.
Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they
are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
AT+CRES?
AT+CRES=?
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the command restores message service
settings from NVM.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted.
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 122 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading
3.5.3.3.1 +CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
Set command selects the behaviour of the device on how the receiving of
AT+CNMI[=[
new messages from the network is indicated to the DTE.
<mode>[,<mt>
[,<bm>[,<ds>
Parameter:
[,<bfr>]]]]]]
<mode> - unsolicited result codes buffering option
0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full,
indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest
indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received
indications.
1 - Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result
codes when TA-TE link is reserved, otherwise forward them directly to
the TE.
2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the DTE is busy and
flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly
to the TE.
3 - if <mt> is set to 1 an indication via 100 ms break is issued when a SMS
is received while the module is in GPRS online mode. It enables the
hardware ring line for 1 s. too.
<mt> - result code indication reporting for SMS-DELIVER
0 - No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1 - If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory
location is routed to the TE using the following unsolicited result code:
+CMTI: <memr>,<index>
where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored
"SM"
"ME"
<index> - location on the memory where SM is stored.
2 - SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the
message waiting indication group) are routed directly to the TE using
the following unsolicited result code:
(PDU Mode)
+CMT: <alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where:
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of originator/destination
number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook
<length> - PDU length
<pdu> - PDU message
(TEXT Mode)
+CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 123 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> (the information written in
italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting)
where:
<oa> - originator address number
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of <oa> or <da>; used
character set should be the one selected with either command
+CSCS or @CSCS.
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<tooa>, <tosca> - type of number <oa> or <sca>:
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<fo> - first octet of GSM 03.40
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<sca> - Service Centre number
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication
group (stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
3 - Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited
result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding
schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
<bm> - broadcast reporting option
0 - Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE
2 - New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE with the unsolicited
result code:
(PDU Mode)
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
(TEXT Mode)
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data>
where:
<sn> - message serial number
<mid> - message ID
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<pag> - page number
<pags> - total number of pages of the message
<data> - CBM Content of Message
<ds> - SMS-STATUS-REPORTs reporting option
0 - status report receiving is not reported to the DTE
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 124 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
1 - the status report is sent to the DTE with the following unsolicited result
code:
(PDU Mode)
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
(TEXT Mode)
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
2 - if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is
sent:
+CDSI: <memr>,<index>
where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored
"SM"
<index> - location on the memory where SM is stored
<bfr> - buffered result codes handling method:
0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3 is entered (OK response shall be
given before flushing the codes)
1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
cleared when <mode>=1..3 is entered.
Note: issuing AT+CNMI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CNMI?
AT+CNMI=?
Note: issuing AT+CNMI=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CNMI=0<CR>.
Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command
in the form:
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI
command parameters.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns:
+CNMI: (0-2),(0-3),(0,2),(0-2),(0,1)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 125 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
AT+CNMI=??
Reference
Note
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CNMI=??,
that provides the complete range of values for parameter <mode>.
Enhanced test command reports the supported range of values for all the
+CNMI command parameters.
GSM 07.05
DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is
inactive (DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be
lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is
suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device
meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages
received.
3.5.3.3.2 +CMGL - List Messages
+CMGL - List Messages
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
AT+CMGL
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message
[=<stat>]
storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of
command +CMGF (message format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
4 - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<index> - message position in the memory storage list.
<stat> - status of the message
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40
(Text Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 126 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGL - List Messages
"REC UNREAD" - new message
"REC READ" - read message
"STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent
"STO SENT" - stored message already sent
"ALL" - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information
written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,,[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]
<CR><LF> <data>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<oa/da> - originator/destination number
<tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
Note: OK result code is sent at the end of the listing.
AT+CMGL?
AT+CMGL=?
Note
Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with “REC
UNREAD” status.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s
If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in
parenthesis
AT+CMGL=?
+CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT",
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 127 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGL - List Messages
"STO SENT","ALL"
Note
The improving command @CMGL has been defined
Reference
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.3.3 @CMGL - List Messages
@CMGL - List Messages
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
[email protected]
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message
[=<stat>]
storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of
command +CMGF (message format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
4 - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format:
@CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<index> - message position in the memory storage list.
<stat> - status of the message
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40
(Text Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
"REC UNREAD" - new message
"REC READ" - read message
"STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent
"STO SENT" - stored message already sent
"ALL" - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information
written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 128 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CMGL - List Messages
@CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,,[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]
<CR><LF> <data>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<oa/da> - originator/destination number
<tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format:
@CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
Note: The command differs from the +CMGL because at the end of the
listing a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code.
[email protected]?
[email protected]=?
Note
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with “REC
UNREAD” status.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s
If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in
parenthesis
[email protected]=?
@CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT",
"STO SENT","ALL"
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 129 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.3.3.4 +CMGR - Read Message
+CMGR - Read Message
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
AT+CMGR=
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and
<index>
delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:
<index> - message index.
The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message
format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
The output has the following format:
+CMGR: <stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<stat> - status of the message
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes.
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40.
The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is
returned.
(Text Mode)
Output format for received messages (the information written in italics will
be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
+CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,
<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
Output format for sent messages:
+CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
Output format for message delivery confirm:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<stat> - status of the message
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 130 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGR - Read Message
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<oa> - Originator address number
<da> - Destination address number
<sca> - Service Centre number
<tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User_data
Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in
the storage changes to 'received read'.
AT+CMGR=?
Note
Reference
Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>.
Test command returns the OK result code.
The improving command @CMGR has been defined
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.3.5 @CMGR - Read Message
@CMGR - Read Message
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
[email protected]=
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and
<index>
delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:
<index> - message index.
The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message
format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
The output has the following format:
@CMGR: <stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<stat> - status of the message
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 131 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CMGR - Read Message
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes.
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40.
The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is
returned.
(Text Mode)
Output format for received messages (the information written in italics will
be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
@CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,
<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text>
Output format for sent messages:
@CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text>
Output format for message delivery confirm:
@CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<stat> - status of the message
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<oa> - Originator address number
<da> - Destination address number
<sca> - Service Centre number
<tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<text> - message text
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 132 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CMGR - Read Message
Note: the command differs from the +CMGR because after the message
<pdu> or <text> a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code.
Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in
the storage changes to 'received read'.
[email protected]=?
Reference
Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>.
Test command has no effect; the answer is OK
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 133 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.3.4 Message Sending And Writing
3.5.3.4.1 +CMGS - Send Message
+CMGS - Send Message
(PDU Mode)
(PDU Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message.
AT+CMGS=
<length>
Parameter:
<length> - length of the PDU to be sent in bytes.
7..164
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
specified number of bytes.
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMGS: <mr>
where
<mr> - message reference number.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGS=<da>
[,<toda>]
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
(Text Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message.
Parameters:
<da> - destination address number.
<toda> - type of destination address
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for
message text (max 160 characters).
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the
format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 134 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGS - Send Message
+CMGS: <mr>
where
<mr> - message reference number.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Note
Reference
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS
ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.4.2 +CMSS - Send Message From Storage
+CMSS - Send Message From Storage
Execution command sends to the network a message which is already
AT+CMSS=
stored in the <memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>.
<index>[,<da>
[,<toda>]]
Parameters:
<index> - location value in the message storage <memw> of the message
to send
<da> - destination address; if it is given it shall be used instead of the one
stored with the message.
<toda> - type of destination address
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
If message is successfully sent to the network then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMSS: <mr>
where:
<mr> - message reference number.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported:
+CMS ERROR:<err>
Note: to store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW.
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 135 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMSS - Send Message From Storage
Note
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS
ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
Reference
GSM 07.05
3.5.3.4.3 +CMGW - Write Message To Memory
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
(PDU Mode)
(PDU Mode)
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new
AT+CMGW=
message.
<length>
[,<stat>]
Parameter:
<length> - length in bytes of the PDU to be written.
7..164
<stat> - message status.
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent (default)
3 - stored message already sent
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
specified number of bytes.
To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in
the format:
+CMGW: <index>
where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGW[=<da>[,
<toda>
[,<stat>]]]
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no
other SIM interacting commands are issued.
(Text Mode)
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new
message.
Parameters:
<da> - destination address number.
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 136 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent (default)
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<toda> - type of destination address.
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<stat> - message status.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
message text (max 160 characters).
To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in
the format:
+CMGW: <index>
where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Reference
Note
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no
other SIM interacting commands are issued.
GSM 07.05
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or
+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
3.5.3.4.4 +CMGD - Delete Message
+CMGD - Delete Message
Execution command deletes from memory <memr> the message(s).
AT+CMGD=
<index>
Parameter:
[,<delflag>]
<index> - message index in the selected storage <memr>
<delflag> - an integer indicating multiple message deletion request.
0 (or omitted) - delete message specified in <index>
1 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, leaving unread
messages and stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not)
untouched
2 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage and sent mobile
originated messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile
originated messages untouched
3 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, sent and unsent
mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages untouched
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 137 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGD - Delete Message
4 - delete all messages from <memr> storage.
Note: if <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then <index> is ignored and
ME shall follow the rules for <delflag> shown above.
AT+CMGD=?
Note: if the location to be deleted is empty, an error message is reported.
Test command shows the valid memory locations and optionally the
supported values of <delflag>.
Example
+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported <delflag>s)]
AT+CMGD=?
+CMGD: (1,2,3,6,7,17,18,19,20,37,38,39,47),(0-4)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 138 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands
3.5.4.1General Configuration
NOTE: All the test command results are without command echo
3.5.4.1.1 +FMI - Manufacturer ID
+FMI - Manufacturer ID
Read command reports the manufacturer ID. The output depends on the
AT+FMI?
choice made through #SELINT command.
AT+FMI?
Example
Telit_Mobile_Terminals
OK
Reference
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.1.2 +FMM - Model ID
+FMM - Model ID
AT+FMM?
Reference
Read command reports the model ID
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.1.3 +FMR - Revision ID
+FMR - Revision ID
AT+FMR?
Reference
Read command reports the software revision ID
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 139 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.4.2Transmission/Reception Control
3.5.4.2.1 +FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
+FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
Execution command causes the modem to terminate a transmission and
AT+FTS=<time>
wait for <time> 10ms intervals before responding with OK result.
AT+FTS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<time> - duration of the pause, expressed in 10ms intervals.
0..255
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.2.2 +FRS - Wait For Receive Silence
+FRS - Wait For Receive Silence
Execution command causes the modem to listen and report OK when
AT+FRS=<time>
silence has been detected for the specified period of time. This command
will terminate when the required silence period is detected or when the DTE
sends another character other than XON or XOFF.
AT+FRS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<time> - amount of time, expressed in 10ms intervals.
..0..255
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.2.3 +FTM - Transmit Data Modulation
+FTM - Transmit Data Modulation
Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using the modulation
AT+FTM=<mod>
defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FTM=?
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
24 - V27ter/2400 bps
48 - V27ter/4800 bps
72 - V29/7200 bps
96 - V29/9600 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
Reference
Note: the output is not bracketed
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 140 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.4.2.4 +FRM - Receive Data Modulation
+FRM - Receive Data Modulation
Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using the
AT+FRM=<mod>
modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FRM=?
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
24 - V27ter/2400 bps
48 - V27ter/4800 bps
72 - V29/7200 bps
96 - V29/9600 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
Reference
Note: the output is not bracketed
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.2.5 +FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing
+FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing
Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using
AT+FTH=<mod>
HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FTH=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
3 - V21/300 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.2.6 +FRH - Receive Data With HDLC Framing
+FRH - Receive Data Data With HDLC Framing
Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using
AT+FRH=<mod>
HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FRH=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
3 - V21/300 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 141 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.4.3Serial Port Control
3.5.4.3.1 +FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
AT+FLO=<type>
directions: from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE.
Parameter:
<type> - flow control option for the data on the serial port
0 - flow control None
1 - flow control Software (XON-XOFF)
2 - flow control Hardware (CTS-RTS) – (factory default)
AT+FLO?
AT+FLO=?
Reference
Note: This command is a shortcut of the +IFC command.
Note: +FLO’s settings are functionally a subset of &K’s ones.
Read command returns the current value of parameter <type>
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <type>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.3.2 +FPR - Select Serial Port Rate
+FPR - Select Serial Port Rate
Set command selects the the serial port speed in both directions, from DTE
AT+FPR=<rate>
to DTA and from DTA to DTE. When autobauding is selected, then the
speed is detected automatically.
AT+FPR?
AT+FPR=?
Reference
Parameter:
<rate> - serial port speed selection
0 - autobauding
Read command returns the current value of parameter <rate>
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <rate>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.5.4.3.3 +FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control
+FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control
Set command concerns the use of the <DLE><SUB> pair to encode
AT+FDD=<mode>
consecutive escape characters (<10h><10h>) in user data.
Parameter
<mode>
0 - currently the only available value. The DCE decode of <DLE><SUB> is
either <DLE><DLE> or discard. The DCE encode of <10h><10h> is
<DLE><DLE><DLE><DLE>
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>
AT+FDD?
Test command returns all supported values of parameter <mode>.
AT+FDD=?
Reference
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 142 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5 Custom AT Commands
3.5.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands
3.5.5.1.1 #CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
#CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
AT#CGMI
with command echo. The output depends on the choice made through
#SELINT command.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGMI?
3.5.5.1.2 #CGMM - Model Identification
#CGMM - Model Identification
Execution command returns the device model identification code with
AT#CGMM
command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGMM?
3.5.5.1.3 #CGMR - Revision Identification
#CGMR - Revision Identification
Execution command returns device software revision number with
AT#CGMR
command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGMR?
3.5.5.1.4 #CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification
#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
AT#CGSN
IMEI of the mobile, with command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGSN?
3.5.5.1.5 #CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
#CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
Execution command returns the international mobile subscriber identity,
AT#CIMI
identified as the IMSI number, with command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CIMI?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 143 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.1.6 #CAP - Change Audio Path
#CAP - Change Audio Path
Set command switches the active audio path depending on parameter <n>
AT#CAP[=[<n>]]
Parameter:
<n> - audio path
0 - audio path follows the Axe input (factory default):
if Axe is low, handsfree is enabled;
if Axe is high, internal path is enabled
1 - enables handsfree external mic/ear audio path
2 - enables internal mic/ear audio path
Note: The audio path are mutually exclusive, enabling one disables the
other.
Note: when changing the audio path, the volume level is set at the
previously stored value for that audio path (see +CLVL).
Note: issuing AT#CAP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#CAP?
Note: issuing AT#CAP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAP=0<CR>.
Read command reports the active audio path in the format:
AT#CAP=?
#CAP: <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
3.5.5.1.7 #SRS - Select Ringer Sound
#SRS - Select Ringer Sound
Set command sets the ringer sound.
AT#SRS[=
<n>,<tout>]
Parameters:
<n> - ringing tone
0 - current ringing tone
1..max - ringing tone number, where max can be read by issuing the Test
command AT#SRS=?.
<tout> - ringing tone playing time-out in seconds.
0 - ringer is stopped (if present) and current ringer sound is set.
1..60 - ringer sound playing for <tout> seconds and, if <n> > 0, ringer
sound <n> is set as default ringer sound.
Note: when the command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> > 0, the <n>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 144 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SRS - Select Ringer Sound
ringing tone is played for <tout> seconds and stored as default ringing tone.
Note: if command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> = 0, the playing of the
ringing is stopped (if present) and <n> ringing tone is set as current.
Note: if command is issued with <n> = 0 and <tout> > 0 then the current
ringing tone is played.
Note: if both <n> and <tout> are 0 then the default ringing tone is set as
current and ringing is stopped.
AT#SRS?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command
Read command reports current selected ringing and its status in the form:
#SRS: <n>,<status>
where:
<n> - ringing tone number
1..max
AT#SRS=?
<status> - ringing status
0 - selected but not playing
1 - currently playing
Test command reports the supported values for the parameters <n> and
<tout>
3.5.5.1.8 #SRP -Select Ringer Path
#SRP - Select Ringer Path
Set command selects the ringer path towards whom sending ringer sounds
AT#SRP[=[<n>]]
and all signalling tones.
Parameter:
<n> - ringer path number
0 - sound output towards current selected audio path (see
command #CAP)
1 - sound output towards handsfree
2 - sound output towards handset
3 - sound output towards Buzzer Output pin GPIO7
Note: In order to use the Buzzer Output an external circuitry must be
added to drive it properly from the GPIO7 pin, furthermore the GPIO7 pin
direction must be set to Buzzer output (Alternate function); see command
#GPIO.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 145 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SRP - Select Ringer Path
Note: issuing AT#SRP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SRP?
AT#SRP=?
Example
Note: issuing AT#SRP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SRP=0<CR>.
Read command reports the selected ringer path in the format:
#SRP: <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
AT#SRP=?
#SRP: (0-3)
OK
AT#SRP=3
OK
3.5.5.1.9 #STM - Signaling Tones Mode
#STM - Signaling Tones Mode
Set command enables/disables the signalling tones output on the audio
AT#STM
path selected with #SRP command
[=<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode> - signalling tones status
0 - signalling tones disabled
1 - signalling tones enabled
Note: AT#STM=0 has the same effect as [email protected]=2; AT#STM=1 has
the same effect either as AT+CALM=0 or [email protected]=0.
AT#STM?
AT#STM=?
3.5.5.1.10
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Read command reports whether the current signaling tones status is
enabled or not, in the format:
#STM: <mode>
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
#PCT - Display PIN Counter
#PCT - Display PIN Counter
Execution command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining
AT#PCT
attempts, depending on +CPIN requested password in the format:
#PCT: <n>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 146 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#PCT?
where:
<n> - remaining attempts
0 - the SIM is blocked.
1..3 - if the device is waiting either SIM PIN or SIM PIN2 to be given.
1..10 - if the device is waiting either SIM PUK or SIM PUK2 to be given.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.
3.5.5.1.11 #SHDN - Software Shut Down
#SHDN - Software Shutdown
Execution command causes device detach from the network and shut
AT#SHDN
down. Before definitive shut down an OK response is returned.
Note: after the issuing of this command any previous activity is terminated
and the device will not respond to any further command.
AT#SHDN?
Note: to turn it on again Hardware pin ON/OFF must be tied low.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.
3.5.5.1.12 #WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
Execution command stops any eventually present alarm activity and, if the
AT#WAKE[=
module is in alarm mode, it exits the alarm mode and enters the normal
<opmode>]
operating mode.
Parameter:
<opmode> - operating mode
0 - normal operating mode; the module exits the alarm mode, enters the
normal operating mode, any alarm activity is stopped (e.g. alarm tone
playing) and an OK result code is returned.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command returns the operating status
of the device in the format:
#WAKE: <status>
where:
<status>
0 - normal operating mode
1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity.
Note: the power saving status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF
status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 147 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
Note: during the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan
and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or
receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to the
MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command
must not be issued during this state.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
AT#WAKE?
parameter is omitted.
3.5.5.1.13 #QTEMP -Query Temperature Overflow
#QTEMP - Query Temperature Overflow
Set command has currently no effect. The interpretation of parameter
AT#QTEMP
<mode> is currently not implemented: any value assigned to it will simply
[=<mode>]
have no effect.
AT#QTEMP?
#QTEMP=?
Note
3.5.5.1.14
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Read command queries the device internal temperature sensor for over
temperature and reports the result in the format:
#QTEMP: <temp>
where
<temp> - over temperature indicator
0 - the device temperature is in the working range
1 - the device temperature is out of the working range
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
The device should not be operated out of its working temperature range; if
temperature is out of range proper functioning of the device is not ensured.
#SGPO - Set General Purpose Output
#SGPO - Set General Purpose Output
Set command sets the value of the general purpose output pin GPIO2.
AT#SGPO[=
[<stat>]]
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - output pin cleared to 0 (LOW)
1 - output pin set to 1 (HIGH)
Note: the GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the
transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated:
AT#SGPO=0 sets the open collector output HIGH
AT#SGPO=1 sets the open collector output LOW
A pull up resistor is required on pin GPIO2.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 148 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SGPO - Set General Purpose Output
Note: issuing AT#SGPO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SGPO?
AT#SGPO=?
Note
Note: issuing AT#SGPO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SGPO=0<CR>.
Read command reports the #SGPO command setting, hence the opposite
status of the open collector pin in the format:
#SGPO: <stat>.
Test command reports the supported range of values of parameter <stat>.
This command is meaningful only for GM862 family
3.5.5.1.15 #GGPI - General Purpose Input
#GGPI - General Purpose Input
AT#GGPI[=[<dir>]] Set command sets the general purpose input pin GPIO1.
Parameter:
<dir> - auxiliary input GPIO1 setting
0 - the Read command AT#GGPI? reports the logic input level read from
GPIO1 pin.
Note: The device has an insulated input pin ( the input goes the base of an
internal decoupling transistor) which can be used as a logic general purpose
input. This command sets the read behaviour for this pin, since only direct
read report is supported, the issue of this command is not needed.
In future uses the behavior of the read input may be more complex.
AT#GGPI?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Read command reports the read value for the input pin GPIO1, in the
format:
#GGPI: <dir>,<stat>
where
<dir> - direction setting (see #GGPI=<dir> )
<stat> - logic value read from pin GPIO1
AT#GGPI=?
Note
Note: Since the reading is done after the insulating transistor, the reported
value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1 input pin.
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <dir>.
This command is meaningful only for GM862 family
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 149 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.1.16 #GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
Execution command sets the value of the general purpose output pin
AT#GPIO[=<pin>,
GPIO<pin> according to <dir> and <mode> parameter.
<mode>[,<dir>]]
Not all configuration for the three parameters are valid.
Parameters:
<pin> - GPIO pin number; supported range is from 1 to a value that
depends on the hardware, but GPIO1 is input only and GPIO2 is
output only.
<mode> - its meaning depends on <dir> setting:
0 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- output pin cleared to 0 (LOW) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
1 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- output pin set to 1 (HIGH) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
2 - Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- Reports a no meaning value if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
<dir> - GPIO pin direction
0 - pin direction is INPUT
1 - pin direction is OUTPUT
2 - pin direction is ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Note).
Note: when <mode>=2 (and <dir> is omitted) the command reports the
direction and value of pin GPIO<pin> in the format:
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>
where
<dir> - current direction setting for the GPIO<pin>
<stat>
•
logic value read from pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set
to input;
•
logic value present in output of the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the
pin <dir> is currently set to output;
•
no meaning value for the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is
set to alternate function.
Note: (valid only for GPIO1) since the reading is done after the insulating
transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1
input pin
Note: if all parameters are omitted the command reports the read direction
and value of all GPIO pin, int the format:
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[…]]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 150 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
Note: "ALTERNATE FUNCTION" value is valid only for following pins:
•
GPIO5 - alternate function is “RF Transmission Monitor”
•
GPIO6 - alternate function is "Alarm Output" (see +CALA)
•
GPIO7 - alternate function is "Buzzer Output" (see #SRP)
Note: while using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write
access to that pin is not accessible and shall be avoided.
AT#GPIO?
AT#GPIO=?
Example
Note: The GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the
transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all
parameters are omitted.
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <pin>, <mode> and <dir>.
AT#GPIO=3,0,1
OK
AT#GPIO=3,2
#GPIO: 1,0
OK
AT#GPIO=4,1,1
OK
AT#GPIO=5,0,0
OK
AT#GPIO=6,2
#GPIO: 0,1
OK
3.5.5.1.17 #I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1
#I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1
AT#I2S1[=
Set command sets the type of operation.
<mode>
[,<clockmode>,
Parameters:
<clockrate>]]
<mode>
0 - PCM1 is not enabled; audio is forwarded to the analog line; PCM pins
can be used as UART1 and GPIO.
1 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded to the PCM block; PCM pin
cannot be used for UART1; any service on UART1 is suspended
2 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded both to the PCM block and to the
analog line; PCM pins cannot be used for UART1; any service on
UART1 is suspended
<clockmode>
0 - PCM acts as slave
1 - PCM acts as master
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 151 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1
<clockrate>
64 - 64 kHz.
128 - 128 kHz.
256 - 256 kHz.
512 - 512 kHz
1024 - 1024 kHz
2048 - 2048 kHz
AT#I2S1?
AT#I2S1=?
Note: issuing AT#I2S1<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Read command reports the last setting, in the format:
#I2S1: <mode>,<clockmode>,<clockrate>
Reports the range of supported values for parameters <mode>,
<clockmode> and <clockrate>
3.5.5.1.18 #E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
AT#E2SMSRI[=
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an
[<n>]]
incoming SMS message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is
generated on receipt of an incoming SMS message. The duration of
this pulse is determined by the value of <n>.
Parameter:
<n> - RI enabling
0 - disables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages (factory default)
50..1150 - enables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages. The
value of <n> is the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of
an incoming SM.
Note: if +CNMI=3,1 command is issued and the module is in a GPRS
connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is generated
on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either enabled or not.
Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#E2SMSRI?
Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on
receipt of an incoming SM, in the format:
#E2SMSRI: <n>
Note: as seen before, the value <n>=0 means that the RI pin response to
an incoming SM is disabled.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 152 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n>
AT#E2SMSRI=?
3.5.5.1.19
#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input
#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input
Execution command reads pin<adc> voltage, converted by ADC, and
AT#ADC[=
outputs it in the format:
<adc>,<mode>
[,<dir>]]
#ADC: <value>
where:
<value> - pin<adc> voltage, expressed in mV
Parameters:
<adc> - index of pin
1 - available for GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GM862-GPS, GE863QUAD, GE863-PY,GE863-GPS, GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864QUAD and GC864-PY
2 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY
3 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY
<mode> - required action
2 - query ADC value
<dir> - direction; its interpretation is currently not implemented
0 - no effect.
If all parameters are omitted the command reports all pins voltage,
converted by ADC, in the format:
#ADC: <value>[<CR><LF>#ADC: <value>[…]]
AT#ADC?
AT#ADC=?
Note: The command returns the last valid measure.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all
parameters are omitted.
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.
3.5.5.1.20 #DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control
#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control
Set command enables/disables the DAC_OUT pin.
AT#DAC[=
<enable>
Parameters:
[,<value>]]
<enable> - enables/disables DAC output.
0 - disables pin; it is in high impedance status (factory default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 153 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control
1 - enables pin; the corresponding output is driven
<value> - scale factor of the integrated output voltage; it must be present if
<enable>=1
0..1023 - 10 bit precision
Note: integrated output voltage = MAX_VOLTAGE * value / 1023
AT#DAC?
AT#DAC=?
Example
Note: if all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as the Read command.
Read command reports whether the DAC_OUT pin is currently enabled or
not, along with the integrated output voltage scale factor, in the format:
#DAC: <enable>,<value>
Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and
<value>.
Enable the DAC out and set its integrated output to the
50% of the max value:
AT#DAC=1,511
OK
Note
Disable the DAC out:
AT#DAC=0
OK
With this command the DAC frequency is selected internally.
D/A converter must not be used during POWERSAVING.
DAC_OUT line must be integrated (for example with a low band pass filter)
in order to obtain an analog voltage.
For a more in depth description of the integration filter refer to the hardware
user guide.
3.5.5.1.21 #VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output
#VAUX- Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output
Set command enables/disables Auxiliary Voltage pins output.
AT#VAUX[=<n>,
<stat>]
Parameters:
<n> - VAUX pin index
1 - there is currently just one VAUX pin
<stat>
0 - output off
1 - output on
2 - query current value of VAUX pin
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 154 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#VAUX- Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output
Note: when <stat>=2 and command is successful, it returns:
#VAUX: <value>
where:
<value> - power output status
0 - output off
1 - output on
Note: If all parameters are omitted the command has the same behaviour
as Read command.
AT#VAUX?
AT#VAUX=?
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the Auxiliary Voltage pins
output is disabled while GPS or camera is powered on they’ll both also be
turned off.
Read command reports the current status of all auxiliary voltage output
pins, in the format:
#VAUX: <value>[<CR><LF>#VAUX: <value>[…]]
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>,
<stat>.
3.5.5.1.22 #CBC - Battery And Charger Status
#CBC- Battery And Charger Status
Execution command returns the current Battery and Charger state in the
AT#CBC
format:
#CBC: <ChargerState>,<BatteryVoltage>
where:
<ChargerState> - battery charger state
0 - charger not connected
1 - charger connected and charging
2 - charger connected and charge completed
AT#CBC?
AT#CBC=?
<BatteryVoltage> - battery voltage in millivolt: it is the real battery voltage
only if charger is not connected; if the charger is connected this value
depends on the charger voltage.
Read command has the same meaning as Execution command.
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.5.5.1.23 #AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 155 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property
Set command enables/disables the TE auto-attach property.
AT#AUTOATT
[=<auto>]
Parameter:
<auto>
0 - disables auto attach property
1 - enables auto attach property (factory default)
AT#AUTOATT?
AT#AUTOATT=?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports whether the auto-attach property is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#AUTOATT: <auto>
Test command reports available values for parameter <auto>.
3.5.5.1.24 #MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control
#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control
Set command sets the multislot class
AT#MSCLASS[=
<class>,
Parameters:
<autoattach>]
<class> - multislot class; take care: class 7 is not supported.
1..6 - GPRS class
8..10 - GPRS class
<autotattach>
0 - the new multislot class is enabled only at the next detach/attach or
after a reboot.
1 - the new multislot class is enabled immediately, automatically forcing a
detach / attach procedure.
Note: the <class> range for former GM862 family products is 1..8,
excluding class 7.
AT#MSCLASS?
AT#MSCLASS=?
Note: if all parameters are omitted the behaviour of set command is the
same as read command.
Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the
format:
#MSCLASS: <class>
Test command reports the range of available values for parameter <class>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 156 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.1.25 #MONI - Cell Monitor
#MONI - Cell Monitor
AT#MONI[=
[<number>]]
Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbour of the serving cell
including it, from which extract GSM-related informations.
Parameter:
<number>
0..6 - it is the ordinal number of a cell, in a neighbour of the serving cell
(default 0, serving cell).
7 - it is a special request to obtain GSM-related informations from the
whole set of seven cells in the neighbour of the serving cell.
Note: issuing AT#MONI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#MONI?
Note: issuing AT#MONI=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#MONI=0<CR>.
Read command reports the following GSM-related informations for
selected cell and dedicated channel (if exists).
a) When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name is
known the format is:
#MONI: <netname> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id>
ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>
b) When the network name is unknown, the format is:
#MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac>
Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>
c) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is:
#MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn>
PWR:<dBm> dBm
where:
<netname> - name of network operator
<cc> - country code
<nc> - network operator code
<n> - progressive number of adjacent cell
<bsic> - base station identification code
<qual> - quality of reception
0..7
<lac> - localization area code
<id> - cell identifier
<arfcn> - assigned radio channel
<dBm> - received signal strength in dBm
<timadv> = timing advance
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 157 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#MONI - Cell Monitor
Note: TA: <timadv> is reported only for the serving cell.
AT#MONI=?
When the last setting done is AT#MONI=7, then the Read command reports
the above informations for each of the cells in the neighbour of the serving
cell, formatting them in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated strings.
Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of
the serving cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations, along
with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in the format:
#MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>)
where:
<MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of the serving
cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations (for
compatibility with previous versions of code this value is always 5).
<CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI.
AT#MONI=??
An enhanced version of the Test command has been defined:
AT#MONI=??
Enhanced test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a
neighbour of the serving cell and including it, from which we can extract
GSM-related informations, along with the ordinal number of the current
selected cell, in the format:
#MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>)
Note
where:
<MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell
and including it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations.
This value is always 7.
<CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI.
The refresh time of the measures is preset to 3 sec.
The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS transfers
active.
3.5.5.1.26 #SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
Execution command reports informations about serving cell, in the format:
AT#SERVINFO
#SERVINFO: <B-ARFCN>,<dBM>,<NetNameAsc>,<NetCode>,
,<BSIC>,<LAC>,<TA>,<GPRS>[,[<PB-ARFCN>],[<NOM>],
<RAC>,[PAT]]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 158 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
where:
<B-ARFCN> - BCCH ARFCN of the serving cell
<dBM> - received signal strength in dBm
<NetNameAsc> - operator name, quoted string type
<NetCode> - country code and operator code, hexadecimal
representation
<BSIC> - Base Station Identification Code
<LAC> - Localization Area Code
<TA> - Time Advance: it’s available only if a GSM or GPRS is running
<GPRS> - GPRS supported in the cell
0 - not supported
1 - supported
AT#SERVINFO?
The following informations will be present only if GPRS is supported in the
cell
<PB-ARFCN> - PBCCH ARFCN of the serving cell; it’ll be printed only if
PBCCH is supported by the cell, otherwise the label “hopping” will
be printed
<NOM> - Network Operation Mode
..”I”
“II”
..”III”
<RAC> - Routing Area Color Code
<PAT> - Priority Access Threshold
..0
..3..6
Read command has the same effect as Execution command
3.5.5.1.27 #COPSMODE - +COPS Mode
#COPSMODE - +COPS Mode
Set command sets the behaviour of +COPS command (see +COPS).
AT#COPSMODE
[=<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - +COPS behaviour like former GM862 family products (default)
1 - +COPS behaviour compliant with ETSI format
Note: The setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot).
AT#COPSMODE?
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command returns the current behaviour of +COPS command, in the
format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 159 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#COPSMODE - +COPS Mode
#COPSMODE: <mode>
AT#COPSMODE=?
Note
where
<mode> - +COPS behaviour as seen before.
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<mode>.
It’s suggested to reboot the module after every #COPSMODE setting.
3.5.5.1.28 #QSS - Query SIM Status
#QSS - Query SIM Status
Set command enables/disables the Query SIM Status unsolicited indication
AT#QSS[=
in the ME.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode> - type of notification
0 - disabled (factory default); it’s possible only to query the current SIM
status through Read command AT#QSS?
1 - enabled; the ME informs at every SIM status change through the
following unsolicited indication:
#QSS: <status>
where:
<status> - current SIM status
0 - SIM NOT INSERTED
1 - SIM INSERTED
Note: issuing AT#QSS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#QSS?
AT#QSS=?
Note: issuing AT#QSS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#QSS=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is currently
enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format:
#QSS: <mode>,<status>
(<mode> and <status> are described above)
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 160 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.1.29
#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode
#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode
Set command sets voice call ATD modality.
AT#DIALMODE[=
<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - OK result code is received as soon as it starts remotely ringing (factory
default)
1 - OK result code is received only after the called party answers. Any
character typed aborts the call and NO CARRIER result code is
received.
2 - the following custom result codes are received, monitoring step by step
the call status:
DIALING (MO in progress)
RINGING (remote ring)
CONNECTED (remote call accepted)
RELEASED (after ATH)
DISCONNECTED (remote hang-up)
Note: The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot.
AT#DIALMODE?
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns current ATD dialing mode in the format:
AT#DIALMODE=?
#DIALMODE: <mode>
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>
3.5.5.1.30 #ACAL - Automatic Call
#ACAL - Automatic Call
Set command enables/disables the automatic call function.
AT#ACAL[=
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables the automatic call function (factory default)
1 - enables the automatic call function. If enabled (and &D2 has been
issued), the transition OFF/ON of DTR causes an automatic call to the
first number (position 0) stored in the internal phonebook.
Note: type of call depends on the last issue of command +FCLASS.
Note: issuing AT#ACAL<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Note: issuing AT#ACAL=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 161 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#ACAL - Automatic Call
AT#ACAL=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the automatic call function is currently
AT#ACAL?
enabled or not, in the format:
AT#ACAL=?
Note
#ACAL: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.
See &Z to write and &N to read the number on module internal phonebook.
3.5.5.1.31 #ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
AT#ECAM[=
[<onoff>]]
This command enables/disables the call monitoring function in the ME.
Parameter:
<onoff>
0 - disables call monitoring function (factory default)
1 - enables call monitoring function; the ME informs about call events,
such as incoming call, connected, hang up etc. using the following
unsolicited indication:
#ECAM: <ccid>,<ccstatus>,<calltype>,,, [<number>,<type>]
where
<ccid> - call ID
<ccstatus> - call status
0 - idle
1 - calling (MO)
2 - connecting (MO)
3 - active
4 - hold
5 - waiting (MT)
6 - alerting (MT)
7 - busy
<calltype> - call type
1 - voice
2 - data
<number> - called number (valid only for <ccstatus>=1)
<type> - type of <number>
129 - national number
145 - international number
Note: the unsolicited indication is sent along with usual codes (OK, NO
CARRIER, BUSY...).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 162 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
Note: issuing AT#ECAM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#ECAM?
AT#ECAM=?
Note: issuing AT#ECAM=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command reports whether the extended call monitoring function is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
#ECAM: <onoff>
Test command returns the list of supported values for <onoff>
3.5.5.1.32 #SMOV - SMS Overflow
#SMOV - SMS Overflow
Set command enables/disables the SMS overflow signalling function.
AT#SMOV[=
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables SMS overflow signaling function(factory default)
1 - enables SMS overflow signalling function; when the maximum storage
capacity has reached, the following network initiated notification is send:
#USMO: <memo>
Note: issuing AT#SMOV<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SMOV?
AT#SMOV=?
3.5.5.1.33
Note: issuing AT#SMOV=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SMOV=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the SMS overflow signalling function is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
#SMOV: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
#CODEC - Audio Codec
#CODEC - Audio Codec
Set command sets the audio codec mode.
AT#CODEC[=
<codec>]
Parameter:
<codec>
0 - all the codec modes are enabled (factory default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 163 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
1..31 - value obtained as sum of the following values, each of them
representing a specific codec mode:
1 - FR, full rate mode enabled
2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled
4 - HR, half rate mode enabled
8 - AMR-FR, AMR full rate mode enabled
16 - AMR-HR, AMR half rate mode enabled
Note: the setting 0 is equivalent to the setting 31.
Note: The codec setting is saved in the profile parameters.
AT#CODEC?
AT#CODEC=?
Example
Note: if optional parameter <codec> is omitted the behaviour of Set
command is the same as Read command.
Read command returns current audio codec mode in the format:
#CODEC: <codec>
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<codec>
AT#CODEC=14
OK
sets the codec modes HR (4), EFR (2) and AMR-FR (8)
3.5.5.1.34 #SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller
#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller
Set command enables/disables the echo canceller function on audio
AT#SHFEC[=
handsfree output.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables echo canceller for handsfree mode (factory default)
1 - enables echo canceller for handsfree mode
Note: This setting returns to default after power off.
Note: issuing AT#SHFEC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SHFEC?
Note: issuing AT#SHFEC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SHFEC=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the echo canceller function on audio
handsfree output is currently enabled or not, in the format:
#SHFEC: <mode>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 164 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
AT#SHFEC=?
<mode>.
3.5.5.1.35 #HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain
#HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain
Set command sets the handsfree microphone input gain
AT#HFMICG[=
[<level>]]
Parameter:
<level>: handsfree microphone input gain
0..7 - handsfree microphone gain (+6dB/step)
Note: issuing AT#HFMICG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#HFMICG?
Note: issuing AT#HFMICG=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current handsfree microphone input gain, in the
format:
AT#HFMICG=?
#HFMICG: <level>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<level>.
3.5.5.1.36
#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain
#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain
Set command sets the handset microphone input gain
AT#HSMICG[=
[<level>]]
Parameter:
<level>: handset microphone input gain
0..7 - handset microphone gain (+6dB/step)
Note: issuing AT#HSMICG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#HSMICG?
AT#HSMICG=?
Note: issuing AT#HSMICG=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current handset microphone input gain, in the
format:
#HSMICG: <level>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 165 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.1.37 #SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone
#SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone
Set command enables/disables the sidetone on headset audio output.
AT#SHFSD[=
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables the headset sidetone (factory default)
1 - enables the headset sidetone.
Note: This setting returns to default after power off.
Note: issuing AT#SHFSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SHFSD?
AT#SHFSD=?
Note: issuing AT#SHFSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SHFSD=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the headset sidetone is currently enabled
or not, in the format:
#SHFSD: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
3.5.5.1.38 #/ - Repeat Last Command
#/ - Repeat Last Command
Execute command is used to execute again the last received
AT#/
command.
3.5.5.1.39 #NITZ - Network Timezone
#NITZ - Network Timezone
Set command enables/disables automatic date/time updating and Network
AT#NITZ[=
Timezone unsolicited indication.
[<val>
Date and time information may be sent by the network after GSM
[,<mode>]]]
registration or after GPRS attach.
Parameters:
<val>
0 - disables automatic set (factory default)
1 - enables automatic set
<mode>
0 - disables unsolicited message (factory default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 166 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#NITZ - Network Timezone
1 - enables unsolicited message; after date and time updating the following
unsolicited indication is sent:
#NITZ: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss”
where:
yy - year
MM - month (in digits)
dd - day
hh - hour
mm - minute
ss - second
Note: issuing AT#NITZ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#NITZ?
AT#NITZ=?
Note: issuing AT#NITZ=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#NITZ=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether automatic date/time updating is currently
enabled or not, and whether Network Timezone unsolicited indication is
enabled or not, in the format:
#NITZ: <val>,<mode>
Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.
3.5.5.1.40 #BND - Select Band
#BND - Select Band
Set command selects the current band.
AT#BND[=
[<band>]]
Parameter
<band>:
0 - GSM 900MHz + DCS 1800MHz
1 - GSM 900MHz + PCS 1900MHz
2 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1800MHz (available only on quadri-band
modules)
3 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1900MHz (available only on quadri-band
modules)
Note: This setting is maintained even after power off.
Note: issuing AT#BND<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Note: issuing AT#BND=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#BND=0<CR>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 167 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#BND?
Read command returns the current selected band in the format:
AT#BND=?
#BND: <band>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <band>.
Note: the range of values differs between triband modules and quadric-band
modules
3.5.5.1.41
#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection
#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection
Set command enables/disables the automatic band selection at power-on.
AT#AUTOBND[=
<value>]
Parameter:
<value>:
0 - disables automatic band selection at power-on (factory default)
1 - enables automatic band selection at power-on; +COPS=0 is necessary
condition to effectively have automatic band selection at next power-on;
the automatic band selection stops as soon as a GSM cell is found.
Note: if automatic band selection is enabled the band changes every about
90 seconds through available bands until a GSM cell is found.
AT#AUTOBND?
AT#AUTOBND=?
Note: if parameter <value> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns whether the automatic band selection is enabled or
not in the form:
#AUTOBND: <value>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<value>.
3.5.5.1.42 #SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence
#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence
Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence +++ while
AT#SKIPESC[=
transmitting during a data connection.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 168 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence
0 - doesn’t skip the escape sequence; its transmission is enabled (factory
default).
1 - skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not enabled.
Note: in case of an FTP connection, the escape sequence is not
transmitted, regardless of the command setting.
Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#SKIPESC?
AT#SKIPESC=?
3.5.5.1.43
Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SKIPESC=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether escape sequence skipping is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#SKIPESC: <mode>
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time
#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time
AT#E2ESC[=
[<gt>]]
Set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in
GPRS to be considered a valid one (and return to on-line command mode).
Parameter:
<gt>
0 - no guard time (factory default)
1..10 - guard time in seconds
Note: if the Escape Sequence Guard Time is set to a value different from
zero, it overrides the one set with S12.
Note: issuing AT#E2ESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#E2ESC?
AT#E2ESC=?
Note: issuing AT#E2ESC=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time,
in the format:
#E2ESC: <gt>
Test command returns the OK result code.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 169 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.1.44 #GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type
#GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type
Set command sets the PPP-GPRS connection authentication type.
AT#GAUTH[=
<type>]
Parameter
<type>
0 - no authentication
1 - PAP authentication (factory default)
2 - CHAP authentication
Note: for GSM connection <type> is fixed to PAP
AT#GAUTH?
AT#GAUTH=?
Note: if parameter <type> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the current PPP-GPRS connection authentication
type, in the format:
#GAUTH: <type>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<type>.
3.5.5.1.45 #RTCSTAT - RTC Status
#RTCSTAT - RTC Status
Set command resets the RTC status flag.
AT#RTCSTAT[=
<status>]
Parameter:
<status>
0 - Set RTC Status to RTC HW OK
Note: the initial value of RTC status flag is RTC HW Error and it doesn’t
change until a command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is issued.
Note: if a power failure occurs and the buffer battery is down the RTC
status flag is set to 1. It doesn’t change until command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is
issued.
AT#RTCSTAT?
AT#RTCSTAT=?
Note: if parameter <status> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the current value of RTC status flag, in the format:
#RTCSTAT: <status>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<status>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 170 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.2 FTP AT Commands
3.5.5.2.1 #FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
#FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
Set command sets time-out for FTP operations.
AT#FTPTO[=
<tout>]
Parameter:
<tout> - time-out in 100 ms units
100..5000 - hundreds of ms (factory default is 100)
Note: The parameter is not saved in NVM.
AT#FTPTO?
Note: if parameter <tout> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns the current FTP operations time-out, in the format:
AT#FTPTO=?
#FTPTO: <tout>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <tout>
3.5.5.2.2 #FTPOPEN - FTP Open
#FTPOPEN - FTP Open
Execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server.
AT#FTPOPEN=
<server:port>,
Parameters:
<username>,
<server:port> - string type, address and port of FTP server (factory default
<password>,
port 21).
<mode>
<username> - string type, authentication user identification string for FTP.
<password> - string type, authentication password for FTP.
<mode>
0 - active mode (default)
1 - passive mode
3.5.5.2.3 #FTPCLOSE - FTP Close
#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close
Execution command closes an FTP connection.
AT#FTPCLOSE
Read command behavior is the same as Execution command.
AT#FTPCLOSE?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 171 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.2.4 #FTPPUT - FTP Put
#FTPPUT - FTP Put
AT#FTPPUT=
<filename>
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection, in order to transfer a file to the server.
If the data connection succeeds, a file with name <filename> and initial size
0 is created on the FTP server, a CONNECT indication is sent and it’s
possible to transfer the file; otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent.
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, name of the file to create on FTP server.
Note: use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.5.5.2.5 #FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPPUTPH=
connection, in order to transfer the last photo taken issuing AT#TPHOTO to
<filename>
the FTP server.
If the data connection succeeds, a file with name <filename> and initial size
0 is created on the FTP server, a CONNECT indication is sent and it starts
transfer the last photo; otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent.
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, name of the file on the FTP server side.
Note: the file transfer type has to be binary in order to send the photo the
right way (see command #FTPTYPE).
Example
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
at#gprs=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
at#camon
OK
at#tphoto
OK
at#ftpopen="xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx",<usern.>,<passw.>,0
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 172 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
at#ftptype=0
OK
at#ftpputph="photo.jpg"
OK
at#ftpclose
OK
3.5.5.2.6 #FTPGET - FTP Get
#FTPGET - FTP Get
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPGET=
connection and starts getting a file from the FTP server.
<filename>
If the data connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a
NO CARRIER indication is sent.
The file is received on the serial port.
Parameter:
<filename> - file name, string type.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.5.5.2.7 #FTPTYPE - FTP Type
#FTPTYPE - FTP Type
Set command, issued during an FTP connection, sets the file transfer type.
AT#FTPTYPE[=
<type>]
Parameter:
<type> - file transfer type:
0 - binary
1 - ascii
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
#FTPTYPE?
Note: If the parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command.
Read command returns the current file transfer type, in the format:
#FTPTYPE=?
#FTPTYPE: <type>
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <type>:
#FTPTYPE: (0,1)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 173 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.2.8 #FTPMSG - FTP Read Message
#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message
Execution command returns the last response from the server.
AT#FTPMSG
Read command behaviour is the same as Execution command.
AT#FTPMSG?
3.5.5.2.9 #FTPDELE - FTP Delete
#FTPDELE - FTP Delete
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, deletes a file from
AT#FTPDELE=
the remote working directory.
<filename>
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, it’s the name of the file to delete.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.5.5.2.10 #FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory
#FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, shows the current
AT#FTPPWD
working directory on FTP server.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.5.5.2.11 #FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory
#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, changes the
AT#FTPCWD=
working directory on FTP server.
<dirname>
Parameter:
<dirname> - string type, it’s the name of the new working directory.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 174 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.2.12 #FTPLIST - FTP List
#FTPLIST - FTP List
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPLIST[=
connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the
<name>]
specified directory or the properties of the specified file.
Parameter:
<name> - string type, it’s the name of the directory or file.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Note: issuing AT#FTPLIST<CR> opens a data connection and starts
getting from the server the list of contents of the working directory.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 175 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS® Extension AT Commands
3.5.5.3.1 #USERID - Authentication User ID
#USERID - Authentication User ID
Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the
AT#USERID
authentication step.
[=<user>]
Parameter:
<user> - string type, it’s the authentication User Id; the max length for this
value is the output of Test command, AT#USERID=? (factory
default is the empty string “”).
AT#USERID?
AT#USERID=?
Example
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command.
Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format:
#USERID: <user>.
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<user>.
AT#USERID="myName"
OK
AT#USERID?
#USERID: "myName"
OK
3.5.5.3.2 #PASSW - Authentication Password
#PASSW - Authentication Password
Set command sets the user password string to be used during the
AT#PASSW=
authentication step.
<pwd>
AT#PASSW=?
Example
Parameter:
<pwd> - string type, it’s the authentication password; the max length for this
value is the output of Test command, AT#PASSW=? (factory
default is the empty string “”).
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<pwd>.
AT#PASSW="myPassword"
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 176 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.3.3 #PKTSZ - Packet Size
#PKTSZ - Packet Size
Set command sets the default packet size to be used by the TCP/UDP/IP
AT#PKTSZ[=
stack for data sending.
[<size>]]
Parameter:
<size> - packet size in bytes
0 - automatically chosen by the device
1..512 - packet size in bytes (factory default is 300)
Note: issuing AT#PKTSZ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#PKTSZ?
AT#PKTSZ=?
Example
Note: issuing AT#PKTSZ=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#PKTSZ=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current packet size value.
Note: after issuing command AT#PKTSZ=0, the Read command reports the
value automatically chosen by the device.
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <size>.
AT#PKTSZ=100
OK
AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 100
OK
AT#PKTSZ=0
OK
AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 300
->value automatically chosen by device
OK
3.5.5.3.4 #DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out
#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out
Set command sets the maximum time that the module awaits before
AT#DSTO[=
sending anyway a packet whose size is less than the default one.
[<tout>]]
Parameter:
<tout> - packet sending time-out in 100ms units (factory default is 50)
0 - no time-out, wait forever for packets to be completed before send.
1..255 hundreds of ms
Note: In order to avoid low performance issues, it is suggested to set the
data sending time-out to a value greater than 5.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 177 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out
Note: this time-out applies to data whose size is less than packet size and
whose sending would have been delayed for an undefined time until new
data to be sent had been received and full packet size reached.
Note: issuing AT#DSTO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#DSTO?
AT#DSTO=?
Example
Note: issuing AT#DSTO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#DSTO=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current data sending time-out value.
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <tout>.
AT#DSTO=10 ->1 sec. time-out
OK
AT#DSTO?
#DSTO: 10
OK
3.5.5.3.5 #SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
Set command sets the maximum time with no data exchanging on the
AT#SKTTO[=
socket that the module awaits before closing the socket and deactivating
[<tout>]]
the GPRS context.
Parameter:
<tout> - socket inactivity time-out in seconds units
0 - no timeout.
1..65535 - time-out in sec. units (factory default is 90).
Note: this time-out applies when no data is exchanged in the socket for a
long time and therefore the socket connection has to be automatically
closed and the GPRS context deactivated.
Note: issuing AT#SKTTO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SKTTO?
AT#SKTTO=?
Example
Note: issuing AT+#SKTTO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+#SKTTO=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current socket inactivity time-out value.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.
AT#SKTTO=30 ->(30 sec. time-out)
OK
AT#SKTTO?
#SKTTO: 30
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 178 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
OK
3.5.5.3.6 #SKTSET - Socket Definition
#SKTSET - Socket Definition
Set command sets the socket parameters values.
AT#SKTSET[=
<socket type>,
Parameters:
<remote port>,
<socket type> - socket protocol type
<remote addr>,
0 - TCP (factory default)
[<closure type>],
1 - UDP
[<local port>]]
<remote port> - remote host port to be opened
0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0)
<remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter
can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
<local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket
0..65535 - port number
Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: The resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket,
therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTSET command, then
error message will be issued.
Note: the DNS Query to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection.
AT#SKTSET?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the socket parameters values, in the format:
AT#SKTSET: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 179 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTSET - Socket Definition
<closure type>,<local port>
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.
AT#SKTSET=?
AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"123.255.020.001"
Example
OK
AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"www.telit.net"
OK
3.5.5.3.7 #SKTOP - Socket Open
#SKTOP - Socket Open
Execution command activates the context number 1, proceeds with the
AT#SKTOP
authentication with the user ID and password previously set by #USERID
and #PASSW commands, and opens a socket connection with the host
specified in the #SKTSET command. Eventually, before opening the socket
connection, it issues automatically a DNS query to solve the IP address of
the host name.
AT#SKTOP?
Example
If the connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO
CARRIER indication is sent.
Read command behaviour is the same as Execution command.
AT#SKTOP
..GPRS context activation, authentication and socket
open..
CONNECT
3.5.5.3.8 #QDNS - Query DNS
#QDNS - Query DNS
Execution command executes a DNS query to solve the host name into an
AT#QDNS=
IP address.
<host name>
Parameter:
<host name> - host name, string type.
If the DNS query is successful then the IP address will be reported in the
result code:
#QDNS:"<host name>",<IP address>
Note: the command has to activate the GPRS context if it was not
previously activated. In this case the context is deactivated after the DNS
query.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 180 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#QDNS - Query DNS
Note
Note: <IP address> is in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
This command requires that the authentication parameters are correctly set
and that the GPRS network is present.
3.5.5.3.9 #SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out
#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out
Set command sets the TCP connection time-out for the first CONNECT
AT#SKTCT[=
answer from the TCP peer to be received.
<tout>]
Parameter:
<tout> - TCP first CONNECT answer time-out in 100ms units
10..1200 - hundreds of ms (factory default value is 600).
Note: this time-out applies only to the time that the TCP stack waits for the
CONNECT answer to its connection request.
Note: The time for activate the GPRS and resolving the name with the DNS
query (if the peer was specified by name and not by address) is not counted
in this timeout.
AT#SKTCT?
AT#SKTCT=?
Example
3.5.5.3.10
Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the current TCP connection time-out.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.
AT#SKTCT=600
OK
socket first connection answer timeout has been set to
60 s.
#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save
#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save
Execution command saves the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the
AT#SKTSAV
device.
The socket parameters to store are:
- User ID
- Password
- Packet Size
- Socket Inactivity Time-Out
- Data Sending Time-Out
- Socket Type (UDP/TCP)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 181 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Example
Note
- Remote Port
- Remote Address
- TCP Connection Time-Out
AT#SKTSAV
OK
socket parameters have been saved in NVM
If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value
will be stored.
3.5.5.3.11 #SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset
#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset
Execution command resets the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the
AT#SKTRST
device to the default ones.
Example
3.5.5.3.12
The socket parameters to reset are:
- User ID
- Password
- Packet Size
- Socket Inactivity Timeout
- Data Sending Timeout
- Socket Type
- Remote Port
- Remote Address
- TCP Connection Time-Out
AT#SKTRST
OK
socket parameters have been reset
#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation
#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
AT#GPRS[=
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW
[<mode>]]
and #USERID.
Parameter:
<mode> - GPRS context activation mode
0 - GPRS context deactivation request
1 - GPRS context activation request
In the case that the GPRS context has been activated, the result code OK is
preceded by the intermediate result code:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 182 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+IP: <ip_address_obtained>
reporting the local IP address obtained from the network.
Note: issuing AT#GPRS<CR> reports the current status of the GPRS
context, in the format:
#GPRS: <status>
where:
<status>
0 - GPRS context deactivated
1 - GPRS context activated
2 - GPRS context activation pending.
Note: issuing AT#GPRS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#GPRS=0<CR>.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#GPRS<CR>.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: 129.137.1.1
OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated and our IP is
129.137.1.1
AT#GPRS?
AT#GPRS=?
Example
AT#GPRS=0
OK
Now GPRS context has been deactivated, IP is lost.
3.5.5.3.13
#SKTD - Socket Dial
#SKTD - Socket Dial
AT#SKTD
[=<socket type>,
<remote port>,
<remote addr>,
[<closure type>],
[<local port>]]
Set command opens the socket towards the peer specified in the
parameters.
Parameters:
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP (factory default)
1 - UDP
<remote port> - remote host port to be opened
0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0)
<remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter
can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 183 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTD - Socket Dial
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
<local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket
0..65535 - port number
Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: the resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket,
therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTD command, then an
error message will be issued.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with AT+CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) the GPRS
coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
AT#SKTD?
AT#SKTD=?
Example
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the socket dial parameters values, in the format:
AT#SKTD: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,
<closure type>,<local port>
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.
AT#SKTD=0,1024,"123.255.020.001",255
OK
AT#SKTD=1,1024,"123.255.020.001", ,1025
OK
In this way my local port 1025 is opened to the remote
port 1024
Note
AT#SKTD=0,1024,"www.telit.net", 255
OK
The main difference between this command and the AT#SKTOP is that this
command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or
OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made
with AT#SKTD is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is
maintained.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 184 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.3.14 #SKTL - Socket Listen
#SKTL - Socket Listen
Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection
AT#SKTL
requests.
[=<mode>,
<socket type>,
Parameters:
<input port>,
<mode> - socket mode
[<closure type>]]
0 - closes socket listening
1 - starts socket listening
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP
<input port> - local host input port to be listened
0..65535 - port number
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
Command returns the OK result code if successful.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code
is reported:
+CONN FROM: <remote addr>
Where:
<remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the
device.
When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and
the modem goes into data transfer mode.
On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is
closed and no listen is anymore active.
If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is
closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported:
#SKTL: ABORTED
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 185 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTL - Socket Listen
Note: if all parameters are omitted the command returns the current socket
listening status and the last settings of parameters <input port> and
<closure type>, in the format:
AT#SKTL?
AT#SKTL=?
Example
#SKTL: <status>,<input port>,<closure type>
where
<status> - socket listening status
0 - socket not listening
1 - socket listening
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
parameters are omitted.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <input
port> and <closure type>.
Activate GPRS
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
Start listening
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024
OK
or
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024,255
OK
Receive connection requests
+CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1
CONNECT
exchange data with the remote host
send escape sequence
+++
NO CARRIER
Now listen is not anymore active
Note
to stop listening
AT#SKTL=0,0,1024, 255
OK
The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that #SKTL
does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context
status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore
when the connection made with #SKTL is closed the context (and hence
the local IP address) is maintained.
The improving command @SKTL has been defined.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 186 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.3.15 @SKTL - Socket Listen
@SKTL - Socket Listen
Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection
[email protected]
requests.
[=<mode>,
<socket type>,
Parameters:
<input port>,
<mode> - socket mode
[<closure type>]]
0 - closes socket listening
1 - starts socket listening
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP
<input port> - local host input port to be listened
0..65535 - port number
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
Command returns the OK result code if successful.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code
is reported:
+CONN FROM: <remote addr>
Where:
<remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the
device.
When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and
the modem goes into data transfer mode.
On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is
closed and no listen is anymore active.
If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is
closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 187 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@SKTL - Socket Listen
@SKTL: ABORTED
Note: if all parameters are omitted the command returns the current socket
listening status and the last settings of parameters <socket type>, <input
port> and <closure type>, in the format:
[email protected]?
[email protected]=?
Example
@SKTL: <status>,<socket type>,<input port>,<closure type>
Where
<status> - socket listening status
0 - socket not listening
1 - socket listening
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
parameters are omitted.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <socket
type>, <input port> and <closure type>.
Activate GPRS
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
Start listening
[email protected]=1,0,1024
OK
or
[email protected]=1,0,1024,255
OK
Receive connection requests
+CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1
CONNECT
exchange data with the remote host
send escape sequence
+++
NO CARRIER
Now listen is not anymore active
Note
to stop listening
[email protected]=0,0,1024, 255
OK
The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that @SKTL
does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context
status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore
when the connection made with @SKTL is closed the context (and hence
the local IP address) is maintained.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 188 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.3.16 #E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator
#E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket
AT#E2SLRI=[<n>]
Listen connect and, if enabled, the duration of the negative going pulse
generated on receipt of connect.
AT#E2SLRI?
AT#E2SLRI=?
Parameter:
<n> - RI enabling
0 - RI disabled for Socket Listen connect (factory default)
50..1150 - RI enabled for Socket Listen connect; a negative going pulse is
generated on receipt of connect and <n> is the duration in ms of this pulse.
Read command reports whether the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket
Listen connect is currently enabled or not, in the format:
#E2SLRI: <n>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.
3.5.5.3.17 #FRWL - Firewall Setup
#FRWL - Firewall Setup
Execution command controls the internal firewall settings.
AT#FRWL[=
<action>,
Parameters:
<ip_addr>,
<action> - command action
<net_mask>]
0 - remove selected chain
1 - add an ACCEPT chain
2 - remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr> and <net_mask>
has no meaning in this case.
<ip_addr> - remote address to be added into the ACCEPT chain; string
type, it can be any valid IP address in the format:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
<net_mask> - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; string type, it can be
any valid IP address mask in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
Command returns OK result code if successful.
Note: the firewall applies for incoming (listening) connections only.
Firewall general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not included
into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded.
When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall chain
rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria:
incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 189 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#FRWL - Firewall Setup
If criteria is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule scan is
finished; if criteria is not matched for any chain the packet is silently
dropped.
AT#FRWL?
AT#FRWL=?
Example
Note
Note: If all parameters are omitted the command reports the list of all
ACCEPT chain rules registered in the Firewall settings in the format:
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
….
OK
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
parameters are omitted.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>.
Let assume we want to accept connections only from our
devices which are on the IP addresses ranging from
197.158.1.1 to 197.158.255.255
We need to add the following chain to the firewall:
AT#FRWL=1,"197.158.1.1","255.255.0.0"
OK
For outgoing connections made with #SKTOP and #SKTD the remote host
is dynamically inserted into the ACCEPT chain for all the connection
duration. Therefore the #FRWL command shall be used only for defining
either the #SKTL or the @SKTL behaviour, deciding which hosts are
allowed to connect to the local device.
Rules are not saved in NVM, at start-up the rules list will be empty.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 190 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.4Easy Camera® Management AT Commands
3.5.5.4.1 #CAMON - Camera ON
#CAMON - Camera ON
Execution command turns the Camera ON.
AT#CAMON
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#CAMON?
AT#CAMON
Example
OK
camera is now powered up
3.5.5.4.2 #CAMOFF - Camera OFF
#CAMOFF - Camera OFF
Execution command turns the Camera OFF.
AT#CAMOFF
AT#CAMOFF?
Example
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the camera is turned off while
GPS or VAUX pin is enabled they’ll both also be powered off.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#CAMOFF
OK
camera is now powered down
3.5.5.4.3 #CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF
#CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF
Execution command turns camera ON/OFF.
AT#CAMEN[=
<status>]
Parameter:
<status> - camera status
0 - turns camera OFF
1 - turns camera ON
Note: if parameter <status> is omitted the Set command is the same as the
Read command.
AT#CAMEN?
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the camera is turned off while
GPS or VAUX pin is enabled they’ll both also be powered off.
Read command reports the current camera status and, if the camera is ON,
the current camera model, in the format:
#CAMEN: 0
if camera is OFF
#CAMEN: 1,<cam>
if camera is ON
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 191 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CAMEN=?
Where:
<cam> - camera model
2 - TRANSCHIP camera
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.
3.5.5.4.4 #SELCAM - Camera Model
#SELCAM - Camera Model
Set command selects current camera model
AT#SELCAM[=
[<cam>]]
Parameter:
<cam> - camera model
0 - automatic detection (factory default)
2 - TRANSCHIP camera
3 - reserved for future use
4 - reserved for future use
5 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#SELCAM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#SELCAM?
AT#SELCAM=?
Note: issuing AT#SELCAM=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SELCAM=0<CR>
Read command reports the current camera model in the format:
#SELCAM: <cam>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <cam>
3.5.5.4.5 #CAMRES - Camera Resolution
#CAMRES - Camera Resolution
Set command sets current camera resolution
AT#CAMRES[=
[<res>]]
Parameter:
<res> - camera resolution
0 - VGA photo output,640x480 (factory default)
1 - QVGA photo output, 320x240
2 - QQVGA photo output, 160x120
3 - reserved for future use
4 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#CAMRES<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
Note: issuing AT#CAMRES=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMRES=0<CR>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 192 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CAMRES?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <res> in format:
AT#CAMRES=?
#CAMRES:<res>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <res>.
3.5.5.4.6 #CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode
#CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode
Set command sets current colour mode
AT#CAMCOL[=
[<col>]]
Parameter:
<col> - camera colour mode
0 - colour mode (factory default)
1 - Black&White mode
Note: issuing AT#CAMCOL<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMCOL?
Note: issuing AT#CAMCOL=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMCOL=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current colour mode, in the format:
AT#CAMCOL=?
#CAMCOL: <col>.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <col>.
3.5.5.4.7 #CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality
#CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality
Set command sets the quality of the photo.
AT#CAMQUA[=
[<qual>]]
Parameter:
<qual> - photo quality
0 - low quality of picture, high Jpeg compression
1 - medium quality of picture, medium Jpeg compression
2 - high quality of picture, low Jpeg compression (factory default)
Note: increasing the photo quality increases its size.
Note: issuing AT#CAMQUA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMQUA?
Note: issuing AT#CAMQUA=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMQUA=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current photo quality, in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 193 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CAMQUA=?
#CAMQUA: <qual>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <qual>.
3.5.5.4.8 #CMODE - Camera Exposure
#CMODE - Camera Exposure
Set command sets the camera exposure.
AT#CMODE[=
[<exp>]]
Parameter:
<exp> - camera exposure
0 - daylight mode, short exposure (factory default)
1 - nightlight mode, long exposure
Note: issuing AT#CMODE<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#CMODE?
Note: issuing AT#CMODE=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CMODE=0<CR>
Read command reports the current camera exposure in the format:
AT#CMODE=?
#CMODE: <exp>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <exp>.
3.5.5.4.9 #CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom
#CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom
Set command sets current zoom.
AT#CAMZOOM[=
[<zoom>]]
Parameter:
<zoom> - camera zoom
0 - no zoom, x1 (factory default)
1 - zoom, x2
2 - zoom, x4
3 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#CAMZOOM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMZOOM?
Note: issuing AT#CAMZOOM=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMZOOM=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current zoom setting, in the format:
AT#CAMZOOM=?
#CAMZOOM: <zoom>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <zoom>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 194 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.4.10 #CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint
#CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint
Set command sets time/date overprinting.
AT#CAMTXT[=
[<ov>]]
Parameter:
<ov> - time/date overprinting mode
0 - no overprinting (factory default)
1 - time info printed at the bottom of picture
2 - date info printed at the bottom of picture
3 - time&date info printed at the bottom of picture
4 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#CAMTXT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMTXT?
AT#CAMTXT=?
Note: issuing AT#CAMTXT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMTXT=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current time/date overprinting mode, in the
format:
#CAMTXT: <ov>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <ov>.
3.5.5.4.11 #TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo
#TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo
Execution command is used to take the photo and to store it in the
AT#TPHOTO
MODULE memory.
Note: the photo is stored in the MODULE RAM memory, therefore after a
power off it is lost.
AT#TPHOTO?
Example
Note
Note: there's only 1 position for the photo, every photo will overwrite the
previous.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#TPHOTO
OK
the camera has taken the photo and it is now stored on
the MODULE memory
The photo is taken during IDLE time, if the mobile is busy on network
operations, (e.g. during a call) the photo cannot be taken.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 195 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.4.12 #RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo
#RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo
Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE
AT#RPHOTO
RAM memory to the serial line, ending it with the sequence:
AT#RPHOTO?
Example
Note
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#RPHOTO
xxxxxxxxxxxx (binary digits of the JPEG image)
<cr><lf>OK<cr><lf>
the photo has been flushed to the serial line
The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected.
The baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.
3.5.5.4.13 #OBJL - Object List
#OBJL- Object List Command
Execution command reports the list of the objects stored in the MODULE
AT#OBJL[=<obj>]
memory.
Parameter:
<obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type.
“IMG” - image object.
Note: the behaviour of the command doesn’t change even if the <obj>
parameter is omitted
The output format is:
#OBJL: <filename>,<size>
AT#OBJL?
AT#OBJL=?
Example
where:
<filename> - name of the object; it is always “Snapshot”
<size> - size of the object in bytes
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
Test command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#OBJL="IMG"
#OBJL: Snapshot,47224
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 196 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.4.14 #OBJR - Object Read
#OBJR - Object Read
Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE
AT#OBJR=<obj>,
RAM memory to the serial line.
"Snapshot"
The difference between this command and #RPHOTO is that #OBJR output
ends without the sequence:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Parameter:
<obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type
“IMG” - Image object
Example
Note
Note: "Snapshot" is the only name of the object.
AT#OBJR="IMG","Snapshot"
xxxxxxxxxxxx binary digits of the JPEG image
… the photo has been flushed to the serial line.
The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected. The
baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 197 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.5E-mail Management AT Commands
3.5.5.5.1 #ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for E-mail sending.
AT#ESMTP
SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name.
[=<smtp>]
Parameter:
<smtp> - SMTP server address, string type. This parameter can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
Note: the max length for <smtp> is the output of Test command.
AT#ESMTP?
AT#ESMTP=?
Example
Note
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command
Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format:
#ESMTP: <smtp>
Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>.
AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com"
OK
The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the smtp server
provided by the network operator) or it must allow the Relay, otherwise it will
refuse to send the email.
3.5.5.5.2 #EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
Set command sets the sender address string to be used for sending the eAT#EADDR
mail.
[=<e-addr>]
Parameter:
<e-addr> - sender address, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
AT#EADDR?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command
Read command reports the current sender address, in the format:
#EADDR: <e-addr>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 198 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
AT#EADDR=?
<e-addr>.
AT#EADDR="[email protected]"
Example
OK
AT#EADDR?
#EADDR: "[email protected]"
OK
3.5.5.5.3 #EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name
#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name
Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the
AT#EUSER
authentication step of the SMTP.
[=<e-user>]
Parameter:
<e-user> - email authentication User ID, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-user> parameter shall be
empty "".
AT#EUSER?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command
Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format:
Example
#EUSER: <e-user>
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<e-user>.
AT#EUSER="myE-Name"
OK
AT#EUSER?
#EUSER: "myE-Name"
Note
OK
It is a different user field than the one used for GPRS authentication (see
#USERID).
AT#EUSER=?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 199 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.5.4 #EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password
#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password
Set command sets the password string to be used during the authentication
AT#EPASSW=
step of the SMTP.
<e-pwd>
Parameter:
<e-pwd> - email authentication password, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
AT#EPASSW=?
Example
Note
Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-pwd> parameter shall be
empty "".
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<e-pwd>.
AT#USERID="myPassword"
OK
It is a different password field than the one used for GPRS authentication
(see #PASSW).
3.5.5.5.5 #SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
Execution command activates a GPRS context, if not previously activated
AT#SEMAIL=
by #EMAILACT, and sends an e-mail message. The GPRS context is
<da>,<subj>,
deactivated when the e-mail is sent.
<att>[,<filename>]
Parameters:
<da> - destination address, string type.
<subj> - subject of the message, string type.
<att> - attached image flag
0 - don't attach any image
1 - attach the last snapshot taken
<filename> - image name (default is “snapshot.jpg”)
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported
Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 200 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
no other commands are issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS
ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands.
Note: if GPRS context was previously activated by #GPRS it’s not possible
to successfully send the e-mail message and the response is the result
code activation failed.
Example
Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long
time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute.
AT#SEMAIL="[email protected]","subject of the mail",1
>message body… this is the text of the mail message…
CTRL-Z
..wait..
OK
Message has been sent.
3.5.5.5.6 #EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation
#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
AT#EMAILACT[=
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW
[<mode>]]
and #USERID.
Parameter:
<mode> - GPRS context activation mode
0 - GPRS context deactivation request
1 - GPRS context activation request
Note: issuing AT#EMAILACT<CR> reports the current status of the GPRS
context for the e-mail, in the format:
#EMAILACT: <status>
where:
<status>
0 - GPRS context deactivated
1 - GPRS context activated
AT#EMAILACT?
Note: issuing AT#EMAILACT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#EMAILACT=0<CR>.
Read command has the same effect of the Execution command
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 201 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation
AT#EMAILACT<CR>.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.
AT#EMAILACT=?
AT#EMAILACT=1
Example
OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated
AT# EMAILACT=0
OK
Now GPRS context has been deactivated.
3.5.5.5.7 #EMAILD - E-mail Sending
#EMAILD - E-mail Sending
Execution command sends an e-mail message if GPRS context has already
AT#EMAILD=
been activated with AT#EMAILACT=1.
<da>,<subj>,
<att>[,<filename>]
Parameters:
<da> - destination address, string type.
<subj> - subject of the message, string type
<att> - attached image flag
0 - don't attach any image
1 - attach the last snapshot taken
<filename> - image name (default is “snapshot.jpg”)
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported
Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
no other commands are issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS
ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands.
Example
Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long
time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute.
AT#EMAILD=”[email protected]”,”subject of the mail”,1
>message body… this is the text of the mail message…
CTRL-Z
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 202 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EMAILD - E-mail Sending
..wait..
OK
Message has been sent.
Note
The only difference between this command and the #SEMAIL is that this
command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or
OFF according to the #EMAILACT setting, thus, when the connection made
with #EMAILD is closed, the context status is maintained.
3.5.5.5.8 #ESAV - Email Parameters Save
#ESAV - Email Parameters Save
Execution command saves the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the
AT#ESAV
device.
Note
The values stored are:
- E-mail User Name
- E-mail Password
- E-mail Sender Address
- E-mail SMTP server
If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value
will be taken.
3.5.5.5.9 #ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset
#ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset
Execution command resets the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the
AT#ERST
device to the default ones.
The values reset are:
- E-mail User Name
- E-mail Password
- E-mail Sender Address
- E-mail SMTP server
3.5.5.5.10 #EMAILMSG -SMTP Read Message
#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message
Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server.
AT#EMAILMSG
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.
AT#EMAILMSG?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 203 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.6 Easy Scan® Extension AT Commands
3.5.5.6.1 #CSURV - Network Survey
#CSURV - Network Survey
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
AT#CSURV
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from
[=<s>,<e>]
channel <s> to channel <e>. If parameters are omitted, a full band scan is
performed.
AT*CSURV
[=<s>,<e>]
(both syntax are Parameters:
<s> - starting channel
possible)
<e> - ending channel
After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started…
and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is
reported, each of them in the format:
(For BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc>
mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus>
numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch:
<pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco>
t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck>
bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>
where:
<arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control
Channel)
<bsic> - base station identification code
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
<ber> - bit error rate (in %)
<mcc> - mobile country code
<mnc> - mobile network code
<lac> - location area code
<cellId> - cell identifier
<cellStatus> - cell status
..CELL_SUITABLE - C0 is a suitable cell.
CELL_LOW_PRIORITY - the cell is low priority based on the received
system information.
CELL_FORBIDDEN - the cell is forbidden.
CELL_BARRED - the cell is barred based on the received system
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 204 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURV - Network Survey
information.
CELL_LOW_LEVEL - the cell <rxLev> is low.
CELL_OTHER - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no
BCCH available…etc.
<numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description
<arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in
the range 1..<numArfcn>)
<numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list;
the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on
last #CSURVEXT setting:
1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
<ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range
1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
3.
(The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)
<pbcch> 0
1
<nom> - network operation mode
1
2
3
<rac> - routing area code
0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support
..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell
..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell
<pat> - priority access threshold
03..6 <nco> - network control order
0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168
<t3192> - timer 3192
<drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds)
<ctrlAck> - packed control ack
<bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 205 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURV - Network Survey
<alpha> - alpha parameter for power control
<pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink
measurements for power control
0 - BCCH
1 - PDCH
(For non BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>
where:
<arfcn> - RF channel
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
The output ends with the string:
AT#CSURV?
AT*CSURV?
Example
Network survey ended
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command with
parameters omitted.
AT#CSURV
Network survey started…
arfcn: 48 bsic: 24 rxLev: -52 ber: 0.00 mcc: 610 mnc: 1
lac: 33281 cellId: 3648 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE
numArfcn: 2 arfcn: 30 48 numChannels: 5 array: 14 19 22
48 82
arfcn: 14 rxLev: 8
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minutes.
3.5.5.6.2 #CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
AT#CSURVC
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from
[=<s>,<e>]
channel <s> to channel <e>. If parameters are omitted, a full band scan is
performed.
AT*CSURVC
[=<s>,<e>]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 206 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
(both syntax are Parameters:
<s> - starting channel
possible)
<e> - ending channel
After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started…
and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is
reported, each of them in the format:
(For BCCH-Carrier)
<arfcn>,<bsic>,<rxLev>,<ber>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellId>,
<cellStatus>,<numArfcn>[,<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[,<numChannels>[,<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [<pbcch> [<nom> <rac> <spgc>
<pat> <nco> <t3168> <t3192> <drxmax> <ctrlAck> <bsCVmax>
<alpha> <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>
where:
<arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control
Channel)
<bsic> - base station identification code
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
<ber> - bit error rate (in %)
<mcc> - mobile country code
<mnc> - mobile network code
<lac> - location area code
<cellId> - cell identifier
<cellStatus> - cell status
..0 - C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE).
1 - the cell is low priority based on the received system information
(CELL_LOW_PRIORITY).
2 - the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN).
3 - the cell is barred based on the received system information
(CELL_BARRED).
4 - the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL).
5 - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH
available…etc.. (CELL_OTHER).
<numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description
<arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in
the range 1..<numArfcn>)
<numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list;
the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on
last #CSURVEXT setting:
1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 207 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
serving cell
2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
<ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range
1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
(The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)
<pbcch> 0
1
<nom> - network operation mode
1
2
3
<rac> - routing area code
0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support
..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell
..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell
<pat> - priority access threshold
03..6 <nco> - network control order
0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168
<t3192> - timer 3192
<drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds)
<ctrlAck> - packed control ack
<bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value
<alpha> - alpha parameter for power control
<pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink
measurements for power control
0 - BCCH
1 - PDCH
(For non BCCH-Carrier)
<arfcn>,<rxLev>
where:
<arfcn> - RF channel
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 208 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
The output ends with the string:
AT#CSURVC?
AT*CSURVC?
Example
Network survey ended
Read command has the same behaviour as the Execution command with
parameters omitted
AT#CSURVC
Network survey started…
48,24,-52,0.00,610,1,33281,3648,0,2,30 48,5,14 19 22 48
82
14,8
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
The information provided by #CSURVC is the same as that provided by
#CSURV. The difference is that the output of #CSURVC is in numeric
format only.
3.5.5.6.3 #CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
#CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given
AT#CSURVU=[
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
issue.
[,<ch10>]]]]
The result format is like command #CSURV.
AT*CSURVU=[
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
Parameters:
[,<ch10>]]]]
(both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn)
possible)
Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order.
Example
Note: issuing AT#CSURVU=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CSURVU=0<CR>.
AT#CSURVU=59,110
Network survey started…
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 209 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
arfcn: 59 bsic: 16 rxLev: -76 ber: 0.00 mcc: 546 mnc: 1
lac: 54717 cellId: 21093 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE
numArfcn 2 arfcn: 36 59
arfcn: 110 rxLev: -107
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
3.5.5.6.4 #CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric
Format)
#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given
AT#CSURVUC=[
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
issue.
[,<ch10>]]]]
The result format is like command #CSURVC.
AT*CSURVUC=[
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
Parameters:
[,<ch10>]]]]
(both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn)
possible)
Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order.
Example
Note: issuing AT#CSURVUC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CSURVUC=0<CR>.
AT#CSURVUC=59,110
Network survey started…
59,16,-76,0.00,546,1,54717,21093,0,2,36 59
110,-107
Network survey ended
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 210 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)
OK
Note
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
The information provided by #CSURVUC is the same as that provided by
#CSURVU. The difference is that the output of #CSURVUC is in numeric
format only.
3.5.5.6.5 #CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey
#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey
Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
AT#CSURVB=<n>
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels.
The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result format is like command #CSURV.
AT#CSURVB=?
Parameter:
<n> - number of desired BCCH carriers
1..M
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format:
(1-M)
where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last
selected band.
3.5.5.6.6 #CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)
#CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)
Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
AT#CSURVBC=
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels.
<n>
The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result is given in numeric format and is like command #CSURVC.
AT#CSURVBC=?
Parameter:
<n> - number of desired BCCH carriers
1..M
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format:
(1-M)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 211 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last
selected band.
3.5.5.6.7 #CSURVF - Network Survey Format
#CSURVF - Network Survey Format
Set command controls the format of the numbers output by all the Easy
AT#CSURVF[=
Scan®
[<format>]]
Parameter:
<format> - numbers format
0 - Decimal
1 - Hexadecimal values, no text
2 - Hexadecimal values with text
Note: issuing AT#CSURVF<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CSURVF?
AT#CSURVF=?
Note: issuing AT#CSURVF=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CSURVF=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current number format, as follows:
#CSURVF: <format>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter
<format>.
3.5.5.6.8 #CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan® Commands Family
#CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan® Commands Family
Set command enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF> removing from
AT#CSURVNLF
each information text line.
[=<value>]
Parameter:
<value>
0 - disables <CR><LF> removing; they’ll be present in the information text
(factory default)
1 - remove <CR><LF> from imformation text
AT#CSURVNLF?
AT#CSURVNLF=?
Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports whether automatic <CR><LF> removing is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
<value>
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 212 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.6.9 #CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey
#CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey
Set command enables/disables extended network survey.
AT#CSURVEXT
[=<value>]
Parameter:
<value>
0 - disables extended network survey (factory default)
1 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution
commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned
BCCh carrier
2 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution
commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned
BCCh carrier and, if GPRS is supported in the cell, they report some
GPRS informations carried by the System Information 13 of the BCCh
AT#CSURVEXT?
AT#CSURVEXT=?
Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports whether extended network survey is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
<value>
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 213 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands
3.5.5.7.1 #JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
Set command allows to control the Jammed Detect & Report feature.
AT#JDR[=
[<mode>
The MODULE can detect if a communication Jammer is active in its range
[,<MNPL>,
and give indication to the user of this condition either on the serial line with
<DCMN>]]]
an unsolicited code or on a dedicated GPIO by rising it.
The MODULE can also report to the network the Jammed status condition,
even if normal communications are inhibited by the Jammer, by using a
unique message.
Parameters:
<mode> - behaviour mode of the Jammed Detect & Report
0 - disables Jammed Detect & Report (factory default)
1 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported on pin
GPIO2/JDR
GPIO2/JDR LOW - Normal Operating Condition
GPIO2/JDR HIGH - Jammed Condition.
2 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with a
single unsolicited result code on serial line, in the format:
#JDR: <status>
where:
<status>
JAMMED - Jammed condition detected
OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be
shown only after a jammed condition has occurred.
3 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions
as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=2.
4 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with an
unsolicited code every 3s on serial line, in the format:
#JDR: <status>
where:
<status>
JAMMED - Jammed condition detected
OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be
shown only after a jammed condition has occurred.
5 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions
as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=4.
<MNPL> - Maximum Noise Power Level
0..127
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 214 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
<DCMN> - Disturbed Channel Minimum Number
0..254
Note: issuing AT#JDR<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#JDR?
AT#JDR=?
Example
Note
Note: issuing AT#JDR=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#JDR=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current behaviour mode, Maximum Noise
Power Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number, in the format:
#JDR: <mode>,<MNPL>,<DCMN>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<mode>,<MNPL> and <DCMN>
AT#JDR=2
OK
…jammer enters in the range…
#JDR: JAMMED
…jammer exits the range…
#JDR: OPERATIVE
It is suggested not to change the default setting for Maximum Noise Power
Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number.
If the device is installed in a particular environment where the default values
are not satisfactory the two parameters <MNPL> and <DCMN> permit to
adapt the detection to all conditions.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 215 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.8 Easy Script® Extension - Python6 Interpreter, AT Commands
3.5.5.8.1 #WSCRIPT - Write Script
#WSCRIPT - Write Script
Execution command inserts a script text and save it with the name
AT#WSCRIPT=
<script_name> in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension.
<script_name>,
<size>
[,<hidden>]
The script text should be sent using Raw Ascii file transfer.
It is important to set properly the port settings. In particular:
Baud rate: 115200 bps
Flow control: hardware.
Parameters:
<script_name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
<size> - file size in bytes
<hidden> - file hidden attribute
0 - file content is readable with #RSCRIPT (default).
1 - file content is hidden, #RSCRIPT command will report empty file.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>>>' and waits for
the script file text for <size> bytes.
The operations completes when all the bytes are received.
If script writing ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error
code is reported
Note: The script name should be passed between quotes and all
Executable Scripts files must have .py extension - Script names are Case
sensitive.
Note: When sending the script be sure that the line terminator is
<CR><LF> and that your terminal program does not change it.
Example
6
Note: with the hidden attribute it is possible to protect your script from being
viewed and copied, only the file name can be viewed, its content is hidden
even if the file is still being run correctly. It's your care to maintain
knowledge on what the script file contains.
AT#WSCRIPT="First.py ",54,0
>>> here receive the prompt: depending on your editor
settings it’s possible that the prompt overrides the
above line; then type or send the script, sized 54 bytes
OK
PYTHON is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 216 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#WSCRIPT - Write Script
Script has been stored.
Note
This command can also be used to write any text file in the MODULEPYTHON memory (not script files only), for example application data or
settings files with a different extension than .py.
3.5.5.8.2 #ESCRIPT - Select Active Script
#ESCRIPT - Select Active Script
Set command selects the name of the script that will be executed by the
AT#ESCRIPT[=
Easy Script® interpreter at the start-up. The script will be executed at start[<script_name>]]
up only if the DTR line is found LOW during initial start-up (that is: COM is
not open on a PC), otherwise the Easy Script® interpreter will not execute
and the module supporting the Python extension will behave normally
answering only to AT commands on the serial port.
Parameter:
<script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
Note: all script files must have .py extension.
Note: The <script_name> must match with a file name written with the
#WSCRIPT in order to have it run.
Note: the command does not check whether the script <script_name>
does exist in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension or
not. If the file <script_name> is not present at the start-up then the Script
Interpreter will not execute.
Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#ESCRIPT?
Example
Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#ESCRIPT=””<CR>.
Read command reports the name of the script that will be executed by the
Easy Script® interpreter at the start-up.
AT#ESCRIPT="First.py "
OK
Script First.py will be executed at the next start-ups
if DTR is found LOW.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 217 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.8.3 #RSCRIPT - Read Script
#RSCRIPT - Read Script
Execution command reports the content of script file <script_name>.
AT#RSCRIPT=
<script_name>
Parameter:
<script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
The device responds to the command with the prompt '<<<', followed by the
script file text.
Note: if the file <script_name> was saved with the hidden attribute, then an
empty file is reported with the OK result code.
Example
Note: If the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported.
AT#RSCRIPT="First.py "
hereafter receive the prompt: depending on your editor
settings it’s possible that the prompt overrides the
above line; then the script is displayed, immediately
after the prompt
<<<import MDM
MDM.send('AT\r',10)
Ans=MDM.receive(20)
OK
Note
Executable scripts files must have .py extension.
3.5.5.8.4 #LSCRIPT - List Script Names
#LSCRIPT - List Script Names
Execution command reports the list of script files names currently saved into
AT#LSCRIPT
the NVM and the available free NVM memory in the format:
[#LSCRIPT: <script_name1> <size1>…
[<CR><LF><CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: <script_namen> <sizen>]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: free bytes: <free_NVM>
AT#LSCRIPT?
Example
where:
<script-namen> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive)
<sizen> - size of script in bytes
<free_NVM> - size of available NVM memory in bytes
Read command has the same behavior of Execution command.
AT#LSCRIPT
#LSCRIPT: First.py 51
#LSCRIPT: Second.py 178
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 218 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#LSCRIPT - List Script Names
#LSCRIPT: Third.py 95
#LSCRIPT: free bytes: 20000
OK
3.5.5.8.5 #DSCRIPT - Delete Script
#DSCRIPT - Delete Script
Execution command deletes a script file from NVM memory.
AT#DSCRIPT=
<script_name>
Parameter:
<script_name> - name of the script file to delete, string type (max 16 chars,
case sensitive)
Example
Note: if the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported.
AT#DSCRIPT="Third.py"
OK
3.5.5.8.6 #REBOOT - Reboot
#REBOOT - Reboot
Execution command reboots immediately the unit.
AT#REBOOT
AT#REBOOT?
Example
It can be used to reboot the system after a remote update of the script in
order to have the new one running.
Read command has the same behavior of Execution command.
AT#REBOOT
…. Module Reboots …
Note
This command does not return result codes.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 219 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set
3.5.5.9.1 $GPSP - GPS controller power management
$GPSP - GPS controller power management
Execution command allows to manage power-up or down of the GPS
AT$GPSP=<status>
controller
Parameter:
<status>
0 - GPS controller is powered down
1 - GPS controller is powered up (default)
AT$GPSP?
AT$GPSP=?
Example
Note
3.5.5.9.2
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the GPS controller is
powered down while camera or VAUX pin is enabled they’ll both also
be powered off.
Read command reports return the current status
Test command returns the range of values accepted (0-1)
AT$GPSP=0
OK
If a camera is used with the module and it is powered on, the command
will be not executed due to the fact the supply voltage is in common
between the 2 devices.
$GPSR - GPS Reset
$GPSR - GPS Reset
AT$GPSR=<reset type>
Execution command allows to manage allows to reset the GPS
controller.
Parameter:
<reset type>
0 - Hardware reset: The GPS receiver is reset and restarts by using
the values stored in the internal memory of the GPS receiver.
1 - Coldstart (No Almanac, No Ephemeris) (1: This option clears all
data that is currently stored in the internal memory of the GPS receiver
including position, almanac, ephemeris, and time. The stored clock drift
however, is retained
2 - Warmstart (No ephemeris) (1: This option clears all initialization
data in the GPS receiver and subsequently reloads the data that is
currently displayed in the Receiver Initialization Setup screen. The
almanac is retained but the ephemeris is cleared.
3 - Hotstart (with stored Almanac and Ephemeris) (1: The GPS
receiver restarts by using the values stored in the internal memory of
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 220 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSR - GPS Reset
AT$GPSR=?
Example
Note
the GPS receiver; validated ephemeris and almanac.
Read command that provides the range of accepted values (0-3)
AT$GPSR=0
OK
(1
Available only in Controlled mode. (SW reset)
3.5.5.9.3 $GPSD - GPS Device Type Set
$GPSD - GPS Device Type Set
AT$GPSD=<device type> Set command defines which GPS device is connected to the module. It
dedicates the Serial port #1 of the module (TRACE) to receive the GPS
strings from the GPS module.
Parameter:
<device type>
0 - none (Serial port not connected to GPS device)
2 - Controlled Mode (Modem serial port connected to GPS serial port
– default)
(1
AT$GPSD?
AT$GPSD=?
Example
AT$GPSD=0
Note
Read command that returns the current status
Test command that provides the range of accepted values for the
parameter <device type> (0-3)
AT$GPSD=0
OK
(1
AT$GPSSAV must be executed after to store this setting in memory
(the new functionality will be available after the next power_on)
3.5.5.9.4 $GPSSW - GPS Software Version
$GPSSW - GPS Software Version
Execution command provides GPS Module software version in the
AT$GPSSW
format:
$GPSSW: <sw version>
Example
AT$GPSSW
$GPSSW: GSW3.1.1_3.1.00.07-C23P1.00
OK
3.5.5.9.5 $GPSAT – GPS Antenna Type Definition
$GPSAT – Configure GPS Antenna Type
Set command selects the GPS antenna used.
AT$GPSAT=<type>
Parameter:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 221 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSAT – Configure GPS Antenna Type
<type>
0 - GPS Antenna not supplied by the module
1 - GPS Antenna supplied by the module (default)
AT$GPSAT?
AT$GPSAT=?
Example
Note
Read command returns the current status
Test command provides the range of accepted values (0-1)
AT$GPSAT=1
OK
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration
If set to 0 the Antenna current and Voltage readout are not available.
Refer to the HW user guide for the compatible GPS antennas
3.5.5.9.6 $GPSAV – GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout
$GPSAV – GPS Antenna Readout Voltage
Read command returns the measured GPS antenna’s supply voltage in
AT$GPSAV?
mV
AT$GPSAV?
AT$GPSAV?
$GPSAV:3800
OK
Note
Not available if antenna Type set to 0
3.5.5.9.7 $GPSAI – GPS Antenna Current Readout
$GPSAI - GPS Antenna Current Monitor
Read command reports the GPS antenna’s current consumption in
AT$GPSAI?
the format:
$GPSAI:<value>[,<status>](1
where:
<value> - the measured current in mA
<status> - (1
0 - GPS antenna OK
1 - GPS antenna consumption out of the limits
Example
AT$GPSAI?
$GPSAI:040,0
OK
Note
(1
Available only if antenna protection is activated (see $GPSAP)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 222 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.9.8 $GPSAP – GPS Antenna Protection
$GPSAP - GPS Antenna Protection
AT$GPSAP=<set>[,<value>] Write command that allows to activate an automatic protection in
case of high current consumption of GPS antenna. The protection
disables the GPS antenna supply voltage.
Parameters:
<set>
0 - deactivate current antenna protection (default)
1 - activate current antenna protection
<value> - the antenna current limit value in mA (000-200)
AT$GPSAP?
If parameter <set>=0 parameter <value> is omitted
Read command that returns the current antenna limit value in the
format:
$GPSAP:<set>,<value>
AT$GPSAP=?
Test command that returns the available ranges for <set> and
<value>
Example
AT$GPSAP=0
OK
Note : no SW control on antenna status (HW current limitation only)
AT$GPSAP=1,25 (1
OK
activate current antenna protection with related current limit
AT$GPSAP?
(1
$GPSAP:1,050
OK
Antenna protection activated with 50mA limit
Note
(1
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration
The module is already provided of an Hardware protection for the
high current consumption that is automatically activated if the
consumption exceeds 50mA
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 223 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.5.5.9.9
$GPSNMUN – Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration
$GPSNMUN – Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration
AT$GPSNMUN=<enable> Set command permits to activate an Unsolicited streaming of GPS data
[,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,< (in NMEA format) through the standard GSM serial port (AT) and defines
which NMEA sentences will be available
GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >](1
Parameters:
<enable>
0 - NMEA data stream de-activated (default)
1 - NMEA data stream activated
2 - NMEA data stream activated with the following unsolicited response
syntax:
<NMEA SENTENCE> <CR>
3 - dedicated NMEA data stream; it is not possible to send AT
commands; with the escape sequence ‘+++’ the user can return to
command mode
<GGA> - Global Positioning System Fix Data
0 - disable
1 - enable
<GLL> - Geographical Position - Latitude/Longitude
0 - disable
1 - enable
<GSA> - GPS DOP and Active Satellites
0 - disable
1 - enable
<GSV> - GPS Satellites in View
0 - disable
1 - enable
<RMC> - recommended Minimum Specific GPS Data
0 - disable
1 - enable
<VTG> - Course Over Ground and Ground Speed
0 - disable
1 - enable
DEFAULT: <0,0,0,0,0,0>
The unsolicited response syntax for <enable>=1 is:
$GPSNMUN: <CR>
<NMEA SENTENCE> <CR>
AT$GPSNMUN?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command
is the same as Read command
Read command returns whether the unsolicited GPS NMEA data
streaming is currently enabled or not, along with the NMEA sentences
availability status, in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 224 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSNMUN – Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration
$GPSNMUN:<enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
AT$GPSNMUN=?
<enable>, <GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >
Example
AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK
These sets the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message
AT$GPSNMUN=0
OK
Turn-off the unsolicited mode
AT$GPSNMUN?
$GPSNMUN: 1,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK
Give the current frame selected (GSA)
The unsolicited message will be:
$GPSNMUN:
$GPGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8*
3C
Reference
Note
NMEA 01803 Specifications
(1
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration
The command is available in “Controlled Mode” only
The available NMEA Sentences are depending on the GPS receiver
used
In GE863-GPS and GM862-GPS the fields PDOP and VDOP are not
available
Use NMEA serial port instead if full DOP info are needed
3.5.5.9.10
$GPSACP – Get Acquired Position
$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information
Read command returns information about the last GPS position in the
AT$GPSACP
format:
$GPSACP: <UTC>,<latitude>,<longitude>,<hdop>,<altitude>,
<fix>,<cog>, <spkm>,<spkn>,<date>,<nsat>
where:
<UTC> - UTC time (hhmmss) referred to GGA sentence
<latitude> - ddmm.mmmm N/S (referred to GGA sentence)
Values:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 225 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information
dd (degrees) 00 to 90
mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999
N/S: North / South
<longitude> - dddmm.mmmm E/W (referred to GGA sentence)
Values:
ddd (degrees) 00 to 180
mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999
E/W: East / West
<hdop> - x.x - Horizontal Diluition of Precision (referred to GGA
sentence)
<altitude> - xxxx.x Altitude - mean-sea-level (geoid) in meters
(referred to GGA sentence)
<fix> - referred to GSA sentence
1 - Invalid Fix
2 - 2D fix
3 - 3D fix
<cog> - ddd.mm - Course over Ground (degrees, True) (referred to
VTG sentence)
Values:
ddd: 000 to 360 degrees
mm 00 to 59 minutes
<spkm> - xxxx.x Speed over ground (Km/hr) (referred to VTG
sentence)
<spkn> - xxxx.x- Speed over ground (knots) (referred to VTG
sentence)
<date> - ddmmyy Date of Fix (referred to RMC sentence)
Values:
dd (day) 01 to 31
mm (month) 01 to 12
yy (year) 00 to 99 (2000 to 2099)
<nsat> - nn - Total number of satellites in view (referred to GSV
sentence)
Example
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP:080220,4542.82691N,01344.26820E,259.07,3,2.1
,0.1,0.0,0.0,270705,09
OK
3.5.5.9.11
$GPSSAV – Save GPS Parameters Configuration
$GPSSAV – Save GPS Parameters
Execution command saves the current configuration in the non volatile
AT$GPSSAV
EEPROM memory of the module.
Example
AT$GPSSAV
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 226 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSSAV – Save GPS Parameters
OK
Note
3.5.5.9.12
The module must be restarted to use the new configuration
$GPSRST – Restore to Default GPS Parameters
$GPSRST – Restore all GPS Parameters
Execution command restores the GPS parameters to “Factory Default”
AT$GPSRST
configuration and stores them in the non volatile EEPROM memory of
the module.
AT$GPSRST
Example
OK
Note
The module must be restarted to use the new configuration
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 227 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6 SELINT 1
3.6.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands
3.6.1.1 Generic Modem Control
3.6.1.1.1 &F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
&F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values
AT&F[<value>]
specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware configuration
switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria.
Parameter:
<value>:
0 - just the factory profile base section parameters are considered.
1 - either the factory profile base section and the extended section are
considered (full factory profile).
Reference
Note: if parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same
behaviour as AT&F0
V25ter.
3.6.1.1.2 Z - Soft Reset
Z - Soft Reset
ATZ[<n>]
Execution command loads the base section of the specified user profile and
the extended section of the default factory profile.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - user profile number
Note: any call in progress will be terminated.
Reference
Note: if parameter <n> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATZ0.
V25ter.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 228 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.1.3 +FCLASS - Select Active Service Class
+FCLASS - Select Active Service Class
Set command sets the wireless module in specified connection mode (data,
AT+FCLASS=<n>
fax, voice), hence all the calls done afterwards will be data or voice.
AT+FCLASS?
AT+FCLASS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<n>
0 - data
1 - fax class 1
8 - voice
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
<n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <n>.
GSM 07.07
3.6.1.1.4 &Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile
&Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile
Execution command defines the basic profiles which will be loaded on
AT&Y[<n>]
startup.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - profile (default is 0): the wireless module is able to store 2 complete
configurations (see command &W).
Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &Y will be loaded on every
startup.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&Y0
3.6.1.1.5 &P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile
&P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile
Execution command defines which full profile will be loaded on startup.
AT&P[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 – profile number: the wireless module is able to store 2 full
configurations (see command &W).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 229 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &P will be loaded on every
startup.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&P0
Telit Specifications
3.6.1.1.6 &W - Store Current Configuration
&W - Store Current Configuration
Execution command stores on profile <n> the complete configuration of the
AT&W[<n>]
device.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - profile
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
AT&W0.
3.6.1.1.7 &Z - Store Telephone Number In The Module Internal Phonebook
&Z - Store Telephone Number In The Wireless Module Internal Phonebook
Execution command stores in the record <n> the telephone number <nr>.
AT&Z<n>=<nr>
The records cannot be overwritten, they must be cleared before rewriting.
Parameters:
<n> - phonebook record
<nr> - telephone number (string type)
Note: the wireless module has a built in non volatile memory in which 10
telephone numbers of a maximum 24 digits can be stored
Note: to delete the record <n> the command AT&Z<n>=<CR> must be
issued.
Note: the records in the module memory can be viewed with the command
AT&N, while the telephone number stored in the record n can be dialed by
giving the command ATDS=<n>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 230 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.1.8 &N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers
&N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers
Execution command returns the telephone number stored at the <n>
AT&N[<n>]
position in the internal memory.
Parameter:
<n> - phonebook record number
Note: if parameter <n> is omitted then all the internal records are shown.
3.6.1.1.9 +GMI - Manufacturer Identification
+GMI - Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the manufacturer identification.
AT+GMI
Reference
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
V.25ter
3.6.1.1.10 +GMM - Model Identification
+GMM - Model Identification
Execution command returns the model identification.
AT+GMM
Reference
V.25ter
+GMR - Revision Identification
+GMR - Revision Identification
Execution command returns the software revision identification.
AT+GMR
Reference
V.25ter
3.6.1.1.11
+GCAP - Capabilities List
+GCAP - Capabilities List
Execution command returns the equipment supported command set list.
AT+GCAP
Where:
+CGSM: GSM ETSI command set
+FCLASS: Fax command set
+DS: Data Service common modem command set
+MS: Mobile Specific command set
Reference
V.25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 231 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.1.12 +GSN - Serial Number
+GSN - Serial Number
Execution command returns the device board serial number.
AT+GSN
Reference
Note: The number returned is not the IMSI, it is only the board number
V.25ter
3.6.1.1.13 &V - Display Current Configuration & Profile
&V - Display Current Configuration & Profile
Execution command returns some of the base configuration
AT&V
parameters settings.
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
3.6.1.1.14
&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile
&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile
Execution command returns all the configuration parameters settings.
AT&V0
Note: this command is the same as &V, it is included only for backwards
compatibility.
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
3.6.1.1.15 &V1 - Display S Registers Values
&V1 - Display S Registers Values
Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and
AT&V1
hexadecimal value in the format:
REG DEC
HEX
<reg0> <dec>
<hex>
<reg1> <dec>
<hex>
...
where
<regn> - S register number (0..38)
<dec> - current value in decimal notation
<hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 232 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.1.16 &V3 - Display S Registers Values
&V3 - Display S Registers Values
Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and
AT&V3
hexadecimal value in the format:
REG DEC
HEX
<reg0> <dec>
<hex>
<reg1> <dec>
<hex>
...
where
<regn> - S register number (0..38)
<dec> - current value in decimal notation
<hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation
3.6.1.1.17
&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics
&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics
Execution command returns the last connection statistics & connection
AT&V2
failure reason.
3.6.1.1.18 \V - Single Line Connect Message
\V - Single Line Connect Message
Execution command set single line connect message.
AT\V<n>
Parameter:
<n>
0 - off
1 - on
3.6.1.1.19 +GCI - Country Of Installation
+GCI - Country Of Installation
Set command selects the installation country code according to
AT+GCI=<code>
ITU-T.35 Annex A.
AT+GCI?
AT+GCI=?
Parameter:
<code>
59 - it currently supports only the Italy country code
Read command reports the currently selected country code.
Test command reports the supported country codes.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 233 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Reference
V25ter.
3.6.1.1.20 %L - Line Signal Level
%L - Line Signal Level
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
AT%L
modems
3.6.1.1.21 %Q - Line Quality
%Q - Line Quality
AT%Q
3.6.1.1.22
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
modems
L - Speaker Loudness
L - Speaker Loudness
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
ATL<n>
modems
3.6.1.1.23 M - Speaker Mode
M - Speaker Mode
ATM<n>
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
modems
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 234 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control
3.6.1.2.1 E - Command Echo
E - Command Echo
Set command enables/disables the command echo.
ATE[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - disables command echo
1 - enables command echo (factory default) , hence command sent to the
device are echoed back to the DTE before the response is given.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATE0
V25ter
3.6.1.2.2 Q - Quiet Result Codes
Q - Quiet Result Codes
Set command enables or disables the result codes.
ATQ[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - enables result codes (factory default)
1 - every result code is replaced with a <CR>
2 - disables result codes
Note: After issuing either ATQ1 or ATQ2 every information text transmitted
in response to commands is not affected
Example
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATQ0
After issuing ATQ1
AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1) a <cr> ends the response
After issuing ATQ2
AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1) nothing is appended to the response
Reference
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 235 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.2.3 V - Response Format
V - Response Format
Set command determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted
ATV[<n>]
with result codes and information responses. It also determines if result
codes are transmitted in a numeric form or an alphanumeric form (see
[§3.2.3 Information Responses And Result Codes] for the table of result
codes).
Parameter:
<n>
0 - limited headers and trailers and numeric format of result codes
information responses
<text><CR><LF>
result codes
<numeric code><CR>
1 - full headers and trailers and verbose format of result codes (factory
default)
information responses
<CR><LF>
<text><CR><LF>
result codes
<CR><LF>
<numeric code><CR><LF>
Note: the <text> portion of information responses is not affected by this
setting.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATV0
V25ter
3.6.1.2.4 X - Extended Result Codes
X - Extended Result Codes
Set command selects the result code messages subset used by the modem
ATX[<n>]
to inform the DTE of the result of the commands.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - send only OK, CONNECT, RING, NO CARRIER, ERROR, NO
ANSWER results. Busy tones reporting is disabled.
1..4 - reports all messages (factory default is 1).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 236 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATX0
For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR
command.
V25ter
3.6.1.2.5 I - Identification Information
I - Identification Information
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text followed
ATI[<n>]
by a result code.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - numerical identifier.
1 - module checksum
2 - checksum check result
3 - manufacturer
4 - product name
5 - DOB version
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATI0
V25ter
3.6.1.2.6 &C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
&C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
Set command controls the RS232 DCD output behaviour.
AT&C[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - DCD remains high always.
1 - DCD follows the Carrier detect status: if carrier is detected DCD is high,
otherwise DCD is low. (factory default)
2 - DCD off while disconnecting
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&C0
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 237 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.2.7 &D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
Set command controls the Module behaviour to the RS232 DTR transitions.
AT&D[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - DTR transitions are ignored. (factory default)
1 - when the MODULE is connected, the high to low transition of DTR pin
sets the device in command mode, the current connection is NOT
closed.
2 - when the MODULE is connected , the high to low transition of DTR pin
sets the device in command mode and the current connection is
closed.
3 - C108/1 operation is enabled
4 - C108/1 operation is disabled
Note: if AT&D2 has been issued and the DTR has been tied low,
autoanswering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only issuing
command ATA.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&D0
V25ter
3.6.1.2.8 \Q - Standard Flow Control
\Q - Standard Flow Control
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour.
AT\Q[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no flow control
1 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF)
2 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active)
3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory
default)
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT\Q0
Reference
Note: \Q’s settings are functionally a subset of &K’s ones.
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 238 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.2.9 &K - Flow Control
&K - Flow Control
AT&K[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no flow control
1 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active)
2 - software mono-directional flow control (XON/XOFF)
3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory
default)
4 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF)
5 - pass through: software bi-directional without filtering (XON/XOFF)
6 - both hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) and
software bi-directional flow control (XON/XOFF) with filtering
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&K0
Note: &K has no Read Command. To verify the current setting of &K,
simply check the settings of the active profile with AT&V.
3.6.1.2.10 &S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
&S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
Set command controls the RS232 DSR pin behaviour.
AT&S[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - always ON
1 - follows the GSM traffic channel indication.
2 - ON when connected
3 - ON when device is ready to receive commands (factory default).
Note: if option 1 is selected then DSR is tied up when the device receives
from the network the GSM traffic channel indication.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&S0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 239 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.2.11
\R - Ring (RI) Control
\R - Ring (RI) Control
Set command controls the RING output pin behaviour.
AT\R[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - RING on during ringing and further connection
1 - RING on during ringing (factory default)
2 - RING follows the ring signal
Note: to check the ring option status use the &V command.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT\R0
3.6.1.2.12 +IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate
+IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate
Set command specifies the DTE speed at which the device accepts
AT+IPR=<rate>
commands during command mode operations; it may be used to fix the
DTE-DCE interface speed.
Parameter:
<rate>
0
..300
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
AT+IPR?
AT+IPR=?
Reference
If <rate> is or set to 0, then automatic speed detection is enabled and also
character format (see +ICF) is set to auto-detect. (default)
If <rate> is specified and not 0, DTE-DCE speed is fixed at that
speed, hence no speed auto-detection (autobauding) is enabled.
Read command returns the current value of +IPR parameter.
Test command returns the supported serial port speed list.
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 240 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.2.13 +IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
+IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
AT+IFC=<by_te>,
directions: from DTE to modem (<by_ta> option) and from modem to DTE
<by_ta>
(<by_te>)
Parameter:
<by_te> - flow control option for the data received by DTE
0 - flow control None
1 - XON/XOFF filtered
2 - C105 (RTS) (factory default)
3 - XON/XOFF not filtered
<by_ta> - flow control option for the data sent by modem
0 - flow control None
1 - XON/XOFF
2 - C106 (CTS) (factory default)
AT+IFC?
AT+IFC=?
Reference
Note: This command is equivalent to &K command.
Read command returns active flow control settings.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <by_te>
and <by_ta>.
V25ter
3.6.1.2.14 +ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting
+ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting
Set command controls whether or not the +ILRR:<rate> information text is
AT+ILRR=<n>
transmitted from the modem to the DTE.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - local port speed rate reporting disabled (factory default)
1 - local port speed rate reporting enabled
AT+ILRR?
AT+ILRR=?
Reference
Note: this information if enabled is sent upon connection.
Read command returns active setting of <n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>.
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 241 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.2.15
+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing
+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing
Set command defines the asynchronous character framing to be used when
AT+ICF=<format>
autobauding is disabled.
[,<parity>]
Parameters:
<format> - determines the number of bits in the data bits, the presence of a
parity bit, and the number of stop bits in the start-stop frame.
0 - autodetection
1 - 8 Data, 2 Stop
2 - 8 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop
3 - 8 Data, 1 Stop
4 - 7 Data, 2 Stop
5 - 7 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop
AT+ICF?
AT+ICF=?
Reference
Example
<parity> - determines how the parity bit is generated and checked, if
present
0 - Odd
1 - Even
Read command returns current settings for subparameters <format> and
<parity>.
Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format>
and <parity>
V25ter
AT+ICF = 0 - auto detect
AT+ICF = 1 - 8N2
AT+ICF = 2,0 - 8O1
AT+ICF = 2,1 - 8E1
AT+ICF = 3 - 8N1 (default)
AT+ICF = 5,0 - 7O1
AT+ICF = 5,1 - 7E1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 242 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.3 Call Control
3.6.1.3.1 D - Dial
D - Dial
ATD<number>[;]
Execution command starts a call to the phone number given as parameter.
If “;” is present, a VOICE call to the given number is performed, regardless
of the current value of the connection mode set by +FCLASS command.
Parameter:
<number> - phone number to be dialed
Note: type of call (data, fax or voice) depends on last +FCLASS setting.
Note: the numbers accepted are 0-9 and *,#,”A”, ”B”, ”C”, ”D”,”+”.
ATD><str>[;]
Note: for backwards compatibility with landline modems modifiers “T”, ”P”,
”R”, ”,”, ”W”, “!”, “@” are accepted but have no effect.
Issues a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field is
<str>; all available memories will be searched for the correct entry.
If “;” is present a VOICE call is performed.
Parameter:
<str> - alphanumeric field corresponding to phone number; it must be
enclosed in quotation marks.
ATD><mem><n>[;]
Note: used character set should be the one selected with either command
Select TE character set +CSCS or @CSCS.
Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage <mem>,
entry location <n> (available memories may be queried with
AT+CPBS=?).
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
Parameters:
<mem> - phonebook memory storage; it must not be enclosed in quotation
marks.
SM - SIM phonebook
FD - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook
LD - SIM last-dialling-phonebook
MC - device missed (unanswered received) calls list
RC - ME received calls list
ATD><n>[;]
<n> - entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the
memory used.
Issues a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the active
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 243 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
D - Dial
phonebook memory storage (see +CPBS).
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
ATDL
ATDS=<nr>[;]
ATD<number>I[;]
ATD<number>i[;]
ATD<number>G[;]
ATD<number>g[;]
ATD*<gprs_sc>
[*<addr>][*[<L2P>]
[*[<cid>]]]]#
Parameter:
<n> - active phonebook memory storage entry location; it should be in the
range of locations available in the active phonebook memory storage.
Issues a call to the last number dialed.
Issues a call to the number stored in the MODULE internal phonebook
position number <nr>.
If “;” is present a VOICE call is performed.
Parameter:
<nr> - internal phonebook position to be called (See commands &N and
&Z)
Issues a call overwriting the CLIR supplementary service subscription
default value for this call
If “;” is present a VOICE call is performed.
I - invocation, restrict CLI presentation
i - suppression, allow CLI presentation
Issues a call checking the CUG supplementary service information for the
current call. Refer to +CCUG command.
If “;” is present a VOICE call is performed.
This command is specific of GPRS functionality and causes the MT to
perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication
between the TE and the external PDN.
Parameters:
<gprs_sc> - GPRS Service Code, a digit string (value 99) which identifies
a request to use the GPRS
<addr> - string that identifies the called party in the address space
applicable to the PDP.
<L2P> - a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see
+CGDATA command). For communications software that does not
support arbitrary characters in the dial string, the following numeric
equivalents shall be used:
1 - PPP
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Set
command.
<cid> - a digit which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command).
Example
To dial a number in SIM phonebook entry 6:
ATD>SM6
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 244 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
D - Dial
OK
To have a voice call to the 6-th entry of active
phonebook:
ATD>6;
OK
To call the entry with alphanumeric field “Name”:
ATD>”Name”;
OK
Reference
V25ter.
3.6.1.3.2 T - Tone Dial
T - Tone Dial
ATT
Reference
3.6.1.3.3
P - Pulse Dial
P - Pulse Dial
ATP
Reference
3.6.1.3.4
A - Answer
ATA
Reference
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
V25ter.
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
V25ter.
A - Answer
Execution command is used to answer to an incoming call if automatic
answer is disabled.
Note: This command MUST be the last in the command line and must be
followed immediately by a <CR> character.
V25ter.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 245 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.3.5 H - Disconnect
H – Disconnect
ATH
Execution command is used to close the current conversation (voice, data
or fax).
Note: this command can be issued only in command mode; when a data
conversation is active the device is in on-line mode (commands are not
sensed and characters are sent to the other party), hence escape sequence
(see register S2) is required before issuing this command, otherwise if &D1
option is active, DTR pin has to be tied low to return in command mode.
V25ter.
Reference
3.6.1.3.6 O - Return To On Line Mode
O - Return To On Line Mode
Execution command is used to return to on-line mode from command mode.
ATO
If there's no active connection it returns ERROR.
Note: After issuing this command, if the device is in conversation, to send
other commands to the device you must return to command mode by
issuing the escape sequence (see register S2) or tying low DTR pin if &D1
option is active.
V25ter.
Reference
3.6.1.3.7
&G - Guard Tone
&G - Guard Tone
AT&G
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
3.6.1.3.8 &Q - Sync/Async Mode
&Q - Sync/Async Mode
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
AT&Q
landline modems.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 246 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.4 Modulation Control
3.6.1.4.1 +MS - Modulation Selection
+MS - Modulation Selection
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
AT+MS=
landline modems.
<carrier>[,
<automode>[,
Parameter:
<min_rate>[,
<carrier> - a string which specifies the preferred modem carrier to use in
<max_rate>]]]
originating or answering a connection
V21
V22
V22B
V23C
V32
V34
<automode> - it enables/disables automatic modulation negotiation.
0 - disabled
1 - enabled. It has effect only if it is defined for the associated modulation.
<min_rate> - it specifies the lowest value at which the DCE may establish a
connection.
0 - unspecified
<max_rate> - it specifies the highest value at which the DCE may establish
a connection.
0 - unspecified
300..14400 - rate in bps
AT+MS?
AT+MS=?
Note: to change modulation requested use +CBST command.
Read command returns the current value of <carrier>, <automode>,
<min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.
Test command returns all supported values of the <carrier>, <automode>,
<min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.
3.6.1.4.2 %E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward
%E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT%E<n>
compatibility with landline modems.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 247 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.5 Compression Control
3.6.1.5.1
+DS - Data Compression
+DS - Data Compression
Set command sets the V42 compression parameter.
AT+DS=<n>
AT+DS?
AT+DS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no compression, it is currently the only supported value
Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
V25ter
3.6.1.5.2 +DR - Data Compression Reporting
+DR - Data Compression Reporting
Set command enables/disables the data compression reporting upon
AT+DR=<n>
connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - data compression reporting disabled;
1 - data compression reporting enabled upon connection.
Note: if enabled, the following intermediate result code is transmitted before
the final result code:
AT+DR?
AT+DR=?
Reference
+DR: <compression>
(the only supported value for <compression> is “NONE”)
Read command returns current value of <n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 248 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.6Break Control
3.6.1.6.1 \B - Transmit Break To Remote
\B - Transmit Break To Remote
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\B
compatibility with landline modems
3.6.1.6.2 \K - Break Handling
\K - Break Handling
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\K<n>
compatibility with landline modems
Parameter:
<n>
1..5
3.6.1.6.3 \N - Operating Mode
\N - Operating Mode
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\N
compatibility with landline modems
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 249 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.7S Parameters
Basic commands that begin with the letter “S” are known as “S-Parameters”. The number following
the “S” indicates the “parameter number” being referenced. If the number is not recognized as a valid
parameter number, an ERROR result code is issued.
If no value is given for the subparameter of an S-Parameter, an ERROR result code will be issued
and the stored value left unchanged.
Note: what follows is a special way to select and set an S-parameter:
3.
ATSn<CR> selects n as current parameter number. If the value of n is in the range (0, 2,
3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 25, 30, 38), this command establishes Sn as last selected parameter.
Every value out of this range and less than 256 can be used but has no meaning and is
maintained only for backward compatibility with landline modems.
4.
AT=<value><CR> or ATS=<value><CR> set the contents of the selected S-parameter
Example:
ATS7<CR>
AT=40<CR>
ATS=15<CR>
establishes S7 as last selected parameter.
sets the content of S7 to 40
sets the content of S7 to 15.
3.6.1.7.1 S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
Set command sets the number of rings required before device automatically
ATS0[=<n>]
answers an incoming call.
ATS0?
ATS0=?
Note
Reference
Parameter:
<n> - number of rings
0 - auto answer disabled (factory default)
1..255 - number of rings required before automatic answer.
Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <n> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 250 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.7.2 S1 - Ring Counter
S1 - Ring Counter
ATS1
ATS1?
ATS1=?
Note
S1 is incremented each time the device detects the ring signal of an
incoming call. S1 is cleared as soon as no ring occur.
Note: the form ATS1 has no effect.
Read command returns the value of S1 ring counter.
Test command returns the range of values for S1 ring counter without
command echo and parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.6.1.7.3 S2 - Escape Character
S2 - Escape Character
Set command sets the ASCII character to be used as escape character.
ATS2[=<char>]
Parameter:
<char> - escape character decimal ASCII
0..255 - factory default value is 43 (+).
ATS2?
ATS2=?
Note
Note: the escape sequence consists of three escape characters preceded
and followed by n ms of idle (see S12 to set n).
Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.6.1.7.4 S3 - Command Line Termination Character
S3 - Command Line Termination Character
Set command sets the value of the character either recognized by the
ATS3[=<char>]
device as command line terminator and generated by the device as part of
the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text,
along with S4 parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - command line termination character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 13 (ASCII CR)
Note: the “previous” value of S3 is used to determine the command line
termination character for entering the command line containing the S3
setting command. However the result code issued shall use the “new” value
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 251 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
ATS3?
ATS3=?
Note
Reference
of S3 (as set during the processing of the command line).
Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.6.1.7.5 S4 - Response Formatting Character
S4 - Response Formatting Character
Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as
ATS4[=<char>]
part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information
text, along with the S3 parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - response formatting character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 10 (ASCII LF)
ATS4?
ATS4=?
Note
Reference
Note: if the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code issued
in response of that command line will use the new value of S4.
Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.6.1.7.6 S5 - Command Line Editing Character
S5 - Command Line Editing Character
Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a
ATS5[=<char>]
request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding
character.
ATS5?
ATS5=?
Note
Reference
Parameter:
<char> - command line editing character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 8 (ASCII BS).
Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 252 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.1.7.7 S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out
S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out
Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the device shall
ATS7[=<tout>]
allow between either answering a call (automatically or by A command) or
completion of signalling of call addressing information to network (dialling),
and establishment of a connection with the remote device.
ATS7?
ATS7=?
Note
Reference
Parameter:
<tout> - number of seconds
1..255 - factory default value is 60.
Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <tout> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.6.1.7.8 S12 - Escape Prompt Delay
S12 - Escape Prompt Delay
Set command sets the period, before and after an escape sequence, during
ATS12[=<time>]
which no character has to be detected in order to accept the escape
sequence as a valid one.
ATS12?
ATS12=?
Note
Parameter:
<time> - expressed in fiftieth of a second
20..255 - factory default value is 50.
Read command returns the current value of S12 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <time> without command echo and
parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.6.1.7.9 S25 - Delay To DTR Off
S25 - Delay To DTR Off
Set command defines the amount of time, in hundredths of second, that the
ATS25[=<time>]
device will ignore the DTR for taking the action specified by command &D.
Parameter:
<time> - expressed in hundredths of a second
0..255 - factory default value is 5.
ATS25?
ATS25=?
Note: the delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5.
Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <time> without command echo and
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 253 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note
3.6.1.7.10
parenthesis.
Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer
S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer
Set command defines the inactivity timeout in minutes. The device
ATS30[=<tout>]
disconnects if no characters are exchanged for a time period of at least
<tout> minutes.
ATS30?
ATS30=?
Note
Parameter:
<tout> - expressed in minutes
0 - disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled (factory default).
1..127 - inactivity timeout value.
Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter.
Test command returns the range for <tout> without command echo and
parenthesis.
Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.6.1.7.11 S38 - Delay Before Forced Hang Up
S38 -Delay Before Forced Hang Up
Set command sets the delay, in seconds, between the device’s receipt of H
ATS38[=<delay>]
command (or ON-to-OFF transition of DTR if device is programmed to
follow the signal) and the disconnect operation.
Parameter:
<delay> - expressed in seconds
0..254 - the device will wait <delay> seconds for the remote device to
acknowledge all data in the device buffer before disconnecting
(factory default value is 20).
255 - the device doesn’t time-out and continues to deliver data in the buffer
until the connection is lost or the data is delivered.
ATS38?
ATS38=?
Note
Note: <delay> parameter can be used to ensure that data in device buffer is
sent before device disconnects.
Read command returns the current value of S38 parameter.
Test command returns the range of supported values for <delay> without
command echo and parenthesis.
For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is
always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 254 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands
3.6.2.1 General
3.6.2.1.1 +CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
AT+CGMI
without command echo. The output depends on the choice made through
#SELINT command.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT+CGMI?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.1.2 +CGMM - Request Model Identification
+CGMM - Request Model Identification
Execution command returns the device model identification code without
AT+CGMM
command echo.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.1.3 +CGMR - Request Revision Identification
+CGMR - Request Revision Identification
Execution command returns device software revision number without
AT+CGMR
command echo.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT+CGMR?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.1.4 +CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification
+CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
AT+CGSN
IMEI of the mobile, without command echo.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT+CGSN?
Reference
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 255 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.1.5 +CSCS - Select TE Character Set
+CSCS - Select TE Character Set
Set command sets the current character set used by the device.
AT+CSCS
[=<chset>]
Parameter:
<chset> - character set
“IRA” - ITU-T.50
”8859-1” - ISO 8859 Latin 1
”PCCP437” - PC character set Code Page 437.
”UCS2” - 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set
(ISO/IEC10646)
AT+CSCS?
AT+CSCS=?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns the current value of the active character set.
Test command returns the supported values of the parameter <chset>.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CSCS: (“IRA”)
AT+CSCS=??
Reference
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CSCS=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <chset>.
Enhanced test command returns the supported values of the parameter
<chset>
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.1.6 +CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
+CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identify (IMSI)
Execution command returns the value of the Internal Mobile Subscriber
AT+CIMI
Identity stored in the SIM without command echo.
AT+CIMI?
Reference
Note: a SIM card must be present in the SIM card housing, otherwise the
command returns ERROR.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 256 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.2 Call Control
3.6.2.2.1 +CHUP - Hang Up Call
+CHUP - Hang Up Call
AT+CHUP
AT+CHUP=?
Reference
3.6.2.2.2
Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-party
session is running.
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
Set command sets the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and
AT+CBST
the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated.
[=<speed>
Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup,
[,<name>
especially in case of single numbering scheme calls (refer +CSNS).
[,<ce>]]]
Parameters:
The default values of the subparameters are manufacturer specific since
they depend on the purpose of the device and data services provided by it.
Not all combinations of these subparameters are supported. The supported
values are:
<speed>
0 - autobauding (automatic selection of the speed, factory default)
1 - 300 bps (V.21)
2 - 1200 bps (V.22)
3 - 1200/75 bps (V.23)
4 - 2400 bps (V.22bis)
6 - 4800 bps (V.32)
7 - 9600 bps (V.32)
14 - 14400 bps (V.34)
65 - 300 bps (V.110)
66 - 1200 bps (V.110)
68 - 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
70 - 4800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
71 - 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
75 - 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
<name>
0 - data circuit asynchronous (factory default)
<ce>
0 - transparent
1 - non transparent (default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 257 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
Note: the settings
AT+CBST=0,0,0
AT+CBST=14,0,0
AT+CBST=75,0,0
are not supported.
AT+CBST?
AT+CBST=?
Reference
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command returns current value of the parameters <speed>,
<name> and <ce>
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.2.3 +CRLP - Radio Link Protocol
+CRLP - Radio Link Protocol
Set command sets Radio Link Protocol (RLP) parameters used when nonAT+CRLP=<iws>
transparent data calls are originated
[,<mws>[,<T1>
[,<N2>[,<ver>]]]]
Parameters:
<iws> - IWF window Dimension
1..61 - factory default value is 61
<mws> - MS window Dimension
1..61 - default value is 61
<T1> - acknowledge timer (10 ms units).
39..255 - default value is 78
<N2> - retransmission attempts
1..255 - default value is 6
AT+CRLP?
AT+CRLP=?
Reference
<ver> - protocol version
0
Read command returns the current value of the RLP protocol parameters.
Test command returns supported range of values of the RLP protocol
parameters.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 258 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.2.4 +CR - Service Reporting Control
+CR - Service Reporting Control
Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code
AT+CR=<mode>
+CR: <serv>
is returned from the TA to the TE, where
<serv>
ASYNC - asynchronous transparent
SYNC - synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent
If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during
connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and
quality of service will be used, before any error control or data compression
reports are transmitted, and before the intermediate result code CONNECT
is transmitted.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables intermediate result code report (factory default)
1 - enables intermediate result code report.
AT+CR?
AT+CR=?
Reference
This command replaces V.25ter [14] command Modulation Reporting
Control +MR, which is not appropriate for use with a GSM terminal.
Read command returns current intermediate report setting
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.2.5 +CEER - Extended Error Report
+CEER - Extended Error Report
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text <report>
AT+CEER
in the format:
+CEER: <report>
This report regards some error condition that may occur:
- the failure in the last unsuccessful call setup (originating or answering)
- the last call release
- the last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context
activation,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 259 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CEER - Extended Error Report
- the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation.
AT+CEER?
AT+CEER=?
Reference
Note: if none of this condition has occurred since power up then No Error
condition is reported
Read command reports a information text regarding some error condition
that may occur
Test command returns OK result code.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.2.6 +CRC - Cellular Result Codes
+CRC - Cellular Result Codes
Set command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call
AT+CRC=<mode>
indication is used.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables extended format reporting (factory default)
1 - enables extended format reporting
When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result
code:
+CRING:<type>
instead of the normal RING.
AT+CRC?
AT+CRC=?
Reference
where
<type> - call type:
DATA
FAX - facsimile (TS 62)
VOICE - normal voice (TS 11)
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 260 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.2.7 +CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme
+CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme
Set command selects the bearer or teleservice to be used when mobile
AT+CSNS=
terminated single numbering scheme call is established. Parameter values
<mode>
set with +CBST command shall be used when <mode> equals to a data
service.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - voice (factory default)
2 - fax (TS 62)
4 - data
AT+CSNS?
AT+CSNS=?
Reference
Note: if +CBST parameter is set to a value that is not applicable to single
numbering calls, ME/TA shall map the value to the closest valid one. E.g. if
user has set <speed>=71, <name>=0 and <ce>=1 (non-trasparent
asynchronous 9600 bps V.110 ISDN connection) for mobile originated calls,
ME/TA shall map the values into non-trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps
V.32 modem connection when single numbering scheme call is answered.
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.2.8 +CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control
+CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control
Set command selects whether ATH or “drop DTR" shall cause a voice
AT+CVHU[=
connection to be disconnected or not.
<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - "Drop DTR" ignored but OK result code given. ATH disconnects.
1 - "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK result code given.
2 - "Drop DTR" behaviour according to &D setting. ATH disconnects
(factory default).
AT+CVHU?
AT+CVHU=?
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the current value of the <mode> parameter,
+CVHU: <mode>
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<mode>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 261 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.3Network Service Handling
3.6.2.3.1 +CNUM - Subscriber Number
+CNUM - Subscriber Number
Execution command returns the subscriber number i.e. the phone number
AT+CNUM
of the device that is stored in the SIM card.
Note: the returned number format is:
+CNUM: <number>,<type>
Reference
where
<number> - string containing the phone number in the format <type>
<type> - type of number:
129 - national numbering scheme.
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+").
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.3.2 +COPN - Read Operator Names
+COPN - Read Operator Names
Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME. The
AT+COPN
output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.3.3 +CREG - Network Registration Report
+CREG - Network Registration Report
Set command enables/disables network registration reports depending on
AT+CREG[=
the parameter <mode>.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code (factory default)
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code
2 - enable network registration unsolicited result code with network Cell
identification data
If <mode>=1, network registration result code reports:
+CREG: <stat>
where
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 262 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CREG - Network Registration Report
<stat>
0 - not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to
register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to
register to
3 - registration denied
4 -unknown
5 - registered, roaming
If <mode>=2, network registration result code reports:
+CREG: <stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>]
where:
<Lac> - Local Area Code for the currently registered on cell
<Ci> - Cell Id for the currently registered on cell
Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is
registered on some network cell.
Note: issuing AT+CREG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CREG?
Note: issuing AT+CREG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CREG=0<CR>.
Read command reports the <mode> and <stat> parameter values in the
format:
+CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>]
AT+CREG=?
Example
Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is
registered on some network cell.
Test command returns the range of supported <mode>
AT
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
searching state)
(the
MODULE
is
in
network
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 263 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CREG - Network Registration Report
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
(the MODULE is registered )
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.3.4 +COPS - Operator Selection
+COPS - Operator Selection
Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network
AT+COPS[=
operator.
[<mode>
<mode> parameter defines whether the operator selection is done
[,<format>
automatically or it is forced by this command to operator <oper>.
[,<oper>]]]]
The operator <oper> shall be given in format <format>.
The behaviour of +COPS command depends on the last #COPSMODE
setting.
(#COPSMODE=0)
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (factory
default)
1 - manual choice unlocked (network is kept as long as available, then it
can be changed with some other suited networks to guarantee the
service)
2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a
+COPS with <mode>=0, 1, 4 or 5 is issued
3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored)
4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection
fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
5 - manual choice locked (network is kept fixed, if the chosen network is
not available, then the mobile has no service)
<format>
0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)
1 - alphanumeric short form
2 - Numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 264 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+COPS - Operator Selection
<oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter.
(#COPSMODE=1)
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (default)
1 - manual choice (<oper> field shall be present)
2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a
+COPS with <mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued
3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored)
4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection
fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
<format>
0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)
2 - numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)]
<oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter.
Note: <mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next
reboot.
If <mode>=1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is
available at next reboot (this will happen even with a new SIM
inserted)
Note: issuing AT+COPS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+COPS?
Note: issuing AT+COPS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+COPS=0<CR>.
Read command returns current value of <mode>,<format> and <oper> in
format <format>; if no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are
omitted
AT+COPS=?
+COPS: <mode>[, <format>, <oper>]
Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator
present in the network.
The behaviour of Test command depends on the last #COPSMODE setting.
(#COPSMODE=0)
The command outputs as many rows as the number of quadruplets, each of
them in the format:
+COPS: (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,””,
<oper (in <format>=2)>)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 265 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+COPS - Operator Selection
where
<stat> - operator availability
0 - unknown
1 - available
2 - current
3 - forbidden
(#COPSMODE=1)
The quadruplets in the list are separated by commas:
+COPS: [list of supported (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,,
<oper (in <format>=2)> )s][,,(list of supported <mode>s),
(list of supported<format>s)]
where
<stat> - operator availability
0 - unknown
1 - available
2 - current
3 - forbidden
Note: since with this command a network scan is done, this command may
require some seconds before the output is given.
Reference
Note: The value of parameter <oper> (in <format>=0) is the same as the
recent GM862 family products.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.3.5 +CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock
+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
Execution command is used to lock or unlock a ME o a network facility.
AT+CLCK=
<fac>,<mode>
Parameters:
[,<passwd>
<fac> - facility
[,<class>]]
"SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password at power-up and
when this lock command issued)
"AO"- BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
"OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home
Country)
"AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 266 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
country)
"AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not
been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as
<passwd>)
"PN" - network Personalisation
"PU" - network subset Personalisation
<mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility
0 - unlock facility
1 - lock facility
2 - query status
<passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from
the DTE user interface or with command Change Password
+CPWD
<class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits
(default is 7)
1- voice (telephony)
2 - data (refers to all bearer services)
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CLCK: <status>
AT+CLCK=?
Reference
Note
where
<status> - current status of the facility
0 - not active
1 - active
Test command reports all the facility supported by the device.
GSM 07.07
The improving command @CLCK has been defined.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 267 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.3.6 @CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock
@CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
Execution command is used to lock or unlock a ME o a network facility.
[email protected]=
<fac>,<mode>
Parameters:
[,<passwd>
<fac> - facility
[,<class>]]
"SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password at power-up and
when this lock command issued)
"AO"- BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
"OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home
Country)
"AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home
country)
"AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not
been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as
<passwd>)
"PN" - network Personalisation
"PU" - network subset Personalisation
<mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility
0 - unlock facility
1 - lock facility
2 - query status
<passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from
the DTE user interface or with command Change Password
+CPWD
<class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits
(default is 7)
1- voice (telephony)
2 - data (refers to all bearer services)
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns:
@CLCK: <status>,<class1>
[<CR><LF>@CLCK: <status>,<class2>[…]]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 268 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
[email protected]=?
Reference
Example
where
<status> - the current status of the facility
0 - not active
1 - active
<classn> - class of information of the facility
Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device.
GSM 07.07
Querying such a facility returns an output on three
rows, the first for voice, the second for data, the
third for fax:
[email protected] =”AO”,2
@CLCK: <status>,1
@CLCK: <status>,2
@CLCK: <status>,4
OK
3.6.2.3.7 +CPWD - Change Facility Password
+CPWD - Change Facility Password
Execution command changes the password for the facility lock function
AT+CPWD=<fac>,
defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK.
<oldpwd>,
<newpwd>
Parameters:
<fac> - facility
“SC” - SIM (PIN request)
“AB” - All barring services
“P2” - SIM PIN2
<oldpwd> - string type, it shall be the same as password specified for the
facility from the ME user interface or with command +CPWD.
<newpwd> - string type, it is the new password
AT+CPWD=?
Reference
Note: parameter <oldpwd> is the old password while <newpwd> is the new
one.
Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which presents
the available facilities and the maximum length of their password
(<pwdlength>)
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 269 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.3.8 +CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
AT+CLIP[=[<n>]]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line
Identity) at the TE. This command refers to the GSM supplementary service
CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called
subscriber to get the CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile
terminated call.
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disables CLI indication (factory default)
1 - enables CLI indication
If enabled the device reports after each RING the response:
+CLIP:<number>,<type>,<subaddress>,<satype>,<alpha>
,<CLI_validity>
where:
<number> - calling line number
<type> - type of address octet in integer format
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
129 - national numbering scheme
<subaddress> - string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
<satype> - type of subaddress octet in integer format
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character
set should be the one selected either with command Select TE
character set +CSCS or @CSCS.
<CLI_validity>
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitation or
originating network.
Note: issuing AT+CLIP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CLIP?
Note: issuing AT+CLIP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CLIP=0<CR>.
Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format:
+CLIP: <n>, <m>
where:
<n>
0 - CLI presentation disabled
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 270 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
1 - CLI presentation enabled
<m> - status of the CLIP service on the GSM network
0 - CLIP not provisioned
1 - CLIP provisioned
2 - unknown (e.g. no network is present )
AT+CLIP=?
Reference
Note
Note: This command issues a status request to the network, hence it may
take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed to exchange
data with it.
Test command returns the supported values of the parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
The command changes only the report behaviour of the device, it does not
change CLI supplementary service setting on the network.
3.6.2.3.9 +CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
Set command overrides the CLIR subscription when temporary mode is
AT+CLIR[=[<n>]]
provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command.
This command refers to CLIR-service (GSM 02.81) that allows a calling
subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called
party when originating a call.
Parameter:
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
Note: issuing AT+CLIR<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CLIR?
Note: issuing AT+CLIR=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CLIR=0<CR>.
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>) and
also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service
(<m>), where
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 271 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
<m> - facility status on the Network
0 - CLIR service not provisioned
1 - CLIR service provisioned permanently
2 - unknown (e.g. no network present, etc.)
3 - CLI temporary mode presentation restricted
4 - CLI temporary mode presentation allowed
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>.
AT+CLIR=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
Note
This command sets the default behaviour of the device in outgoing calls.
3.6.2.3.10
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Conditions
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition
Execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary service.
AT+CCFC=
Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are
<reason>,
<cmd>[,<number>[, supported.
<type>[,<class>
Parameters:
[,,,<time>]]]
<reason>
0 - unconditional
1 - mobile busy
2 - no reply
3 - not reachable
4 - all calls (not with query command)
5 - all conditional calls (not with query command)
<cmd>
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
3 - registration
4 - erasure
<number> - phone number of forwarding address in format specified by
<type> parameter
<type> - type of address byte in integer format :
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
129 - national numbering scheme
<class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information which
the command refers to; default 7 ( voice + data + fax )
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 272 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
<time> - the time in seconds after which the call is diverted if "no reply"
reason is chosen. Valid only for "no reply" reason.
Note: when <cmd>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CCFC: <status>,<class>[,<number>[,<type>[,<time>]]]
where:
<status> - current status of the network service
0 - not active
1 - active
<time> - time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded when "no reply"
option for <reason> is enabled or queried
1..30 - default value is 20.
AT+CCFC=?
Reference
Note
The other parameters are as seen before.
Test command reports supported values for the parameter <reason>.
GSM 07.07
When querying the status of a network service (<cmd>=2) the response line
for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not
active for any <class>.
3.6.2.3.11 +CCWA - Call Waiting
+CCWA - Call Waiting
Set command allows the control of the call waiting supplementary service.
AT+CCWA[=
Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported.
[<n>[,<cmd>
[,<class>]]]]
Parameters:
<n> - enables/disables the presentation of an unsolicited result code:
0 - disable
1 - enable
<cmd> - enables/disables or queries the service at network level:
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
<class> - is a sum of integers each representing a class of information
which the command refers to; default is 7 (voice + data + fax)
1 - voice (telephony)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 273 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCWA - Call Waiting
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: the response to the query command is in the format:
+CCWA:<status>,<class>
where
<status> represents the status of the service:
0 - inactive
1 - active
<class> - class of calls the service status refers to.
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the
format:
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>,<alpha>,<cli_validity>
where
<number> - string type phone number of calling address in format
specified by <type>
<type> - type of address in integer format
<class> - see before
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character
set should be the one selected with either +CSCS or @CSCS.
<cli_validity>
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of
originating network
Note: if parameter <cmd> is omitted then network is not interrogated.
Note: in the query command the class parameter must not be issued.
Note: the difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA =
0,1,7) and call waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0,7) is that in the
first case the call waiting indication is sent to the device by network but this
last one does not report it to the DTE; instead in the second case the call
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 274 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCWA - Call Waiting
waiting indication is not generated by the network. Hence the device
results busy to the third party in the 2nd case while in the 1st case a ringing
indication is sent to the third party.
Note: The command AT+CCWA=1,0 has no effect a non sense and must
not be issued.
Note: issuing AT+CCWA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CCWA?
AT+CCWA=?
Reference
3.6.2.3.12
Note: issuing AT+CCWA=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CCWA=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
GSM 07.07
+CHLD - Call Holding Services
+CHLD - Call Holding Services
Execution command controls the network call hold service. With this service
AT+CHLD=<n>
it is possible to disconnect temporarily a call and keep it suspended while it
is retained by the network, contemporary it is possible to connect another
party or make a multiparty connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - releases all held calls, or sets the UDUB (User Determined User
Busy) indication for a waiting call.
1 - releases all active calls (if any exist), and accepts the other (held or
waiting) call
1X - releases a specific active call X
2 - places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held
or waiting) call.
2X - places all active calls on hold except call X with which
communication shall be supported
3 - adds an held call to the conversation
Note: "X" is the numbering (starting with 1) of the call given by the sequence
of setting up or receiving the calls (active, held or waiting) as seen by the
served subscriber. Calls hold their number until they are released. New calls
take the lowest available number.
AT+CHLD=?
Note: where both a held and a waiting call exist, the above procedures
apply to the waiting call (i.e. not to the held call) in conflicting situation.
Test command returns the list of supported <n>s.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 275 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CHLD: (0,1,2,3)
Reference
Note
3.6.2.3.13
Note: consider what has been written about the Set command relating the
actions on a specific call (X).
GSM 07.07
ONLY for VOICE calls
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service
AT+CUSD[=
Data (USSD [GSM 02.90]).
[<n>[,<str>
[,<dcs>]]]]
Parameters:
<n> - is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result
code.
0 - disable the result code presentation in the DTA
1 - enable the result code presentation in the DTA
<str> - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not
interrogated)
- If <dcs> indicates that GSM338 default alphabet is used ME/TA
converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set (see +CSCS).
- If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding scheme is used: ME/TA
converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number; e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two
characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65).
<dcs> - GSM 3.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
(default is 0).
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the
format:
+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE
where:
<m>:
0 - no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no
further information needed after mobile initiated operation).
1 - further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or
further information needed after mobile initiated operation)
2 - USSD terminated by the network
3 - other local client has responded
4 - operation not supported
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 276 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
5 - network time out
Note: in case of successful mobile initiated operation, DTA waits the USSD
response from the network and sends it to the DTE before the final result
code. This will block the AT command interface for the period of the
operation.
Note: issuing AT+CUSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CUSD?
AT+CUSD=?
Reference
Note
Note: issuing AT+CUSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CUSD=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
Only mobile initiated operations are supported
3.6.2.3.14 +CAOC - Advice Of Charge
+CAOC - Advice Of Charge
Set command refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service; the
AT+CAOC[=
command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event
[<mode>]]
reporting of the CCM (Call Cost Meter) information.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - query CCM value
1 - disables unsolicited CCM reporting
2 - enables unsolicited CCM reporting
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <mode> is in the
format:
+CCCM: <ccm>
where:
<ccm> - call cost meter value hexadecimal representation (3 bytes)
Note: the unsolicited result code +CCCM is issued when the CCM value
changes, but not more than every 10 seconds.
Note: issuing AT+CAOC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CAOC?
Note: issuing AT+CAOC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CAOC=0<CR>.
Read command reports the value of parameter <mode> in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 277 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CAOC - Advice Of Charge
AT+CAOC=?
+CAOC: <mode>
Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter.
Note: the representation format doesn’t match the
“Information text formats for test commands”. The output is:
Reference
Note
v.25ter§5.7.3
+CAOC: 0, 1, 2
GSM 07.07
+CAOC command uses the CCM of the device internal memory, not the
CCM stored in the SIM. The difference is that the internal memory CCM is
reset at power up, while the SIM CCM is reset only on user request. Advice
of Charge values stored in the SIM (ACM, ACMmax, PUCT) can be
accessed with commands +CACM, +CAMM and +CPUC.
3.6.2.3.15 +CLCC - List Current Calls
+CLCC - List Current Calls
Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics
AT+CLCC
in the format:
[+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type>
[<CR><LF>+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<typ
e>[…]]]
where:
<idn> - call identification number
<dir> - call direction
0 - mobile originated call
1 - mobile terminated call
<stat> - state of the call
0 - active
1 - held
2 - dialing (MO call)
3 - alerting (MO call)
4 - incoming (MT call)
5 - waiting (MT call)
<mode> - call type
0 - voice
1 - data
2 - fax
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 278 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLCC - List Current Calls
9 - unknown
<mpty> - multiparty call flag
0 - call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number> - phone number in format specified by <type>
<type> - type of phone number byte in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
Reference
Note: If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is
useful in conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status
for call holding.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.3.16 +CSSN - SS Notification
+CSSN - SS Notification
It refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications.
AT+CSSN[=
Set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes
[<n>[,<m>]]]
from TA to TE.
Parameters:
<n> - sets the +CSSI result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
<m> - sets the +CSSU result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a
mobile originated call setup, an unsolicited code:
+CSSI: <code1>
is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes, where:
<code1>:
1 - some of the conditional call forwardings are active
2 - call has been forwarded
3 - call is waiting
5 - outgoing calls are barred
6 - incoming calls are barred
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 279 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSSN - SS Notification
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a
mobile terminated call setup or during a call, an unsolicited result code
+CSSU: <code2>
is sent to TE, where:
<code2>:
0 - this is a forwarded call (MT call setup)
2 - call has been put on hold (during a voice call)
3 - call has been retrieved (during a voice call)
Note: issuing AT+CSSN<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSSN?
AT+CSSN=?
Reference
3.6.2.3.17
Note: issuing AT+CSSN=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSSN=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameters.
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>,
<m>.
GSM 07.07
+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control
+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control
Set command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary
AT+CCUG[=
service [GSM 02.85].
[<n>[,<index>
[,<info>]]]]
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disable CUG temporary mode (factory default).
1 - enable CUG temporary mode: it enables to control the CUG information
on the air interface as a default adjustment for all following outgoing
calls.
<index>
0..9 - CUG index
10 - no index (preferential CUG taken from subscriber data) (default)
<info>
0 - no information (default)
1 - suppress Outgoing Access (OA)
2 - suppress preferential CUG
3 - suppress OA and preferential CUG
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 280 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note: issuing AT+CCUG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CCUG?
AT+CCUG=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CCUG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CCUG=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameters
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<n>, <index>, <info>
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 281 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control
3.6.2.4.1 +CPAS - Phone Activity Status
+CPAS - Phone Activity Status
Execution command reports the device status in the form:
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: <pas>
AT+CPAS?
AT+CPAS=?
Where:
<pas> - phone activity status
0 - ready (device allows commands from TA/TE)
1 - unavailable (device does not allow commands from TA/TE)
2 - unknown (device is not guaranteed to respond to instructions)
3 - ringing (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is
active)
4 - call in progress (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is
in progress)
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>.
Note: although +CPAS is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
Example
ATD03282131321;
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 3
the called phone is ringing
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 4
Reference
the called phone has answered to your call
OK
ATH
OK
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.2 +CFUN - Set Phone Functionality
+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality
Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME.
AT+CFUN=<fun>
Parameter:
<fun> - is the power saving function mode
0 - minimum functionality, NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode: in this mode, the
AT interface is not accessible. Consequently, once you have set <fun> level
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 282 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
0, do not send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain
in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result code.
The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back to full
functionality level <fun>=1.
1 - mobile full functionality with power saving disabled (factory default)
2 - disable TX
4 - disable either TX and RX
5 - mobile full functionality with power saving enabled
Note: if power saving enabled, it reduces the power consumption during the
idle time, thus allowing a longer standby time with a given battery capacity.
Note: to place the telephone in power saving mode, set the <fun>
parameter at value = 5 and the line DTR (RS232) must be set to OFF. Once
in power saving, the CTS line switch to the OFF status to signal that the
telephone is really in power saving condition.
During the power saving condition, before sending any AT command on the
serial line, the DTR must be enabled and it must be waited for the CTS
(RS232) line to go in ON status.
Until the DTR line is ON, the telephone will not return back in the power
saving condition.
AT+CFUN?
AT+CFUN=?
Note: the power saving function does not affect the network behavior of the
MODULE, even during the power save condition the module remains
registered on the network and reachable for incoming calls or SMS. If a call
arrives during the power save, then the module will wake up and proceed
normally with the unsolicited incoming call code
Read command reports the current level of functionality.
Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun>
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CFUN: (1, 5)
AT+CFUN=??
Reference
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CFUN=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <fun>.
Enhanced test command returns the list of supported values for <fun>
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.3 +CPIN - Enter PIN
+CPIN - Enter PIN
AT+CPIN[=<pin>
[,<newpin>]]
Set command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it
can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.).
If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required.
This second pin, <newpin>,will replace the old pin in the SIM.
The command may be used to change the SIM PIN by sending it with both
parameters <pin> and <newpin> when PIN request is pending; if no PIN
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 283 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
request is pending the command will return an error code and to change the
PIN the command +CPWD must be used instead.
Parameters:
<pin> - string type value
<newpin> - string type value.
To check the status of the PIN request use the command AT+CPIN?
AT+CPIN?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in
the form:
+CPIN:<code>
where:
<code> - PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status code
READY - ME is not pending for any password
SIM PIN - ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK - ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given
PH-SIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card password to be given
PH-FSIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card password to be
given
PH-FSIM PUK - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card unblocking
password to be given
SIM PIN2 - ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17)
SIM PUK2 - ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18)
PH-NET PIN - ME is waiting network personalization password to be given
PH-NET PUK - ME is waiting network personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization password
to be given
PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization
unblocking password to be given
PH-SP PIN - ME is waiting service provider personalization password to
be given
PH-SP PUK - ME is waiting service provider personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-CORP PIN - ME is waiting corporate personalization password to be
given
PH-CORP PUK - ME is waiting corporate personalization unblocking
password to be given
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 284 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
Example
Note
Note: Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting, to
change or query the default power up setting use either the
AT+CLCK=SC,<mode>, <pin> command or the [email protected]=SC,<mode>,
<pin> command.
AT+CMEE=1
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 10
error: you have to insert the SIM
AT+CPIN?
you inserted the SIM and device is not
+CPIN: READY
waiting for PIN to be given
OK
What follows is a list of the commands which are accepted when ME is
pending SIM PIN or SIM PUK
A
D
H
O
E
I
L
M
P
Q
S
T
V
X
Z
&C
&D
&F
&K
&N
&P
&S
&V
&W
&Y
&Z
%E
%L
#SRP
#CAP
#CODEC
#CBC
#I2S1
#STM
#SHFEC
#SHFSD
#HFMICG
#HSMICG
#GPIO
#SGPO
#GGPI
#ADC
#QTEMP
#DAC
#F26M
#RTCSTAT
#ACAL
#PCT
#WAKE
#SHDN
#JDR
#CSURV
#CSURVC
#CSURVU
#CSURVUC
#CSURVF
#CAMOFF
#CAMEN
#TPHOTO
#RPHOTO
#SELCAM
#CAMQUA
#CMODE
#CAMRES
#CAMTXT
#CAMZOOM
#CAMCOL
#OBJL
#OBJR
#COPSMODE
#DIALMODE
#SEMAIL
#EMAILD
#EUSER
#EPASSW
#ESMTP
#EADDR
#EMAILMSG
#ESAV
#ERST
#QSS
#SSCTRACE
+CFUN
+CGMI
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
+IPR
+ICF
+IFC
+CMUX
+CNMI
+CPAS
+CCLK
+CALA
+CRSM
+CLIP
+DR
+DS
+MS
+GCAP
+GCI
+ILRR
+CALM
+CHUP
+FCLASS
+FMI
+FMM
+FMR
+FTS
+FRS
+FTM
+FRM
+FRH
+FTH
page 285 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
%Q
\K
\Q
\R
\V
#BND
#AUTOBND
#CGMI
#CGMM
#CGMR
#CGSN
#MONI
#SERVINFO
#SELINT
#SRS
#CSURVNLF
#CSURVB
#CSURVBC
#PASSW
#PKTSZ
#SKTSAV
#SKTSET
#SKTOP
#SKTTO
#USERID
#DSTO
#SKTCT
#SKTRST
#FTPPUTPH
#CAMON
+CGMM
+CGMR
+GMI
+GMM
+GMR
+CGSN
+GSN
+CRC
+CMEE
+CPIN
+CSQ
+CSDH
+CRSL
+CLVL
+CMUT
+FLO
+FPR
+FDD
+CSNS
+CRLP
+CR
+CREG
+CGREG
+COPS
+CBC
+CIND
+CMER
All the above commands, but the ones in the grayed cells, can be issued
even if the SIM card is not inserted yet.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.4 +CSQ - Signal Quality
+CSQ - Signal Quality
Execution command reports received signal quality indicators in the form:
AT+CSQ
+CSQ:<rssi>,<ber>
where
<rssi> - received signal strength indication
0 - (-113) dBm or less
1 - (-111) dBm
2..30 - (-109)dBm..(-53)dBm / 2 dBm per step
31 - (-51)dBm or greater
99 - not known or not detectable
<ber> - bit error rate (in percent)
0 - less than 0.2%
1 - 0.2% to 0.4%
2 - 0.4% to 0.8%
3 - 0.8% to 1.6%
4 - 1.6% to 3.2%
5 - 3.2% to 6.4%
6 - 6.4% to 12.8%
7 - more than 12.8%
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 286 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSQ - Signal Quality
99 - not known or not detectable
AT+CSQ?
AT+CSQ=?
Reference
Note: this command should be used instead of the %Q and %L commands,
since GSM relevant parameters are the radio link ones and no line is
present, hence %Q %L and have no meaning.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters
<rssi> and <ber>.
Note: although +CSQ is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.5 +CIND - Indicator Control
+CIND - Indicator Control
Set command is used to control the registration / deregistration of ME
AT+CIND[=
indicators, in order to automatically send the +CIEV URC, whenever the
[<state>
value of the associated indicator changes. The supported indicators
[,<state>[,…]]]]
(<descr>) and their order appear from test command AT+CIND=?
Parameter:
<state> - registration / deregistration state
0 - the indicator is deregistered; it cannot be presented as unsolicited
result code (+CIEV URC), but can be directly queried with AT+CIND?
1 - indicator is registered: indicator event report is allowed; this is the
factory default for every indicator
Note: issuing AT+CIND<CR> causes the read command to be executed
AT+CIND?
Note: issuing AT+CIND=<CR> causes all the indicators to be registered,
as the command AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 was issued.
Read command returns the current value status of ME indicators, in the
format:
+CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,…]]
AT+CIND=?
Note: the order of the values <ind>s is the same as that in which appear
the supported indicators from test command AT+CIND=?
Test command returns pairs, where string value <descr> is a description
(max. 16 chars) of the indicator and compound value is the supported
values for the indicator, in the format:
+CIND: (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))[,(<descr>, (list of
supported <ind>s))[,…]]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 287 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
where:
<descr> - indicator names as follows (along with their <ind> ranges)
“battchg” - battery charge level
<ind> - battery charge level indicator range
0..5
99 - not measurable
“signal” - signal quality
<ind> - signal quality indicator range
0..7
99 - not measurable
“service” - service availability
<ind> - service availability indicator range
0 - not registered to any network
1 - registered to home network
“sounder” - sounder activity
<ind> - sounder activity indicator range
0 - there’s no any sound activity
1 - there’s some sound activity
“message” - message received
<ind> - message received indicator range
0 - there is no unread short message at memory location “SM”
1 - unread short message at memory location “SM”
“call” - call in progress
<ind> - call in progress indicator range
0 - there’s no calls in progress
1 - at least a call has been established
“roam” - roaming
<ind> - roaming indicator range
0 - registered to home network or not registered
1 - registered to other network
“smsfull” - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1),
or memory locations are available (0)
<ind> - short message memory storage indicator range
0 - memory locations are available
1 - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full.
“rssi” - received signal (field) strength
<ind> - received signal strength level indicator range
0 - signal strength ≤ 112 dBm
1..4 - signal strength in 15 dBm steps
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 288 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Example
Note
Reference
5 - signal strength ≥ 51 dBm
99 - not measurable
Next command causes all the indicators to be registered
AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
Next command causes all the indicators to be deregistered
AT+CIND=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Next command to query the current value of all
indicators
AT+CIND?
CIND: 4,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,2
OK
See command +CMER
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.6 +CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from
AT+CMER[=
TA to TE in the case of indicator state changes (n.b.: sending of URCs in
[<mode>
the case of key pressings or display changes are currently not
[,<keyp>
implemented).
[,<disp>
[,<ind>
Parameters:
[,<bfr>]]]]]]
<mode> - controls the processing of unsolicited result codes
0 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes.
1 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE link is reserved
(e.g. on-line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 - buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after
reservation; otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
3 - forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the TE; when TA
is in on-line data mode each +CIEV URC is replaced with a Break (100
ms), and is stored in a buffer; onche the ME goes into command mode
(after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the buffer will be output.
<keyp> - keypad event reporting
0 - no keypad event reporting
<disp> - display event reporting
0 - no display event reporting
<ind> - indicator event reporting
0 - no indicator event reporting
1 - indicator event reporting
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 289 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
Note: issuing AT+CMER<CR> causes the read command to be executed
AT+CMER?
AT+CMER=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CMER=<CR> causes the command
AT+CMER=0,0,0,0,0 to be issued.
Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format:
+CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<mode>, <keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format:
+CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s),
(list of supported <disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.7 +CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage
+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage
Set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which will be
AT+CPBS
used by other phonebook commands.
[=<storage>]
Parameter:
<storage>
"SM" - SIM phonebook
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook (only phase 2/2+ SIM)
"LD" - SIM last-dialling-phonebook (+CPBW and +CPBF are not
applicable for this storage)
"MC" - device missed (unanswered received) calls list (+CPBW and
+CPBF are not applicable for this storage)
"RC" - ME received calls list (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for
this storage)
AT+CPBS?
Note: If parameter is omitted then Set command has the same behaviour as
Read command.
Read command returns the actual values of the parameter <storage>, the
number of occupied records <used> and the maximum index number
<total>, in the format:
+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>
AT+CPBS=?
Note: For <storage>=”MC”: if there are more than one missed calls from
the same number the read command will return only the last call
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 290 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<storage>.
Note: the presentation format of the Test command output is the set of
available values for <storage>, each of them enclosed in parenthesis:
Reference
+CPBS: ("SM"),("FD"),("LD"),("MC"),("RC")
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.8 +CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
AT+CPBR=
<index1>..<index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected
<index1>
with +CPBS. If <index2> is omitted, only location <index1> is returned.
[,<index2>]
Parameters:
<index1> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of
phonebook memory
<index2> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of
phonebook memory
The response format is:
+CPBR: <index>,<number>,<type>,<text>
where:
<index> - the current position number of the PB index (to see the range of
values use +CPBR=?)
<number> - the phone number stored in the format <type>
<type> - type of phone number byte in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the alphanumeric text associated to the number; used character set
should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or
@CSCS.
AT+CPBR=?
Note: If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information text
lines will be returned, while if listing fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR:
<err> is returned.
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters in
the form:
+CPBR: (<minIndex> - <maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength>
where:
<minIndex> - the minimum <index> number, integer type
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 291 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note
Reference
<maxIndex> - the maximum <index> number, integer type
<nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type
<tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.9 +CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries
+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries
Execution command issues a search for the phonebook records that have
AT+CPBF=
the <findtext> sub-string at the start of the <text> field
<findtext>
Parameter:
<findtext> - string type, it is NOT case sensitive; used character set should
be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS.
The command returns a report in the form:
+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[…]<CR><LF>
+CPBF: <indexn>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
where <indexn>, <number>, <type>, and <text> have the same meaning
as in the command +CPBR report.
AT+CPBF=?
Note
Reference
3.6.2.4.10
Note: if no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message
is reported.
Test command reports the maximum lengths of fields <number> and
<name> in the PB entry in the form:
+CPBF: [<max_number_length>],[<max_text_length>]
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
GSM 07.07
+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry
+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry
Execution command stores at the position <index> a phonebook record
AT+CPBW=
defined by <number>, <type> and <text> parameters
[<index>]
[,<number>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 292 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
[,<type>
[,<text>]]]
Parameters:
<index> - record position
<number> - string type, phone number in the format <type>
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the text associated to the number, string type; used character set
should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or
@CSCS.
Note: If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten.
Note: if only <index> is given, the record number <index> is deleted.
Note: if <index> is omitted, the number <number> is stored in the first free
phonebook location.
AT+CPBW=?
Note: omission of all the subparameters causes an ERROR result code.
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value, the maximum length of <number> field supported
number format of the storage and maximum length of <name> field. The
format is:
+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],
(list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>]
Reference
Note
3.6.2.4.11
where:
<nlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<number>
<tlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<text>
GSM 07.07
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
+CCLK - Clock Management
+CCLK - Clock Management
Set command sets the real-time clock of the ME.
AT+CCLK
[=<time>]
Parameter:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 293 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<time> - current time as quoted string in the format :
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"
yy - year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99
MM - month (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..12
dd - day (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..31 (if the month MM
has less than 31 days, the clock will be set for the next month)
hh - hour (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..23
mm - minute (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59
ss - seconds (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59
±zz - time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarter of an hour,
between the local time and GMT; two last digits are mandatory),
range is -47..+48
AT+CCLK?
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the
format <time>.
AT+CCLK=?
Example
Note: the three last characters of <time> are not returned by +CCLK?
because the ME doesn’t support time zone information.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00"
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: 02/09/07,22:30:25
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.12
+CALA - Alarm Management
+CALA - Alarm Management
Set command stores in the internal Real Time Clock the current alarm time
AT+CALA[=
and settings defined by the parameters <time>, <n>, <type>, and <text>.
<time>[,<n>
[,<type>[,<text>]]]] When the RTC time reaches the alarm time then the alarm starts, the
behaviour of the MODULE depends upon the setting <type> and if the
device was already ON at the moment when the alarm time had come.
Parameter:
<time> - current alarm time as quoted string in the same format as defined
for +CCLK command: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"
<n> - index of the alarm
0 - The only value supported is 0.
<type> - alarm behaviour type
0 - reserved for other equipment use.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 294 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CALA - Alarm Management
1 - the MODULE simply wakes up fully operative as if the ON/OFF button
had been pressed. If the device is already ON at the alarm time, then it
does nothing.
2 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE issues
an unsolicited code every 3s:
+ALARM: <text>
where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set.
The device keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3s until a
#WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the
device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command
within 90s then it shuts down. (default)
3 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE starts
playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the ringer (see command
#SRP)
The device keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or #SHDN
command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm
mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it
shuts down.
4 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE brings
the pin GPIO6 high, provided its <direction> has been set to alarm
output, and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is
received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it
does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down.
5 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and
<type>=3.
6 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and
<type>=4.
7 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=3 and
<type>=4.
<text> - unsolicited alarm code text string. It has meaning only if <type> is
equal to 2 or 5 or 6.
Note: The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON status
and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status is indicated by
a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is
indicated by DSR - ON.
During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network scan and will
not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any
call or SMS, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this
state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be
issued during this state.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 295 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CALA - Alarm Management
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports the current alarm time stored in the internal Real
AT+CALA?
Time Clock, if present, in the format:
+CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>[,<text>]
AT+CALA=?
Example
Reference
3.6.2.4.13
Note: if no alarm is present a <CR><LF> is issued.
Test command reports the list of supported <n>s, the list of supported
<type>s, and <text> maximum length
AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00"
OK
GSM 07.07
+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access
+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access
Execution command transmits to the ME the SIM <command> and its
AT+CRSM=
required parameters. ME handles internally all SIM-ME interface locking and
<command>
file selection routines. As response to the command, ME sends the actual
[,<fileid>
SIM information parameters and response data.
[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>
[,<data>]]]
Parameters:
<command> - command passed on by the ME to the SIM
176 - READ BINARY
178 - READ RECORD
192 - GET RESPONSE
214 - UPDATE BINARY
220 - UPDATE RECORD
242 - STATUS
<fileid> - identifier of an elementary datafile on SIM. Mandatory for every
command except STATUS.
<P1>,<P2>,<P3> - parameter passed on by the ME to the SIM; they are
mandatory for every command except GET
RESPONSE and STATUS
0..255
<data> - information to be read/written to the SIM (hexadecimal character
format).
The response of the command is in the format:
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 296 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access
where:
<sw1>,<sw2> - information from the SIM about the execution of the actual
command either on successful or on failed execution.
<response> - on a successful completion of the command previously
issued it gives the requested data (hexadecimal character
format). It’s not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY
or UPDATE RECORD command.
Note: this command requires PIN authentication. However commands
READ BINARY and READ RECORD can be issued before PIN
authentication and if the SIM is blocked (after three failed PIN authentication
attempts) to access the contents of the Elementary Files.
AT+CRSM=?
Reference
Note: use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>, <fileid>,
<P1>, <P2> and <P3>.
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
3.6.2.4.14 +CALM - Alert Sound Mode
+CALM - Alert Sound Mode
Set command is used to select the general alert sound mode of the device.
AT+CALM[=
<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - normal mode
1 - silent mode; no sound will be generated by the device, except for alarm
sound
2 - stealth mode; no sound will be generated by the device
Note: if silent mode is selected then incoming calls will not produce alerting
sounds but only the unsolicited messages RING or +CRING.
AT+CALM?
AT+CALM=?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>.
Test command returns the supported values for the parameter <mode> as
compound value.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+CALM: (0,1)
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CALM=??,
that provides the complete range of values for <mode>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 297 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CALM=??
Reference
3.6.2.4.15
Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for the
parameter <mode> as compound value:
+CALM: (0-2)
GSM 07.07
+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level
+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level
Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the
AT+CRSL[=
device.
<level>]
Parameter:
<level> - ringer sound level
0 - Off
1 - low
2 - middle
3 - high
4 - progressive
AT+CRSL?
AT+CRSL=?
Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the
format:
+CRSL: <level>
Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value, in the
format:
+CRSL: (0-4)
AT+CRSL=??
Reference
3.6.2.4.16
Note: an enhanced version of Test command has been defined:
AT+CRSL=??.
Enhanced Test command returns the complete range of supported values
for the parameter <mode>:
+CRSL: (0-4)
GSM 07.07
+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level
+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level
Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker audio
AT+CLVL[=
output of the device.
<level>]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 298 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Parameter:
<level> - loudspeaker volume
0..max - the value of max can be read by issuing the Test command
AT+CLVL=?
AT+CLVL?
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behavior of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the loudspeaker
volume in the format:
AT+CLVL=?
+CLVL: <level>
Test command reports <level> supported values range in the format:
Reference
+CLVL: (0-max)
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.17 +CMUT - Microphone Mute Control
+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control
Set command enables/disables the muting of the microphone audio line
AT+CMUT[=[<n>]]
during a voice call.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - mute off, microphone active (factory default)
1 - mute on, microphone muted.
Note: this command mutes/activates both microphone audio paths, internal
mic and external mic.
Note: issuing AT+CMUT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CMUT?
AT+CMUT=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CMUT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CMUT=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the muting of the microphone audio line
during a voice call is enabled or not, in the format:
+CMUT: <n>
Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter.
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.18 +CACM - Accumulated Call Meter
+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 299 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CACM[=
<pwd>]
Set command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter
in SIM (ACM). Internal memory CCM remains unchanged.
Parameter:
<pwd> - to access this command PIN2 password is required
AT+CACM?
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports the current value of the SIM ACM in the format:
+CACM: <acm>
Reference
Note: the value <acm> is in units whose price and currency is defined with
command +CPUC
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.19 +CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
+CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
Set command sets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter
AT+CAMM[=
ACM maximum value in SIM (see also +CACM command). This value
<acmmax>,
represents the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by
<pwd>]
the subscriber. When ACM reaches <acmmax> value further calls are
prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value.
Parameter:
<acmmax> - maximum number of units allowed to be consumed
<pwd> - PIN2 password
Note: The <acmmax>=0 value disables the feature.
AT+CAMM?
Reference
Note: if the parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the maximum value of ACM stored in SIM in the
format:
+CAMM : <acmmax>
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.20 +CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table
+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table
Set command sets the values of Advice of Charge related price per unit and
AT+CPUC[=
currency table in SIM. The price per unit currency table information can be
<currency>,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 300 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<ppu>,<pwd>]
AT+CPUC?
Reference
used to convert the home units (as used in commands +CAOC, +CACM
and +CAMM) into currency units.
Parameters:
<currency> - string type; three-character currency code (e.g. LIT, USD,
DEM etc..); used character set should be the one selected with
either command +CSCS or @CSCS.
<ppu> - price per unit string (dot is used as decimal separator) e.g.
1989.27
<pwd> - SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the values
Note: if the parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the current values of <currency> and <ppu>
parameters in the format:
+CACM : <currency>,<ppu>
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.4.21 +CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)
+CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)
Execution command reads on SIM the ICCID (card identification number
AT+CCID
that provides a unique identification number for the SIM)
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
AT+ CCID?
Test command reports OK.
AT+CCID=?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 301 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors
3.6.2.5.1 +CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
Set command enables/disables the report of result code:
AT+CMEE[=[<n>]]
+CME ERROR: <err>
as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx commands issued. When
enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result
code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is anyway
returned normally when the error message is related to syntax, invalid
parameters, or DTE functionality.
Parameter:
<n> - enable flag
0 - disable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, use only ERROR report.
1 - enable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, with <err> in numeric format
2 - enable +CME ERROR: <err> reports, with <err> in verbose format
Note: issuing AT+CMEE<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CMEE?
Note: issuing AT+CMEE=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CMEE=0<CR>.
Read command returns the current value of subparameter <n>
+CMEE: <n>
AT+CMEE=?
Test command returns the range of values for subparameter <n> in the format:
+CMEE: 0, 1, 2
Reference
Note: the representation format of the Test command output is not included
in parenthesis.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 302 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.6 Voice Control
3.6.2.6.1 +VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones.
AT+VTS=
<dtmfstring>
Parameters:
[,duration]
<dtmfstring> - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters in the set (0-9),
#,*,(A-D); it allows the user to send a sequence of DTMF tones, each
of them with a duration that was defined through +VTD command.
<duration> - duration of a tone in 1/100 sec..; this parameter can be
specified only if the length of first parameter is just one ASCII character
0 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a duration depending on the
network, no matter what the current +VTD setting is.
1..255 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a time <duration> (in
10 ms multiples), no matter what the current +VTD setting is.
AT+VTS=?
AT+VTS=??
Reference
Note: this commands operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS).
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns
+VTS: (),(),()
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+VTS=??,
that provides the correct range of values for <DTMF>.
Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s and the list of
supported <duration>s in the format:
(list of supported <dtmf>s)[,(list of supported <duration>s)]
GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101
3.6.2.6.2 +VTD - Tone Duration
+VTD - Tone Duration
Set command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command.
AT+VTD[=
<duration>]
Parameter:
<duration> - duration of a tone
0 - the duration of every single tone is dependent on the network (factory
default)
1..255 - duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec.
Note: If parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format:
AT+VTD?
<duration>
Test command provides the list of supported <duration>s in the format:
AT+VTD=?
(list of supported <duration>s)
GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101
Reference
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 303 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.7 Commands For GPRS
3.6.2.7.1 +CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
+CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter.
AT+CGCLASS
[=<class>]
Parameter:
<class> - GPRS class
“B” - GSM/GPRS (factory default)
“CG” - class C in GPRS only mode (GPRS only)
“CC” - class C in circuit switched only mode (GSM only)
Note: the setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot).
AT+CGCLASS?
Note: if parameter <class> is omitted, then the behaviour of Set command
is the same as Read command.
Read command returns the current value of the GPRS class in the format:
AT+CGCLASS=?
+CGLASS: <class>
Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>
3.6.2.7.2 +CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
Execution command is used to attach the terminal to, or detach the terminal
AT+CGATT[=
from, the GPRS service depending on the parameter <state>.
<state>]
Parameter:
<state> - state of GPRS attachment
0 - detached
1 - attached
AT+CGATT?
AT+CGATT=?
Example
Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Execution command is
the same as Read command.
Read command returns the current GPRS service state.
Test command requests information on the supported GPRS service states.
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK
AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (0,1)
OK
AT+CGATT=1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 304 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.7.3 +CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
AT+CGREG[=
+CGREG: (see format below).
[<n>]]
Parameter:
<n> - result code presentation mode
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code; if there is a change
in the terminal GPRS network registration status, it is issued the
unsolicited result code:
+CGREG: <stat>
where:
<stat> - registration status
0 - not registered, terminal is not currently searching a new operator to
register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but terminal is currently searching a new operator to
register to
3 - registration denied
4 - unknown
5 - registered, roaming
2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result
code; if there is a change of the network cell, it is issued the unsolicited
result code:
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
where:
<stat> - registration status (see above for values)
<lac> - location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals
195 in decimal)
<ci> - cell ID in hexadecimal format
Note: issuing AT+CGREG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Note: issuing AT+CGREG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 305 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
AT+CGREG=0<CR>.
Read command returns the status of result code presentation mode <n> and
AT+CGREG?
the integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated
the registration of the terminal in the format:
AT+CGREG=?
Reference
+CGREG:<n>,<stat>.
Test command returns supported values for parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.7.4 +CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context
AT+CGDCONT[=
identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>
[<cid>
[,<PDP_type>
Parameters:
[,<APN>
<cid> - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter which specifies a
[,<PDP_addr>
particular PDP context definition.
[,<d_comp>
1..max - where the value of max is returned by the Test command
[,<h_comp>
<PDP_type> - (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which
[,<pd1>
specifies the type of packet data protocol
[,…[,pdN]]]]]]]]]]
"IP" - Internet Protocol
"PPP" - Point to Point Protocol
<APN> - (Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name
that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data
network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value
will be requested.
<PDP_addr> - a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address
space applicable to the PDP. The allocated address may be
read using the +CGPADDR command.
<d_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
<h_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
<pd1>, …, <pdN> - zero to N string parameters whose meanings are
specific to the <PDP_type>
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGDCONT=<cid>, causes the
values for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Note: issuing AT+CGDCONT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 306 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
Note: issuing AT+CGDCONT=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
AT+CGDCONT?
format:
AT+CGDCONT=?
Example
+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,
<h_comp>[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>
[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[…]]
Test command returns values supported as a compound value
AT+CGDCONT=1,”IP”,”APN”,”10.10.10.10”,0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,”IP”,“APN”,”10.10.10.10”,0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1-5),”IP”,,,(0-1),(0-1)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.7.5 +CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
Set command allows to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is
AT+CGQMIN[=
checked by the terminal against the negotiated profile returned in the
[<cid>
Activate PDP Context Accept message.
[,<precedence>
[,<delay>
Parameters:
[,<reliability>
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
[,<peak>
<precedence> - precedence class
[,<mean>]]]]]]]
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQMIN=<cid> causes the
requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Note: issuing AT+CGQMIN<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT+CGQMIN?
Note: issuing AT+CGQMIN=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 307 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
format:
+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,
<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[…]]
AT+CGQMIN=?
If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is
returned.
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: only the “IP” PDP_Type is currently supported.
Example
AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,0,0,5,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN=?
+CGQMIN: “IP”,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60
3.6.2.7.6 +CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
Set command allows to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used
AT+CGQREQ[=
when the terminal sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the
[<cid>
network. It specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context
[,<precedence>
identification parameter, <cid>.
[,<delay>
[,<reliability>
Parameters:
[,<peak>
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
[,<mean>]]]]]]]
<precedence> - precedence class
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 308 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the
requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT+CGQREQ?
Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,
<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[…]]
AT+CGQREQ=?
If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is
returned.
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: only the “IP” PDP_Type is currently supported.
Example
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREQ: ”IP”,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60
3.6.2.7.7 +CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
+CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
Execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP
AT+CGACT[=
context(s)
[<state>[,<cid>
[,<cid>[,…]]]]]
Parameters:
<state> - indicates the state of PDP context activation
0 - deactivated
1 - activated
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 309 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command)
Note: if no <cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the
command activates/deactivates all defined contexts.
Note: issuing AT+CGACT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CGACT?
AT+CGACT=?
Note: issuing AT+CGACT=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP
contexts in the format:
+CGACT: <cid>,<state><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGACT:
<cid>,<state><CR><LF>[…]]
Test command reports information on the supported PDP context activation
states parameters in the format:
+CGACT: (0-1)
Example
AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1
Reference
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.7.8 +CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified
AT+CGPADDR=
context identifiers in the format:
[<cid>[,<cid>
[,…]]]
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>[…]]
Parameters:
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the
addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
<PDP_addr> - a string that identifies the terminal in the address space
applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or
dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the
+CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a
dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last
PDP context activation that used the context definition
referred to by <cid>; <PDP_addr> is omitted if none is
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 310 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
AT+CGPADDR=?
Example
available
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: xxx.yyy.zzz.www
OK
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,”xxx.yyy.zzz.www”
OK
AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (1)
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.6.2.7.9 +CGDATA - Enter Data State
+CGDATA - Enter Data State
Execution command causes to perform whatever actions are necessary to
AT+CGDATA=
establish a communication with the network using one or more GPRS PDP
[<L2P>,[<cid>
types.
[,<cid>[,…]]]]
Parameters:
<L2P> - string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used
"PPP" - PPP Point-to-point protocol
<cid> - numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command).
AT+CGDATA=?
Example
Reference
Note: if parameter <L2P> is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified
Test command reports information on the supported layer 2 protocols.
Note: the representation format of the Test command output is not included
in parenthesis
AT+CGDATA=?
+CGDATA: ”PPP”
OK
AT+CGDATA=”PPP”,1
OK
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 311 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger
3.6.2.8.1 +CBC - Battery Charge
+CBC - Battery Charge
Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status in the format:
AT+CBC
+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl>
where:
<bcs> - battery charge status
0 - ME is powered by the battery
1 - ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is being powered
2 - ME does not have a battery connected
3 - Recognized power fault, calls inhibited
<bcl> - battery charge level
0 - battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a battery connected
25 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 25%
50 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 50%
75 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 75%
100 - battery is fully charged.
Note: <bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and the
battery is being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME operations is
taken anyway from VBATT pins.
AT+CBC?
AT+CBC=?
Note: without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a power
fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and <bcs>=3 will
never appear.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command.
Test command returns the complete range of values for <bcs> and <bcl>,
in the format:
+CBC: (0-3),(0-100)
AT+CBC=??
Note: an enhanced version of Test command has been defined:
AT+CBC=??.
Note: although +CBC is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for <bcs>
and <bcl>:
+CBC: (0-3),(0-100)
Example
AT+CBC
+CBC: 0,75
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 312 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CBC - Battery Charge
Note
The ME does not make differences between being powered by a battery or
by a power supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible to distinguish
between these two cases.
Reference
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 313 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS
3.6.3.1 General Configuration
3.6.3.1.1 +CSMS - Select Message Service
+CSMS - Select Message Service
Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of
AT+CSMS
messages supported by the ME:
[=<service>]
Parameter:
<service>
0 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05
Phase 2 version 4.7.0 (factory default)
1 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05
Phase 2+.
Set command returns current service setting along with the types of
messages supported by the ME:
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
where:
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<mo> - mobile originated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<bm> - broadcast type messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
AT+CSMS?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behavior of Set command is the same
as Read command.
Read command reports current service setting along with supported
message types in the format:
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<cb>
AT+CSMS=?
where:
<service> - messaging service (see above)
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support (see above)
<mo> - mobile originated messages support (see above)
<bm> - broadcast type messages support (see above)
Test command reports a list of all services supported by the device. the
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 314 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSMS - Select Message Service
supported value of the parameter <service>.
Reference
GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.41
3.6.3.1.2 +CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
Set command selects memory storages <memr>, <memw> and <mems>
AT+CPMS[=
to be used for reading, writing, sending and storing SMs.
<memr>
[,<memw>
Parameters:
[,<mems>]]]
<memr> - memory from which messages are read and deleted
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
"ME" - ME internal storage (read only, no delete)
<memw> - memory to which writing and sending operations are made
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
<mems> - memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
The command returns the memory storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals>
where
<usedr> - number of SMs stored into <memr>
<totalr> - max number of SMs that <memr> can contain
<usedw> - number of SMs stored into <memw>
<totalw> max number of SMs that <memw> can contain
<useds> - number of SMs stored into <mems>
<totals> - max number of SMS that <mems> can contain
Note: The only supported memory storage for writing and sending SMs is
the SIM internal memory "SM", so <memw>=<mems>="SM".
Note: the received class 0 SMS are stored in the "ME" memory regardless
the <mems> setting and they are automatically deleted at power off.
AT+CPMS?
Note: If all parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the message storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <memr>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<memw>,<usedw>,<totalw>,
<mems>,<useds>,<totals>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 315 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
where <memr>, <memw> and <mems> are the selected storage memories
for reading, writing and storing respectively.
Test command reports the supported values for parameters <memr>,
AT+CPMS=?
<memw> and <mems>
Example
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",5,10,"SM",5,10,"SM",5,10
Reference
OK
you have 5 out of 10 SMS SIM positions occupied
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.1.3 +CMGF - Message Format
+CMGF - Message Format
Set command selects the format of messages used with send, list, read and
AT+CMGF[=
write commands.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - PDU mode, as defined in GSM 3.40 and GSM 3.41 (factory default)
1 - text mode
Note: issuing AT+CMGF<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CMGF?
AT+CMGF=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CMGF=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CMGF=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command reports the supported value of <mode> parameter.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 316 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.3.2 Message Configuration
3.6.3.2.1 +CSCA - Service Center Address
+CSCA - Service Center Address
Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile
AT+CSCA[=
originated SMS transmissions.
[<number>
[,<type>]]]
Parameter:
<number> - SC phone number in the format defined by <type>
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
Note: to use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address
at which service requests will be directed.
Note: in Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in
PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when the
length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter equals zero.
Note: issuing AT+CSCA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSCA?
Note: issuing AT+CSCA=<CR> causes an OK result code to be issued.
Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format:
+CSCA: <number>,<type>
AT+ CSCA=?
Reference
Note: if SCA is not present the device reports an error message.
Test command returns the OK result code.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 317 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.3.2.2 +CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing
AT+CSMP[=
and sending SMs when the text mode is used (+CMGF=1)
[<fo>
[,<vp>
Parameters:
[,<pid>
<fo> - depending on the command or result code:
[,<dcs>]]]]]
first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer
format.
<vp> - depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting:
GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or
in time-string format
<pid> - GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format.
<dcs> - depending on the command or result code:
GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding
Scheme
Note: issuing AT+CSMP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSMP?
AT+CSMP=?
Example
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CSMP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSMP=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
+CSMP: < fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
Test command reports the supported range of values for <fo>, <vp>, <pid>
and <dcs> parameters.
Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours
of validity period and default properties:
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.38
3.6.3.2.3 +CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text
AT+CSDH[=
mode (+CMGF=1) result codes.
[<show>]]
Parameter:
<show>
0 - do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP
(<sca>, <tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 318 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs
and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode. For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR
result code do not show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or
<cdata>
1 - show the values in result codes
Note: issuing AT+CSDH<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSDH?
AT+CSDH=?
Reference
Note: issuing AT+CSDH=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSDH=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
+CSDH: <show>
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<show>
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.2.4 +CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be
AT+CSCB[=
received by the device.
[<mode>
[,<mids>
Parameter:
[,<dcss>]]]]
<mode>
0 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are accepted
(factory default)
1 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are rejected
<mids>
- Message Identifiers, string type: all different possible
combinations of the CBM message identifiers; default is empty
string (“”).
<dcss> - Data Coding Schemes, string type: all different possible
combinations of CBM data coding schemes; default is empty string
(“”).
Note: issuing AT+CSCB<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CSCB?
AT+CSCB=?
Example
Note: issuing AT+CSCB=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CSCB=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids>
and <dcss>.
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>.
AT+CSCB?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 319 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
+CSCB: 1,"",""
Reference
OK
(all CBMs are accepted, none is rejected)
AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3"
OK
GSM 07.05, GSM 03.41, GSM 03.38.
3.6.3.2.5 +CSAS - Save Settings
+CSAS - Save Settings
Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA
AT+CSAS
+CSMP and +CSCB commands in local non volatile memory.
[=<profile>]
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - it saves the settings to NVM (factory default).
1..n - SIM profile number; the value of n depends on the SIM and its max
is 3.
Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they
are always saved to NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
AT+CSAS?
AT+CSAS=?
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the settings are saved in the non volatile
memory.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted.
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.2.6 +CRES - Restore Settings
+CRES - Restore Settings
Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS
AT+CRES
command from either NVM or SIM.
[=<profile>]
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - it restores message service settings
from NVM.
1..n - it restores message service settings from SIM. The value of n
depends on the SIM and its max is 3.
Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 320 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CRES - Restore Settings
are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
AT+CRES?
AT+CRES=?
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the command restores message service
settings from NVM.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted.
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 321 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading
3.6.3.3.1 +CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
Set command selects the behaviour of the device on how the receiving of
AT+CNMI[=[
new messages from the network is indicated to the DTE.
<mode>[,<mt>
[,<bm>[,<ds>
Parameter:
[,<bfr>]]]]]]
<mode> - unsolicited result codes buffering option
0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full,
indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest
indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received
indications.
1 - Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result
codes when TA-TE link is reserved, otherwise forward them directly to
the TE.
2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the DTE is busy and
flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly
to the TE.
3 - if <mt> is set to 1 an indication via 100 ms break is issued when a SMS
is received while the module is in GPRS online mode. It enables the
hardware ring line for 1 s. too.
<mt> - result code indication reporting for SMS-DELIVER
0 - No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1 - If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory
location is routed to the TE using the following unsolicited result code:
+CMTI: <memr>,<index>
where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored
"SM"
"ME"
<index> - location on the memory where SM is stored.
2 - SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the
message waiting indication group) are routed directly to the TE using
the following unsolicited result code:
(PDU Mode)
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where:
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of originator/destination
number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook
<length> - PDU length
<pdu> - PDU message
(TEXT Mode)
+CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 322 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> (the information written in
italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting)
where:
<oa> - originator address number
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of <oa> or <da>
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<tooa>, <tosca> - type of number <oa> or <sca>:
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<fo> - first octet of GSM 03.40
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<sca> - Service Centre number
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication
group (stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
3 - Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited
result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding
schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
<bm> - broadcast reporting option
0 - Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE
2 - New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE with the unsolicited
result code:
(PDU Mode)
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
(TEXT Mode)
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data>
where:
<sn> - message serial number
<mid> - message ID
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<pag> - page number
<pags> - total number of pages of the message
<data> - CBM Content of Message
<ds> - SMS-STATUS-REPORTs reporting option
0 - status report receiving is not reported to the DTE
1 - the status report is sent to the DTE with the following unsolicited result
code:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 323 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
(PDU Mode)
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
(TEXT Mode)
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
2 - if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is
sent:
+CDSI: <memr>,<index>
where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored
"SM"
<index> - location on the memory where SM is stored
<bfr> - buffered result codes handling method:
0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3 is entered (OK response shall be
given before flushing the codes)
1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
cleared when <mode>=1..3 is entered.
Note: issuing AT+CNMI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT+CNMI?
AT+CNMI=?
Note: issuing AT+CNMI=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+CNMI=0<CR>.
Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command
in the form:
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI
command parameters.
For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns:
+CNMI: (0-2),(0-3),(0,2),(0-2),(0,1)
An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CNMI=??,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 324 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
that provides the complete range of values for parameter <mode>.
Enhanced test command reports the supported range of values for all the
AT+CNMI=??
+CNMI command parameters.
Reference
GSM 07.05
Note
DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is
inactive (DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be
lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is
suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device
meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages
received.
3.6.3.3.2 +CMGL - List Messages
+CMGL - List Messages
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
AT+CMGL
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message
[=<stat>]
storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of
command +CMGF (message format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
4 - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<index> - message position in the memory storage list.
<stat> - status of the message
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40
(Text Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
"REC UNREAD" - new message
"REC READ" - read message
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 325 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGL - List Messages
"STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent
"STO SENT" - stored message already sent
"ALL" - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information
written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,,[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]
<CR><LF> <data>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<oa/da> - originator/destination number
<tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
Note: OK result code is sent at the end of the listing.
AT+CMGL?
AT+CMGL=?
Note
Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with “REC
UNREAD” status.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s
If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in
parenthesis
AT+CMGL=?
+CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT",
"STO SENT","ALL"
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 326 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGL - List Messages
Note
The improving command @CMGL has been defined
Reference
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.3.3 @CMGL - List Messages
@CMGL - List Messages
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
[email protected]
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message
[=<stat>]
storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of
command +CMGF (message format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
4 - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format:
@CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<index> - message position in the memory storage list.
<stat> - status of the message
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40
(Text Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
"REC UNREAD" - new message
"REC READ" - read message
"STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent
"STO SENT" - stored message already sent
"ALL" - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format:
@CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>[,,,<tooa/toda>,<length>]
<CR><LF> <data>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 327 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CMGL - List Messages
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<oa/da> - originator/destination number
<tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format:
@CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
Note: The command differs from the +CMGL because at the end of the
listing a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code.
[email protected]?
[email protected]=?
Note
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with “REC
UNREAD” status.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter
omitted
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s
If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in
parenthesis
[email protected]=?
@CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT",
"STO SENT","ALL"
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.3.4 +CMGR - Read Message
+CMGR - Read Message
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
AT+CMGR=
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and
<index>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 328 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGR - Read Message
delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:
<index> - message index.
The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message
format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
The output has the following format:
+CMGR: <stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<stat> - status of the message
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes.
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40.
The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is
returned.
(Text Mode)
Output format for received messages:
+CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,
<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text>
Output format for sent messages:
+CMGR: <stat>,<da>[,,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text>
Output format for message delivery confirm:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<stat> - status of the message
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 329 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGR - Read Message
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<oa> - Originator address number
<da> - Destination address number
<sca> - Service Centre number
<tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User_data
Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in
the storage changes to 'received read'.
AT+CMGR=?
Note
Reference
Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>.
Test command returns the OK result code.
The improving command @CMGR has been defined
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.3.5 @CMGR - Read Message
@CMGR - Read Message
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
[email protected]=
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and
<index>
delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:
<index> - message index.
The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message
format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
The output has the following format:
@CMGR: <stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<stat> - status of the message
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 330 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CMGR - Read Message
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes.
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40.
The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is
returned.
(Text Mode)
Output format for received messages:
@CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,
<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text>
Output format for sent messages:
@CMGR: <stat>,<da>[,,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text>
Output format for message delivery confirm:
@CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<stat> - status of the message
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<oa> - Originator address number
<da> - Destination address number
<sca> - Service Centre number
<tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<text> - message text
Note: the command differs from the +CMGR because after the message
<pdu> or <text> a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code.
Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in
the storage changes to 'received read'.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 331 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@CMGR - Read Message
Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>.
Test command has no effect; the answer is OK
[email protected]=?
Reference
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.4 Message Sending And Writing
3.6.3.4.1 +CMGS - Send Message
+CMGS - Send Message
(PDU Mode)
(PDU Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message.
AT+CMGS=
<length>
Parameter:
<length> - length of the PDU to be sent in bytes.
7..164
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
specified number of bytes.
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMGS: <mr>
where
<mr> - message reference number.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGS=<da>
[,<toda>]
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
(Text Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message.
Parameters:
<da> - destination address number.
<toda> - type of destination address
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for
message text (max 160 characters).
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 332 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGS - Send Message
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMGS: <mr>
where
<mr> - message reference number.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Note
Reference
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS
ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.4.2 +CMSS - Send Message From Storage
+CMSS - Send Message From Storage
Execution command sends to the network a message which is already
AT+CMSS=
stored in the <memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>.
<index>[,<da>
[,<toda>]]
Parameters:
<index> - location value in the message storage <memw> of the message
to send
<da> - destination address; if it is given it shall be used instead of the one
stored with the message.
<toda> - type of destination address
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
If message is successfully sent to the network then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMSS: <mr>
where:
<mr> - message reference number.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported:
+CMS ERROR:<err>
Note: to store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW.
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 333 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMSS - Send Message From Storage
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
Note
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS
ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
Reference
GSM 07.05
3.6.3.4.3 +CMGW - Write Message To Memory
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
(PDU Mode)
(PDU Mode)
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new
AT+CMGW=
message.
<length>
[,<stat>]
Parameter:
<length> - length in bytes of the PDU to be written.
7..164
<stat> - message status.
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent (default)
3 - stored message already sent
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
specified number of bytes.
To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in
the format:
+CMGW: <index>
where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGW[=<da>[,
<toda>
[,<stat>]]]
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no
other SIM interacting commands are issued.
(Text Mode)
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new
message.
Parameters:
<da> - destination address number.
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 334 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent (default)
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<toda> - type of destination address.
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<stat> - message status.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
message text (max 160 characters).
To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in
the format:
+CMGW: <index>
where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Reference
Note
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no
other SIM interacting commands are issued.
GSM 07.05
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or
+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
3.6.3.4.4 +CMGD - Delete Message
+CMGD - Delete Message
Execution command deletes from memory <memr> the message(s).
AT+CMGD=
<index>
Parameter:
[,<delflag>]
<index> - message index in the selected storage <memr>
<delflag> - an integer indicating multiple message deletion request.
0 (or omitted) - delete message specified in <index>
1 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, leaving unread
messages and stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not)
untouched
2 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage and sent mobile
originated messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile
originated messages untouched
3 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, sent and unsent
mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages untouched
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 335 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGD - Delete Message
4 - delete all messages from <memr> storage.
Note: if <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then <index> is ignored and
ME shall follow the rules for <delflag> shown above.
AT+CMGD=?
Note: if the location to be deleted is empty, an error message is reported.
Test command shows the valid memory locations and optionally the
supported values of <delflag>.
Example
+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported <delflag>s)]
AT+CMGD=?
+CMGD: (1,2,3,6,7,17,18,19,20,37,38,39,47),(0-4)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 336 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands
3.6.4.1 General Configuration
NOTE: All the test command results are without command echo
3.6.4.1.1 +FMI - Manufacturer ID
+FMI - Manufacturer ID
Read command reports the manufacturer ID. The output depends on the
AT+FMI?
choice made through #SELINT command.
AT+FMI?
Example
Telit
OK
Reference
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.1.2 +FMM - Model ID
+FMM - Model ID
AT+FMM?
Reference
Read command reports the model ID
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.1.3 +FMR - Revision ID
+FMR - Revision ID
AT+FMR?
Reference
Read command reports the software revision ID
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 337 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control
3.6.4.2.1 +FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
+FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
Execution command causes the modem to terminate a transmission and
AT+FTS=<time>
wait for <time> 10ms intervals before responding with OK result.
AT+FTS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<time> - duration of the pause, expressed in 10ms intervals.
0..255
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.2.2 +FRS - Wait For Receive Silence
+FRS - Wait For Receive Silence
Execution command causes the modem to listen and report OK when
AT+FRS=<time>
silence has been detected for the specified period of time. This command
will terminate when the required silence period is detected or when the DTE
sends another character other than XON or XOFF.
AT+FRS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<time> - amount of time, expressed in 10ms intervals.
..0..255
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.2.3 +FTM - Transmit Data Modulation
+FTM - Transmit Data Modulation
Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using the
AT+FTM=<mod>
modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FTM=?
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
24 - V27ter/2400 bps
48 - V27ter/4800 bps
72 - V29/7200 bps
96 - V29/9600 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
Reference
Note: the output is not bracketed
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 338 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.4.2.4 +FRM - Receive Data Modulation
+FRM - Receive Data Modulation
Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using the
AT+FRM=<mod>
modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FRM=?
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
24 - V27ter/2400 bps
48 - V27ter/4800 bps
72 - V29/7200 bps
96 - V29/9600 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
Reference
Note: the output is not bracketed
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.2.5 +FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing
+FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing
Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using
AT+FTH=<mod>
HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FTH=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
3 - V21/300 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.2.6 +FRH - Receive Data With HDLC Framing
+FRH - Receive Data Data With HDLC Framing
Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using
AT+FRH=<mod>
HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FRH=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
3 - V21/300 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 339 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.4.3Serial Port Control
3.6.4.3.1 +FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
AT+FLO=<type>
directions: from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE.
Parameter:
<type> - flow control option for the data on the serial port
0 - flow control None
1 - flow control Software (XON-XOFF)
2 - flow control Hardware (CTS-RTS) – (factory default).
AT+FLO?
AT+FLO=?
Reference
Note: This command is a shortcut of the +IFC command.
Note: +FLO’s settings are functionally a subset of &K’s ones.
Read command returns the current value of parameter <type>
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <type>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.3.2 +FPR - Select Serial Port Rate
+FPR - Select Serial Port Rate
Set command selects the the serial port speed in both directions, from DTE
AT+FPR=<rate>
to DTA and from DTA to DTE. When autobauding is selected, then the
speed is detected automatically.
AT+FPR?
AT+FPR=?
Reference
Parameter:
<rate> - serial port speed selection
0 – autobauding
Read command returns the current value of parameter <rate>
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <rate>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.6.4.3.3 +FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control
+FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control
Set command concerns the use of the <DLE><SUB> pair to encode
AT+FDD=<mode>
consecutive escape characters (<10h><10h>) in user data.
Parameter
<mode>
0 - currently the only available value. The DCE decode of <DLE><SUB> is
either <DLE><DLE> or discard. The DCE encode of <10h><10h> is
<DLE><DLE><DLE><DLE>
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>
AT+FDD?
Test command returns all supported values of parameter <mode>.
AT+FDD=?
Reference
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 340 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5 Custom AT Commands
3.6.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands
3.6.5.1.1 #CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
#CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
AT#CGMI
with command echo. The output depends on the choice made through
#SELINT command.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGMI?
3.6.5.1.2 #CGMM - Model Identification
#CGMM - Model Identification
Execution command returns the device model identification code with
AT#CGMM
command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGMM?
3.6.5.1.3 #CGMR - Revision Identification
#CGMR - Revision Identification
Execution command returns device software revision number with
AT#CGMR
command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGMR?
3.6.5.1.4 #CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification
#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
AT#CGSN
IMEI of the mobile, with command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CGSN?
3.6.5.1.5 #CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
#CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
Execution command returns the international mobile subscriber identity,
AT#CIMI
identified as the IMSI number, with command echo.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#CIMI?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 341 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.6 #CAP - Change Audio Path
#CAP - Change Audio Path
Set command switches the active audio path depending on parameter <n>
AT#CAP[=[<n>]]
Parameter:
<n> - audio path
0 - audio path follows the Axe input (factory default):
if Axe is low, handsfree is enabled;
if Axe is high, internal path is enabled
1 - enables handsfree external mic/ear audio path
2 - enables internal mic/ear audio path
Note: The audio path are mutually exclusive, enabling one disables the
other.
Note: when changing the audio path, the volume level is set at the
previously stored value for that audio path (see +CLVL).
Note: issuing AT#CAP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#CAP?
Note: issuing AT#CAP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAP=0<CR>.
Read command reports the active audio path in the format:
AT#CAP=?
#CAP: <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
3.6.5.1.7 #SRS - Select Ringer Sound
#SRS - Select Ringer Sound
Set command sets the ringer sound.
AT#SRS[=
<n>,<tout>]
Parameters:
<n> - ringing tone
0 - current ringing tone
1..max - ringing tone number, where max can be read by issuing the Test
command AT#SRS=?.
<tout> - ringing tone playing time-out in seconds.
0 - ringer is stopped (if present) and current ringer sound is set.
1..60 - ringer sound playing for <tout> seconds and, if <n> > 0, ringer
sound <n> is set as default ringer sound.
Note: when the command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> > 0, the <n>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 342 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SRS - Select Ringer Sound
ringing tone is played for <tout> seconds and stored as default ringing tone.
Note: if command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> = 0, the playing of the
ringing is stopped (if present) and <n> ringing tone is set as current.
Note: if command is issued with <n> = 0 and <tout> > 0 then the current
ringing tone is played.
Note: if both <n> and <tout> are 0 then the default ringing tone is set as
current and ringing is stopped.
AT#SRS?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command
Read command reports current selected ringing and its status in the form:
#SRS: <n>,<status>
where:
<n> - ringing tone number
1..max
AT#SRS=?
<status> - ringing status
0 - selected but not playing
1 - currently playing
Test command reports the supported values for the parameters <n> and
<tout>
3.6.5.1.8 #SRP -Select Ringer Path
#SRP - Select Ringer Path
Set command selects the ringer path towards whom sending ringer sounds
AT#SRP[=[<n>]]
and all signalling tones.
Parameter:
<n> - ringer path number
0 - sound output towards current selected audio path (see
command #CAP)
1 - sound output towards handsfree
2 - sound output towards handset
3 - sound output towards Buzzer Output pin GPIO7
Note: In order to use the Buzzer Output an external circuitry must be
added to drive it properly from the GPIO7 pin, furthermore the GPIO7 pin
direction must be set to Buzzer output (Alternate function); see command
#GPIO.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 343 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SRP - Select Ringer Path
Note: issuing AT#SRP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SRP?
AT#SRP=?
Example
Note: issuing AT#SRP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SRP=0<CR>.
Read command reports the selected ringer path in the format:
#SRP: <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
AT#SRP=?
#SRP: (0-3)
OK
AT#SRP=3
OK
3.6.5.1.9 #STM - Signaling Tones Mode
#STM - Signaling Tones Mode
Set command enables/disables the signalling tones output on the audio
AT#STM
path selected with #SRP command
[=<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode> - signalling tones status
0 - signalling tones disabled
1 - signalling tones enabled
Note: AT#STM=0 has the same effect as [email protected]=2; AT#STM=1 has
the same effect either as AT+CALM=0 or [email protected]=0.
AT#STM?
AT#STM=?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Read command reports whether the current signaling tones status is
enabled or not, in the format:
#STM: <mode>
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 344 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.10 #PCT - Display PIN Counter
#PCT - Display PIN Counter
Execution command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining
AT#PCT
attempts, depending on +CPIN requested password in the format:
AT#PCT?
#PCT: <n>
where:
<n> - remaining attempts
0 - the SIM is blocked.
1..3 - if the device is waiting either SIM PIN or SIM PIN2 to be given.
1..10 - if the device is waiting either SIM PUK or SIM PUK2 to be given.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.
3.6.5.1.11 #SHDN - Software Shut Down
#SHDN - Software Shutdown
Execution command causes device detach from the network and shut
AT#SHDN
down. Before definitive shut down an OK response is returned.
Note: after the issuing of this command any previous activity is terminated
and the device will not respond to any further command.
AT#SHDN?
Note: to turn it on again Hardware pin ON/OFF must be tied low.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.
3.6.5.1.12 #WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
Execution command stops any eventually present alarm activity and, if the
AT#WAKE[=
module is in alarm mode, it exits the alarm mode and enters the normal
<opmode>]
operating mode.
Parameter:
<opmode> - operating mode
0 - normal operating mode; the module exits the alarm mode, enters the
normal operating mode, any alarm activity is stopped (e.g. alarm tone
playing) and an OK result code is returned.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command returns the operating status
of the device in the format:
#WAKE: <status>
where:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 345 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
<status>
0 - normal operating mode
1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity.
Note: the power saving status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF
status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON.
AT#WAKE?
Note: during the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan
and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or
receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to the
MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command
must not be issued during this state.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
parameter is omitted.
3.6.5.1.13 #QTEMP -Query Temperature Overflow
#QTEMP - Query Temperature Overflow
Set command has currently no effect. The interpretation of parameter
AT#QTEMP
<mode> is currently not implemented: any value assigned to it will simply
[=<mode>]
have no effect.
AT#QTEMP?
#QTEMP=?
Note
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Read command queries the device internal temperature sensor for over
temperature and reports the result in the format:
#QTEMP: <temp>
where
<temp> - over temperature indicator
0 - the device temperature is in the working range
1 - the device temperature is out of the working range
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
The device should not be operated out of its working temperature range; if
temperature is out of range proper functioning of the device is not ensured.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 346 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.14 #SGPO - Set General Purpose Output
#SGPO - Set General Purpose Output
Set command sets the value of the general purpose output pin GPIO2.
AT#SGPO[=
[<stat>]]
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - output pin cleared to 0 (LOW)
1 - output pin set to 1 (HIGH)
Note: the GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the
transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated:
AT#SGPO=0 sets the open collector output HIGH
AT#SGPO=1 sets the open collector output LOW
A pull up resistor is required on pin GPIO2.
Note: issuing AT#SGPO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SGPO?
AT#SGPO=?
Note
Note: issuing AT#SGPO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SGPO=0<CR>.
Read command reports the #SGPO command setting, hence the opposite
status of the open collector pin in the format:
#SGPO: <stat>.
Test command reports the supported range of values of parameter <stat>.
This command is meaningful only for GM862 family
3.6.5.1.15 #GGPI - General Purpose Input
#GGPI - General Purpose Input
AT#GGPI[=[<dir>]] Set command sets the general purpose input pin GPIO1.
Parameter:
<dir> - auxiliary input GPIO1 setting
0 - the Read command AT#GGPI? reports the logic input level read from
GPIO1 pin.
Note: The device has an insulated input pin ( the input goes the base of an
internal decoupling transistor) which can be used as a logic general purpose
input. This command sets the read behaviour for this pin, since only direct
read report is supported, the issue of this command is not needed.
In future uses the behavior of the read input may be more complex.
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 347 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#GGPI - General Purpose Input
Read command reports the read value for the input pin GPIO1, in the
AT#GGPI?
format:
#GGPI: <dir>,<stat>
where
<dir> - direction setting (see #GGPI=<dir> )
<stat> - logic value read from pin GPIO1
AT#GGPI=?
Note
Note: Since the reading is done after the insulating transistor, the reported
value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1 input pin.
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <dir>.
This command is meaningful only for GM862 family
3.6.5.1.16 #GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
Execution command sets the value of the general purpose output pin
AT#GPIO[=<pin>,
GPIO<pin> according to <dir> and <mode> parameter.
<mode>[,<dir>]]
Not all configuration for the three parameters are valid.
Parameters:
<pin> - GPIO pin number; supported range is from 1 to a value that
depends on the hardware, but GPIO1 is input only and GPIO2 is
output only.
<mode> - its meaning depends on <dir> setting:
0 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- output pin cleared to 0 (LOW) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
1 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- output pin set to 1 (HIGH) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
2 - Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- Reports a no meaning value if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
<dir> - GPIO pin direction
0 - pin direction is INPUT
1 - pin direction is OUTPUT
2 - pin direction is ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Note).
Note: when <mode>=2 (and <dir> is omitted) the command reports the
direction and value of pin GPIO<pin> in the format:
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>
where
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 348 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
<dir> - current direction setting for the GPIO<pin>
<stat>
•
logic value read from pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set
to input;
•
logic value present in output of the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the
pin <dir> is currently set to output;
•
no meaning value for the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is
set to alternate function.
Note: (valid only for GPIO1) since the reading is done after the insulating
transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1
input pin
Note: if all parameters are omitted the command reports the read direction
and value of all GPIO pin, int the format:
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[…]]
Note: "ALTERNATE FUNCTION" value is valid only for following pins:
•
GPIO5 - alternate function is “RF Transmission Monitor”
•
GPIO6 - alternate function is "Alarm Output" (see +CALA)
•
GPIO7 - alternate function is "Buzzer Output" (see #SRP)
Note: while using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write
access to that pin is not accessible and shall be avoided.
AT#GPIO?
AT#GPIO=?
Example
Note: The GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the
transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all
parameters are omitted.
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <pin>, <mode> and <dir>.
AT#GPIO=3,0,1
OK
AT#GPIO=3,2
#GPIO: 1,0
OK
AT#GPIO=4,1,1
OK
AT#GPIO=5,0,0
OK
AT#GPIO=6,2
#GPIO: 0,1
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 349 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.17 #I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1
#I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1
AT#I2S1[=
Set command sets the type of operation.
<mode>
[,<clockmode>,
Parameters:
<clockrate>]]
<mode>
0 - PCM1 is not enabled; audio is forwarded to the analog line; PCM pins
can be used as UART1 and GPIO.
1 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded to the PCM block; PCM pin
cannot be used for UART1; any service on UART1 is suspended
2 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded both to the PCM block and to the
analog line; PCM pins cannot be used for UART1; any service on
UART1 is suspended
<clockmode>
0 - PCM acts as slave
1 - PCM acts as master
<clockrate>
64 - 64 kHz.
128 - 128 kHz.
256 - 256 kHz.
512 - 512 kHz
1024 - 1024 kHz
2048 - 2048 kHz
AT#I2S1?
AT#I2S1=?
Note: issuing AT#I2S1<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Read command reports the last setting, in the format:
#I2S1: <mode>,<clockmode>,<clockrate>
Reports the range of supported values for parameters <mode>,
<clockmode> and <clockrate>
3.6.5.1.18 #E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
AT#E2SMSRI[=
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an
[<n>]]
incoming SMS message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is
generated on receipt of an incoming SMS message. The duration of
this pulse is determined by the value of <n>.
Parameter:
<n> - RI enabling
0 - disables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages (factory default)
50..1150 - enables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages. The
value of <n> is the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of
an incoming SM.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 350 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
Note: if +CNMI=3,1 command is issued and the module is in a GPRS
connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is generated
on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either enabled or not.
Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#E2SMSRI?
Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on
receipt of an incoming SM, in the format:
#E2SMSRI: <n>
AT#E2SMSRI=?
3.6.5.1.19
Note: as seen before, the value <n>=0 means that the RI pin response to
an incoming SM is disabled.
Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n>
#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input
#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input
Execution command reads pin<adc> voltage, converted by ADC, and
AT#ADC[=
outputs it in the format:
<adc>,<mode>
[,<dir>]]
#ADC: <value>
where:
<value> - pin<adc> voltage, expressed in mV
Parameters:
<adc> - index of pin
1 - available for GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GM862-GPS, GE863QUAD, GE863-PY, GE863-GPS, GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864QUAD and GC864-PY
2 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY
3 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY
<mode> - required action
2 - query ADC value
<dir> - direction; its interpretation is currently not implemented
0 - no effect.
If all parameters are omitted the command reports all pins voltage,
converted by ADC, in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 351 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#ADC: <value>[<CR><LF>#ADC: <value>[…]]
AT#ADC?
AT#ADC=?
Note: The command returns the last valid measure.
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all
parameters are omitted.
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.
3.6.5.1.20 #DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control
#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control
Set command enables/disables the DAC_OUT pin.
AT#DAC[=
<enable>
Parameters:
[,<value>]]
<enable> - enables/disables DAC output.
0 - disables pin; it is in high impedance status (factory default)
1 - enables pin; the corresponding output is driven
<value> - scale factor of the integrated output voltage; it must be present if
<enable>=1
0..1023 - 10 bit precision
Note: integrated output voltage = MAX_VOLTAGE * value / 1023
AT#DAC?
AT#DAC=?
Example
Note: if all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as the Read command.
Read command reports whether the DAC_OUT pin is currently enabled or
not, along with the integrated output voltage scale factor, in the format:
#DAC: <enable>,<value>
Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and
<value>.
Enable the DAC out and set its integrated output to the
50% of the max value:
AT#DAC=1,511
OK
Note
Disable the DAC out:
AT#DAC=0
OK
With this command the DAC frequency is selected internally.
D/A converter must not be used during POWERSAVING.
DAC_OUT line must be integrated (for example with a low band pass filter)
in order to obtain an analog voltage.
For a more in depth description of the integration filter refer to the hardware
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 352 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control
user guide.
3.6.5.1.21 #VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output
#VAUX- Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output
Set command enables/disables Auxiliary Voltage pins output.
AT#VAUX[=<n>,
<stat>]
Parameters:
<n> - VAUX pin index
1 - there is currently just one VAUX pin
<stat>
0 - output off
1 - output on
2 - query current value of VAUX pin
Note: when <stat>=2 and command is successful, it returns:
#VAUX: <value>
where:
<value> - power output status
0 - output off
1 - output on
Note: If all parameters are omitted the command has the same behaviour
as Read command.
AT#VAUX?
AT#VAUX=?
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the Auxiliary Voltage pins
output is disabled while GPS or camera is powered on they’ll both also be
turned off.
Read command reports the current status of all auxiliary voltage output
pins, in the format:
#VAUX: <value>[<CR><LF>#VAUX: <value>[…]]
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>,
<stat>.
3.6.5.1.22 #CBC - Battery And Charger Status
#CBC- Battery And Charger Status
Execution command returns the current Battery and Charger state in the
AT#CBC
format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 353 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CBC- Battery And Charger Status
#CBC: <ChargerState>,<BatteryVoltage>
where:
<ChargerState> - battery charger state
0 - charger not connected
1 - charger connected and charging
2 - charger connected and charge completed
AT#CBC?
AT#CBC=?
<BatteryVoltage> - battery voltage in millivolt: it is the real battery voltage
only if charger is not connected; if the charger is connected this value
depends on the charger voltage.
Read command has the same meaning as Execution command.
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.6.5.1.23 #AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property
#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property
Set command enables/disables the TE auto-attach property.
AT#AUTOATT
[=<auto>]
Parameter:
<auto>
0 - disables auto attach property
1 - enables auto attach property (factory default)
AT#AUTOATT?
AT#AUTOATT=?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports whether the auto-attach property is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#AUTOATT: <auto>
Test command reports available values for parameter <auto>.
3.6.5.1.24 #MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control
#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control
Set command sets the multislot class
AT#MSCLASS[=
<class>,
Parameters:
<autoattach>]
<class> - multislot class; take care: class 7 is not supported.
1..6 - GPRS class
8..10 - GPRS class
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 354 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control
<autotattach>
0 - the new multislot class is enabled only at the next detach/attach or
after a reboot.
1 - the new multislot class is enabled immediately, automatically forcing a
detach / attach procedure.
Note: the <class> range for former GM862 family products is 1..8,
excluding class 7.
AT#MSCLASS?
AT#MSCLASS=?
Note: if all parameters are omitted the behaviour of set command is the
same as read command.
Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the
format:
#MSCLASS: <class>
Test command reports the range of available values for parameter <class>.
3.6.5.1.25 #MONI - Cell Monitor
#MONI - Cell Monitor
AT#MONI[=
[<number>]]
Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbour of the serving cell
including it, from which extract GSM-related informations.
Parameter:
<number>
0..6 - it is the ordinal number of a cell, in a neighbour of the serving cell
(default 0, serving cell).
7 - it is a special request to obtain GSM-related informations from the
whole set of seven cells in the neighbour of the serving cell.
Note: issuing AT#MONI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#MONI?
Note: issuing AT#MONI=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#MONI=0<CR>.
Read command reports the following GSM-related informations for
selected cell and dedicated channel (if exists).
d) When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name is
known the format is:
#MONI: <netname> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id>
ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>
e) When the network name is unknown, the format is:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 355 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#MONI - Cell Monitor
#MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac>
Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>
f) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is:
#MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn>
PWR:<dBm> dBm
where:
<netname> - name of network operator
<cc> - country code
<nc> - network operator code
<n> - progressive number of adjacent cell
<bsic> - base station identification code
<qual> - quality of reception
0..7
<lac> - localization area code
<id> - cell identifier
<arfcn> - assigned radio channel
<dBm> - received signal strength in dBm
<timadv> = timing advance
Note: TA: <timadv> is reported only for the serving cell.
AT#MONI=?
When the last setting done is AT#MONI=7, then the Read command reports
the above informations for each of the cells in the neighbour of the serving
cell, formatting them in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated strings.
Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of
the serving cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations, along
with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in the format:
#MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>)
where:
<MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of the serving
cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations (for
compatibility with previous versions of code this value is always 6).
<CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI.
AT#MONI=??
An enhanced version of the Test command has been defined:
AT#MONI=??
Enhanced test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a
neighbour of the serving cell and including it, from which we can extract
GSM-related informations, along with the ordinal number of the current
selected cell, in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 356 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#MONI - Cell Monitor
#MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>)
Note
where:
<MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell
and including it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations.
This value is always 7.
<CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI.
The refresh time of the measures is preset to 3 sec.
The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS transfers
active.
3.6.5.1.26 #SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
Execution command reports informations about serving cell, in the format:
AT#SERVINFO
#SERVINFO: <B-ARFCN>,<dBM>,<NetNameAsc>,<NetCode>,
,<BSIC>,<LAC>,<TA>,<GPRS>[,[<PB-ARFCN>],[<NOM>],
<RAC>,[PAT]]
where:
<B-ARFCN> - BCCH ARFCN of the serving cell
<dBM> - received signal strength in dBm
<NetNameAsc> - operator name, quoted string type
<NetCode> - country code and operator code, hexadecimal
representation
<BSIC> - Base Station Identification Code
<LAC> - Localization Area Code
<TA> - Time Advance: it’s available only if a GSM or GPRS is running
<GPRS> - GPRS supported in the cell
0 - not supported
1 - supported
The following informations will be present only if GPRS is supported in the
cell
<PB-ARFCN> - PBCCH ARFCN of the serving cell; it’ll be printed only if
PBCCH is supported by the cell, otherwise the label “hopping” will
be printed
<NOM> - Network Operation Mode
..”I”
“II”
..”III”
<RAC> - Routing Area Color Code
<PAT> - Priority Access Threshold
..0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 357 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
..3..6
Read command has the same effect as Execution command
AT#SERVINFO?
3.6.5.1.27 #COPSMODE - +COPS Mode
#COPSMODE - +COPS Mode
Set command sets the behaviour of +COPS command (see +COPS).
AT#COPSMODE
[=<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - +COPS behaviour like former GM862 family products (default)
1 - +COPS behaviour compliant with ETSI format
Note: The setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot).
AT#COPSMODE?
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command returns the current behaviour of +COPS command, in the
format:
#COPSMODE: <mode>
AT#COPSMODE=?
Note
where
<mode> - +COPS behaviour as seen before.
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<mode>.
It’s suggested to reboot the module after every #COPSMODE setting.
3.6.5.1.28 #QSS - Query SIM Status
#QSS - Query SIM Status
Set command enables/disables the Query SIM Status unsolicited indication
AT#QSS[=
in the ME.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode> - type of notification
0 - disabled (factory default); it’s possible only to query the current SIM
status through Read command AT#QSS?
1 - enabled; the ME informs at every SIM status change through the
following unsolicited indication:
#QSS: <status>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 358 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#QSS - Query SIM Status
where:
<status> - current SIM status
0 - SIM NOT INSERTED
1 - SIM INSERTED
Note: issuing AT#QSS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Note: issuing AT#QSS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#QSS=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is currently
enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format:
AT#QSS?
#QSS: <mode>,<status>
(<mode> and <status> are described above)
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.
AT#QSS=?
3.6.5.1.29
#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode
#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode
Set command sets voice call ATD modality.
AT#DIALMODE[=
<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - OK result code is received as soon as it starts remotely ringing (factory
default)
1 - OK result code is received only after the called party answers. Any
character typed aborts the call and NO CARRIER result code is
received.
2 - the following custom result codes are received, monitoring step by step
the call status:
DIALING (MO in progress)
RINGING (remote ring)
CONNECTED (remote call accepted)
RELEASED (after ATH)
DISCONNECTED (remote hang-up)
Note: The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot.
AT#DIALMODE?
Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns current ATD dialing mode in the format:
AT#DIALMODE=?
#DIALMODE: <mode>
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 359 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.30 #ACAL - Automatic Call
#ACAL - Automatic Call
Set command enables/disables the automatic call function.
AT#ACAL[=
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables the automatic call function (factory default)
1 - enables the automatic call function. If enabled (and &D2 has been
issued), the transition OFF/ON of DTR causes an automatic call to the
first number (position 0) stored in the internal phonebook.
Note: type of call depends on the last issue of command +FCLASS.
Note: issuing AT#ACAL<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#ACAL?
AT#ACAL=?
Note
Note: issuing AT#ACAL=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#ACAL=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the automatic call function is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#ACAL: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.
See &Z to write and &N to read the number on module internal phonebook.
3.6.5.1.31 #ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
AT#ECAM[=
[<onoff>]]
This command enables/disables the call monitoring function in the ME.
Parameter:
<onoff>
0 - disables call monitoring function (factory default)
1 - enables call monitoring function; the ME informs about call events,
such as incoming call, connected, hang up etc. using the following
unsolicited indication:
#ECAM: <ccid>,<ccstatus>,<calltype>,,, [<number>,<type>]
where
<ccid> - call ID
<ccstatus> - call status
0 - idle
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 360 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
1 - calling (MO)
2 - connecting (MO)
3 - active
4 - hold
5 - waiting (MT)
6 - alerting (MT)
7 - busy
<calltype> - call type
1 - voice
2 - data
<number> - called number (valid only for <ccstatus>=1)
<type> - type of <number>
129 - national number
145 - international number
Note: the unsolicited indication is sent along with usual codes (OK, NO
CARRIER, BUSY...).
Note: issuing AT#ECAM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#ECAM?
AT#ECAM=?
Note: issuing AT#ECAM=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command reports whether the extended call monitoring function is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
#ECAM: <onoff>
Test command returns the list of supported values for <onoff>
3.6.5.1.32 #SMOV - SMS Overflow
#SMOV - SMS Overflow
Set command enables/disables the SMS overflow signalling function.
AT#SMOV[=
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables SMS overflow signalling function(factory default)
1 - enables SMS overflow signalling function; when the maximum storage
capacity has reached, the following network initiated notification is send:
#USMO: <memo>
Note: issuing AT#SMOV<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
Note: issuing AT#SMOV=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 361 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#SMOV?
AT#SMOV=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the SMS overflow signaling function is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
AT#SMOV=?
#SMOV: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
3.6.5.1.33
#CODEC - Audio Codec
#CODEC - Audio Codec
Set command sets the audio codec mode.
AT#CODEC[=
<codec>]
Parameter:
<codec>
0 - all the codec modes are enabled (factory default)
1..31 - value obtained as sum of the following values, each of them
representing a specific codec mode:
1 - FR, full rate mode enabled
2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled
4 - HR, half rate mode enabled
8 - AMR-FR, AMR full rate mode enabled
16 - AMR-HR, AMR half rate mode enabled
Note: the setting 0 is equivalent to the setting 31.
Note: The codec setting is saved in the profile parameters.
AT#CODEC?
AT#CODEC=?
Example
Note: if optional parameter <codec> is omitted the behavior of Set
command is the same as Read command.
Read command returns current audio codec mode in the format:
#CODEC: <codec>
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<codec>
AT#CODEC=14
OK
sets the codec modes HR (4), EFR (2) and AMR-FR (8)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 362 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.34 #SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller
#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller
Set command enables/disables the echo canceller function on audio
AT#SHFEC[=
handsfree output.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables echo canceller for handsfree mode (factory default)
1 - enables echo canceller for handsfree mode
Note: This setting returns to default after power off.
Note: issuing AT#SHFEC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SHFEC?
AT#SHFEC=?
Note: issuing AT#SHFEC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SHFEC=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the echo canceller function on audio
handsfree output is currently enabled or not, in the format:
#SHFEC: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
3.6.5.1.35 #HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain
#HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain
Set command sets the handsfree microphone input gain
AT#HFMICG[=
[<level>]]
Parameter:
<level>: handsfree microphone input gain
0..7 - handsfree microphone gain (+6dB/step)
Note: issuing AT#HFMICG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#HFMICG?
Note: issuing AT#HFMICG=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current handsfree microphone input gain, in the
format:
AT#HFMICG=?
#HFMICG: <level>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<level>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 363 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.36
#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain
#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain
Set command sets the handset microphone input gain
AT#HSMICG[=
[<level>]]
Parameter:
<level>: handset microphone input gain
0..7 - handset microphone gain (+6dB/step)
Note: issuing AT#HSMICG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#HSMICG?
AT#HSMICG=?
Note: issuing AT#HSMICG=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns the current handset microphone input gain, in the
format:
#HSMICG: <level>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.
3.6.5.1.37 #SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone
#SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone
Set command enables/disables the sidetone on headset audio output.
AT#SHFSD[=
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables the headset sidetone (factory default)
1 - enables the headset sidetone.
Note: This setting returns to default after power off.
Note: issuing AT#SHFSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SHFSD?
AT#SHFSD=?
Note: issuing AT#SHFSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SHFSD=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the headset sidetone is currently enabled
or not, in the format:
#SHFSD: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 364 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.38 #/ - Repeat Last Command
#/ - Repeat Last Command
Execute command is used to execute again the last received
AT#/
command.
3.6.5.1.39 #NITZ - Network Timezone
#NITZ - Network Timezone
Set command enables/disables automatic date/time updating and Network
AT#NITZ[=
Timezone unsolicited indication.
[<val>
Date and time information may be sent by the network after GSM
[,<mode>]]]
registration or after GPRS attach.
Parameters:
<val>
0 - disables automatic set (factory default)
1 - enables automatic set
<mode>
0 - disables unsolicited message (factory default)
1 - enables unsolicited message; after date and time updating the following
unsolicited indication is sent:
#NITZ: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss”
where:
yy - year
MM - month (in digits)
dd - day
hh - hour
mm - minute
ss - second
Note: issuing AT#NITZ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#NITZ?
AT#NITZ=?
Note: issuing AT#NITZ=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#NITZ=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether automatic date/time updating is currently
enabled or not, and whether Network Timezone unsolicited indication is
enabled or not, in the format:
#NITZ: <val>,<mode>
Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 365 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.40 #BND - Select Band
#BND - Select Band
Set command selects the current band.
AT#BND[=
[<band>]]
Parameter
<band>:
0 - GSM 900MHz + DCS 1800MHz
1 - GSM 900MHz + PCS 1900MHz
2 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1800MHz (available only on quadri-band
modules)
3 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1900MHz (available only on quadri-band
modules)
Note: This setting is maintained even after power off.
Note: issuing AT#BND<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#BND?
Note: issuing AT#BND=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#BND=0<CR>.
Read command returns the current selected band in the format:
AT#BND=?
#BND: <band>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <band>.
Note: the range of values differs between triband modules and quadric-band
modules
3.6.5.1.41
#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection
#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection
Set command enables/disables the automatic band selection at power-on.
AT#AUTOBND[=
<value>]
Parameter:
<value>:
0 - disables automatic band selection at power-on (factory default)
1 - enables automatic band selection at power-on; +COPS=0 is necessary
condition to effectively have automatic band selection at next power-on;
the automatic band selection stops as soon as a GSM cell is found.
Note: if automatic band selection is enabled the band changes every about
90 seconds through available bands until a GSM cell is found.
Note: if parameter <value> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 366 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection
Read command returns whether the automatic band selection is enabled or
AT#AUTOBND?
not in the form:
AT#AUTOBND=?
#AUTOBND: <value>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<value>.
3.6.5.1.42 #SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence
#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence
Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence +++ while
AT#SKIPESC[=
transmitting during a data connection.
[<mode>]]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - doesn’t skip the escape sequence; its transmission is enabled (factory
default).
1 - skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not enabled.
Note: in case of an FTP connection, the escape sequence is not
transmitted, regardless of the command setting.
Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#SKIPESC?
AT#SKIPESC=?
Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SKIPESC=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether escape sequence skipping is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#SKIPESC: <mode>
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 367 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.43 #E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time
#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time
AT#E2ESC[=
[<gt>]]
Set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in
GPRS to be considered a valid one (and return to on-line command mode).
Parameter:
<gt>
0 - no guard time (factory default)
1..10 - guard time in seconds
Note: if the Escape Sequence Guard Time is set to a value different from
zero, it overrides the one set with S12.
Note: issuing AT#E2ESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#E2ESC?
AT#E2ESC=?
3.6.5.1.44
Note: issuing AT#E2ESC=<CR> returns the OK result code.
Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time,
in the format:
#E2ESC: <gt>
Test command returns the OK result code.
#GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type
#GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type
Set command sets the PPP-GPRS connection authentication type.
AT#GAUTH[=
<type>]
Parameter
<type>
0 - no authentication
1 - PAP authentication (factory default)
2 - CHAP authentication
Note: for GSM connection <type> is fixed to PAP
AT#GAUTH?
AT#GAUTH=?
Note: if parameter <type> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command reports the current PPP-GPRS connection authentication
type, in the format:
#GAUTH: <type>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<type>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 368 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.1.45 #RTCSTAT - RTC Status
#RTCSTAT - RTC Status
Set command resets the RTC status flag.
AT#RTCSTAT[=
<status>]
Parameter:
<status>
0 - Set RTC Status to RTC HW OK
Note: the initial value of RTC status flag is RTC HW Error and it doesn’t
change until a command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is issued.
Note: if a power failure occurs and the buffer battery is down the RTC
status flag is set to 1. It doesn’t change until command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is
issued.
AT#RTCSTAT?
AT#RTCSTAT=?
Note: if parameter <status> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the current value of RTC status flag, in the format:
#RTCSTAT: <status>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<status>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 369 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.2 FTP AT Commands
3.6.5.2.1 #FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
#FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
Set command sets time-out for FTP operations.
AT#FTPTO[=
<tout>]
Parameter:
<tout> - time-out in 100 ms units
100..5000 - hundreds of ms (factory default is 100)
Note: The parameter is not saved in NVM.
AT#FTPTO?
Note: if parameter <tout> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the
same as Read command.
Read command returns the current FTP operations time-out, in the format:
AT#FTPTO=?
#FTPTO: <tout>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <tout>
3.6.5.2.2 #FTPOPEN - FTP Open
#FTPOPEN - FTP Open
Execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server.
AT#FTPOPEN=
<server:port>,
Parameters:
<username>,
<server:port> - string type, address and port of FTP server (factory default
<password>,
port 21).
<mode>
<username> - string type, authentication user identification string for FTP.
<password> - string type, authentication password for FTP.
<mode>
0 - active mode (default)
1 - passive mode
3.6.5.2.3 #FTPCLOSE - FTP Close
#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close
Execution command closes an FTP connection.
AT#FTPCLOSE
Read command behavior is the same as Execution command.
AT#FTPCLOSE?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 370 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.2.4 #FTPPUT - FTP Put
#FTPPUT - FTP Put
AT#FTPPUT=
<filename>
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts sending <filename> file to the FTP server.
If the data connection succeeds, a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise
a NO CARRIER indication is sent.
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, name of the file.
Note: use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.6.5.2.5 #FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPPUTPH=
connection and starts sending to the FTP server the last photo taken issuing
<filename>
AT#TPHOTO.
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, name of the file on the FTP server side.
Note: the file transfer type has to be binary in order to send the photo the
right way (see command #FTPTYPE).
Example
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
at#gprs=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
at#camon
OK
at#tphoto
OK
at#ftpopen="xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx",<usern.>,<passw.>,0
OK
at#ftptype=0
OK
at#ftpputph="photo.jpg"
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 371 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
OK
at#ftpclose
OK
3.6.5.2.6 #FTPGET - FTP Get
#FTPGET - FTP Get
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPGET=
connection and starts getting a file from the FTP server.
<filename>
If the data connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a
NO CARRIER indication is sent.
The file is received on the serial port.
Parameter:
<filename> - file name, string type.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.6.5.2.7 #FTPTYPE - FTP Type
#FTPTYPE - FTP Type
Set command, issued during an FTP connection, sets the file transfer type.
AT#FTPTYPE[=
<type>]
Parameter:
<type> - file transfer type:
0 - binary
1 - ascii
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
#FTPTYPE?
Note: If the parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command.
Read command returns the current file transfer type, in the format:
#FTPTYPE=?
#FTPTYPE: <type>
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <type>:
#FTPTYPE: (0,1)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 372 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.2.8 #FTPMSG - FTP Read Message
#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message
Execution command returns the last response from the server.
AT#FTPMSG
Read command behaviour is the same as Execution command.
AT#FTPMSG?
3.6.5.2.9 #FTPDELE - FTP Delete
#FTPDELE - FTP Delete
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, deletes a file from
AT#FTPDELE=
the remote working directory.
<filename>
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, it’s the name of the file to delete.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.6.5.2.10 #FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory
#FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, shows the current
AT#FTPPWD
working directory on FTP server.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
3.6.5.2.11 #FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory
#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, changes the
AT#FTPCWD=
working directory on FTP server.
<dirname>
Parameter:
<dirname> - string type, it’s the name of the new working directory.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 373 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.2.12 #FTPLIST - FTP List
#FTPLIST - FTP List
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPLIST[=
connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the
<name>]
specified directory or the properties of the specified file.
Parameter:
<name> - string type, it’s the name of the directory or file.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Note: issuing AT#FTPLIST<CR> opens a data connection and starts
getting from the server the list of contents of the working directory.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 374 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS® Extension AT Commands
3.6.5.3.1 #USERID - Authentication User ID
#USERID - Authentication User ID
Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the
AT#USERID
authentication step.
[=<user>]
Parameter:
<user> - string type, it’s the authentication User Id; the max length for this
value is the output of Test command, AT#USERID=? (factory
default is the empty string “”).
AT#USERID?
AT#USERID=?
Example
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command.
Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format:
#USERID: <user>.
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<user>.
AT#USERID="myName"
OK
AT#USERID?
#USERID: "myName"
OK
3.6.5.3.2 #PASSW - Authentication Password
#PASSW - Authentication Password
Set command sets the user password string to be used during the
AT#PASSW=
authentication step.
<pwd>
AT#PASSW=?
Example
Parameter:
<pwd> - string type, it’s the authentication password; the max length for this
value is the output of Test command, AT#PASSW=? (factory
default is the empty string “”).
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<pwd>.
AT#PASSW="myPassword"
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 375 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.3.3 #PKTSZ - Packet Size
#PKTSZ - Packet Size
Set command sets the default packet size to be used by the TCP/UDP/IP
AT#PKTSZ[=
stack for data sending.
[<size>]]
Parameter:
<size> - packet size in bytes
0 - automatically chosen by the device
1..512 - packet size in bytes (factory default is 300)
Note: issuing AT#PKTSZ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#PKTSZ?
AT#PKTSZ=?
Example
Note: issuing AT#PKTSZ=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#PKTSZ=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current packet size value.
Note: after issuing command AT#PKTSZ=0, the Read command reports the
value automatically chosen by the device.
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <size>.
AT#PKTSZ=100
OK
AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 100
OK
AT#PKTSZ=0
OK
AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 300
->value automatically chosen by device
OK
3.6.5.3.4 #DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out
#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out
Set command sets the maximum time that the module awaits before
AT#DSTO[=
sending anyway a packet whose size is less than the default one.
[<tout>]]
Parameter:
<tout> - packet sending time-out in 100ms units (factory default is 50)
0 - no time-out, wait forever for packets to be completed before send.
1..255 hundreds of ms
Note: In order to avoid low performance issues, it is suggested to set the
data sending time-out to a value greater than 5.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 376 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out
Note: this time-out applies to data whose size is less than packet size and
whose sending would have been delayed for an undefined time until new
data to be sent had been received and full packet size reached.
Note: issuing AT#DSTO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#DSTO?
AT#DSTO=?
Example
Note: issuing AT#DSTO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#DSTO=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current data sending time-out value.
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <tout>.
AT#DSTO=10 ->1 sec. time-out
OK
AT#DSTO?
#DSTO: 10
OK
3.6.5.3.5 #SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
Set command sets the maximum time with no data exchanging on the
AT#SKTTO[=
socket that the module awaits before closing the socket and deactivating
[<tout>]]
the GPRS context.
Parameter:
<tout> - socket inactivity time-out in seconds units
0 - no timeout.
1..65535 - time-out in sec. units (factory default is 90).
Note: this time-out applies when no data is exchanged in the socket for a
long time and therefore the socket connection has to be automatically
closed and the GPRS context deactivated.
Note: issuing AT#SKTTO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#SKTTO?
AT#SKTTO=?
Example
Note: issuing AT+#SKTTO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT+#SKTTO=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current socket inactivity time-out value.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.
AT#SKTTO=30 ->(30 sec. time-out)
OK
AT#SKTTO?
#SKTTO: 30
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 377 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
OK
3.6.5.3.6 #SKTSET - Socket Definition
#SKTSET - Socket Definition
Set command sets the socket parameters values.
AT#SKTSET[=
<socket type>,
Parameters:
<remote port>,
<socket type> - socket protocol type
<remote addr>,
0 - TCP (factory default)
[<closure type>],
1 - UDP
[<local port>]]
<remote port> - remote host port to be opened
0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0)
<remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter
can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
<local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket
0..65535 - port number
Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: The resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket,
therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTSET command, then
error message will be issued.
Note: the DNS Query to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection.
AT#SKTSET?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the socket parameters values, in the format:
AT#SKTSET: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 378 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTSET - Socket Definition
<closure type>,<local port>
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.
AT#SKTSET=?
AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"123.255.020.001"
Example
OK
AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"www.telit.net"
OK
3.6.5.3.7 #SKTOP - Socket Open
#SKTOP - Socket Open
Execution command activates the context number 1, proceeds with the
AT#SKTOP
authentication with the user ID and password previously set by #USERID
and #PASSW commands, and opens a socket connection with the host
specified in the #SKTSET command. Eventually, before opening the socket
connection, it issues automatically a DNS query to solve the IP address of
the host name.
AT#SKTOP?
Example
If the connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO
CARRIER indication is sent.
Read command behaviour is the same as Execution command.
AT#SKTOP
..GPRS context activation, authentication and socket
open..
CONNECT
3.6.5.3.8 #QDNS - Query DNS
#QDNS - Query DNS
Execution command executes a DNS query to solve the host name into an
AT#QDNS=
IP address.
<host name>
Parameter:
<host name> - host name, string type.
If the DNS query is successful then the IP address will be reported in the
result code:
#QDNS:"<host name>",<IP address>
Note: the command has to activate the GPRS context if it was not
previously activated. In this case the context is deactivated after the DNS
query.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 379 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#QDNS - Query DNS
Note
Note: <IP address> is in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
This command requires that the authentication parameters are correctly set
and that the GPRS network is present.
3.6.5.3.9 #SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out
#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out
Set command sets the TCP connection time-out for the first CONNECT
AT#SKTCT[=
answer from the TCP peer to be received.
<tout>]
Parameter:
<tout> - TCP first CONNECT answer time-out in 100ms units
10..1200 - hundreds of ms (factory default value is 600).
Note: this time-out applies only to the time that the TCP stack waits for the
CONNECT answer to its connection request.
Note: The time for activate the GPRS and resolving the name with the DNS
query (if the peer was specified by name and not by address) is not counted
in this timeout.
Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
AT#SKTCT?
AT#SKTCT=?
Example
3.6.5.3.10
Read command reports the current TCP connection time-out.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.
AT#SKTCT=600
OK
socket first connection answer timeout has been set to
60 s.
#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save
#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save
Execution command saves the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the
AT#SKTSAV
device.
The socket parameters to store are:
- User ID
- Password
- Packet Size
- Socket Inactivity Time-Out
- Data Sending Time-Out
- Socket Type (UDP/TCP)
- Remote Port
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 380 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Example
Note
- Remote Address
- TCP Connection Time-Out
AT#SKTSAV
OK
socket parameters have been saved in NVM
If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value
will be stored.
3.6.5.3.11 #SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset
#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset
Execution command resets the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the
AT#SKTRST
device to the default ones.
Example
3.6.5.3.12
The socket parameters to reset are:
- User ID
- Password
- Packet Size
- Socket Inactivity Timeout
- Data Sending Timeout
- Socket Type
- Remote Port
- Remote Address
- TCP Connection Time-Out
AT#SKTRST
OK
socket parameters have been reset
#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation
#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
AT#GPRS[=
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW
[<mode>]]
and #USERID.
Parameter:
<mode> - GPRS context activation mode
0 - GPRS context deactivation request
1 - GPRS context activation request
In the case that the GPRS context has been activated, the result code OK is
preceded by the intermediate result code:
+IP: <ip_address_obtained>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 381 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
reporting the local IP address obtained from the network.
Note: issuing AT#GPRS<CR> reports the current status of the GPRS
context, in the format:
#GPRS: <status>
where:
<status>
0 - GPRS context deactivated
1 - GPRS context activated
2 - GPRS context activation pending.
Note: issuing AT#GPRS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#GPRS=0<CR>.
Read command has the same effect as the Execution command
AT#GPRS<CR>.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: 129.137.1.1
OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated and our IP is
129.137.1.1
AT#GPRS?
AT#GPRS=?
Example
AT#GPRS=0
OK
Now GPRS context has been deactivated, IP is lost.
3.6.5.3.13
#SKTD - Socket Dial
#SKTD - Socket Dial
AT#SKTD
[=<socket type>,
<remote port>,
<remote addr>,
[<closure type>],
[<local port>]]
Set command opens the socket towards the peer specified in the
parameters.
Parameters:
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP (factory default)
1 - UDP
<remote port> - remote host port to be opened
0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0)
<remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter
can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 382 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTD - Socket Dial
(factory default is the empty string “”)
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
<local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket
0..65535 - port number
Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: the resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket,
therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTD command, then an
error message will be issued.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with AT+CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) the GPRS
coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
AT#SKTD?
AT#SKTD=?
Example
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the socket dial parameters values, in the format:
AT#SKTD: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,
<closure type>,<local port>
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.
AT#SKTD=0,1024,"123.255.020.001",255
OK
AT#SKTD=1,1024,"123.255.020.001", ,1025
OK
In this way my local port 1025 is opened to the remote
port 1024
Note
AT#SKTD=0,1024,"www.telit.net", 255
OK
The main difference between this command and the AT#SKTOP is that this
command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or
OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made
with AT#SKTD is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is
maintained.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 383 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.3.14 #SKTL - Socket Listen
#SKTL - Socket Listen
Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection
AT#SKTL
requests.
[=<mode>,
<socket type>,
Parameters:
<input port>,
<mode> - socket mode
[<closure type>]]
0 - closes socket listening
1 - starts socket listening
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP
<input port> - local host input port to be listened
0..65535 - port number
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
Command returns the OK result code if successful.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code
is reported:
+CONN FROM: <remote addr>
Where:
<remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the
device.
When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and
the modem goes into data transfer mode.
On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is
closed and no listen is anymore active.
If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is
closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported:
#SKTL: ABORTED
Note: if all parameters are omitted the command returns the current socket
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 384 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTL - Socket Listen
listening status and the last settings of parameters <input port> and
<closure type>, in the format:
AT#SKTL?
AT#SKTL=?
Example
#SKTL: <status>,<input port>,<closure type>
where
<status> - socket listening status
0 - socket not listening
1 - socket listening
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
parameters are omitted.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <input
port> and <closure type>.
Activate GPRS
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
Start listening
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024
OK
or
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024,255
OK
Receive connection requests
+CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1
CONNECT
exchange data with the remote host
send escape sequence
+++
NO CARRIER
Now listen is not anymore active
Note
to stop listening
AT#SKTL=0,0,1024, 255
OK
The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that #SKTL
does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context
status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore
when the connection made with #SKTL is closed the context (and hence
the local IP address) is maintained.
The improving command @SKTL has been defined.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 385 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.3.15 @SKTL - Socket Listen
@SKTL - Socket Listen
Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection
[email protected]
requests.
[=<mode>,
<socket type>,
Parameters:
<input port>,
<mode> - socket mode
[<closure type>]]
0 - closes socket listening
1 - starts socket listening
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP
<input port> - local host input port to be listened
0..65535 - port number
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
Command returns the OK result code if successful.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code
is reported:
+CONN FROM: <remote addr>
Where:
<remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the
device.
When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and
the modem goes into data transfer mode.
On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is
closed and no listen is anymore active.
If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is
closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported:
@SKTL: ABORTED
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 386 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
@SKTL - Socket Listen
Note: if all parameters are omitted the command returns the current socket
listening status and the last settings of parameters <socket type>, <input
port> and <closure type>, in the format:
[email protected]?
[email protected]=?
Example
@SKTL: <status>,<socket type>,<input port>,<closure type>
Where
<status> - socket listening status
0 - socket not listening
1 - socket listening
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
parameters are omitted.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <socket
type>, <input port> and <closure type>.
Activate GPRS
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
Start listening
[email protected]=1,0,1024
OK
or
[email protected]=1,0,1024,255
OK
Receive connection requests
+CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1
CONNECT
exchange data with the remote host
send escape sequence
+++
NO CARRIER
Now listen is not anymore active
Note
to stop listening
[email protected]=0,0,1024, 255
OK
The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that @SKTL
does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context
status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore
when the connection made with @SKTL is closed the context (and hence
the local IP address) is maintained.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 387 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.3.16 #E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator
#E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket
AT#E2SLRI=[<n>]
Listen connect and, if enabled, the duration of the negative going pulse
generated on receipt of connect.
AT#E2SLRI?
AT#E2SLRI=?
Parameter:
<n> - RI enabling
0 - RI disabled for Socket Listen connect (factory default)
50..1150 - RI enabled for Socket Listen connect; a negative going pulse is
generated on receipt of connect and <n> is the duration in ms of this pulse.
Read command reports whether the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket
Listen connect is currently enabled or not, in the format:
#E2SLRI: <n>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.
3.6.5.3.17 #FRWL - Firewall Setup
#FRWL - Firewall Setup
Execution command controls the internal firewall settings.
AT#FRWL[=
<action>,
Parameters:
<ip_addr>,
<action> - command action
<net_mask>]
0 - remove selected chain
1 - add an ACCEPT chain
2 - remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr> and <net_mask>
has no meaning in this case.
<ip_addr> - remote address to be added into the ACCEPT chain; string
type, it can be any valid IP address in the format:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
<net_mask> - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; string type, it can be
any valid IP address mask in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
Command returns OK result code if successful.
Note: the firewall applies for incoming (listening) connections only.
Firewall general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not included
into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded.
When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall chain
rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria:
incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 388 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#FRWL - Firewall Setup
If criteria is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule scan is
finished; if criteria is not matched for any chain the packet is silently
dropped.
AT#FRWL?
AT#FRWL=?
Example
Note
Note: If all parameters are omitted the command reports the list of all
ACCEPT chain rules registered in the Firewall settings in the format:
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
….
OK
Read command has the same effect as Execution command when
parameters are omitted.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>.
Let assume we want to accept connections only from our
devices which are on the IP addresses ranging from
197.158.1.1 to 197.158.255.255
We need to add the following chain to the firewall:
AT#FRWL=1,"197.158.1.1","255.255.0.0"
OK
For outgoing connections made with #SKTOP and #SKTD the remote host
is dynamically inserted into the ACCEPT chain for all the connection
duration. Therefore the #FRWL command shall be used only for defining
either the #SKTL or the @SKTL behaviour, deciding which hosts are
allowed to connect to the local device.
Rules are not saved in NVM, at start-up the rules list will be empty.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 389 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.4 Easy Camera® Management AT Commands
3.6.5.4.1 #CAMON - Camera ON
#CAMON - Camera ON
Execution command turns the Camera ON.
AT#CAMON
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#CAMON?
AT#CAMON
Example
OK
camera is now powered up
3.6.5.4.2 #CAMOFF - Camera OFF
#CAMOFF - Camera OFF
Execution command turns the Camera OFF.
AT#CAMOFF
AT#CAMOFF?
Example
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the camera is turned off while
GPS or VAUX pin is enabled they’ll both also be powered off.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#CAMOFF
OK
camera is now powered down
3.6.5.4.3 #CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF
#CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF
Execution command turns camera ON/OFF.
AT#CAMEN[=
<status>]
Parameter:
<status> - camera status
0 - turns camera OFF
1 - turns camera ON
Note: if parameter <status> is omitted the Set command is the same as the
Read command.
AT#CAMEN?
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the camera is turned off while
GPS or VAUX pin is enabled they’ll both also be powered off.
Read command reports the current camera status and, if the camera is ON,
the current camera model, in the format:
#CAMEN: 0
if camera is OFF
#CAMEN: 1,<cam>
if camera is ON
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 390 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CAMEN=?
Where:
<cam> - camera model
2 - TRANSCHIP camera
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.
3.6.5.4.4 #SELCAM - Camera Model
#SELCAM - Camera Model
Set command selects current camera model
AT#SELCAM[=
[<cam>]]
Parameter:
<cam> - camera model
0 - automatic detection (factory default)
2 - TRANSCHIP camera
3 - reserved for future use
4 - reserved for future use
5 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#SELCAM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#SELCAM?
AT#SELCAM=?
Note: issuing AT#SELCAM=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#SELCAM=0<CR>
Read command reports the current camera model in the format:
#SELCAM: <cam>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <cam>
3.6.5.4.5 #CAMRES - Camera Resolution
#CAMRES - Camera Resolution
Set command sets current camera resolution
AT#CAMRES[=
[<res>]]
Parameter:
<res> - camera resolution
0 - VGA photo output,640x480 (factory default)
1 - QVGA photo output, 320x240
2 - QQVGA photo output, 160x120
3 - reserved for future use
4 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#CAMRES<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
Note: issuing AT#CAMRES=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMRES=0<CR>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 391 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CAMRES?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <res> in format:
AT#CAMRES=?
#CAMRES:<res>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <res>.
3.6.5.4.6 #CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode
#CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode
Set command sets current colour mode
AT#CAMCOL[=
[<col>]]
Parameter:
<col> - camera colour mode
0 - colour mode (factory default)
1 - Black&White mode
Note: issuing AT#CAMCOL<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMCOL?
Note: issuing AT#CAMCOL=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMCOL=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current colour mode, in the format:
AT#CAMCOL=?
#CAMCOL: <col>.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <col>.
3.6.5.4.7 #CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality
#CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality
Set command sets the quality of the photo.
AT#CAMQUA[=
[<qual>]]
Parameter:
<qual> - photo quality
0 - low quality of picture, high Jpeg compression
1 - medium quality of picture, medium Jpeg compression
2 - high quality of picture, low Jpeg compression (factory default)
Note: increasing the photo quality increases its size.
Note: issuing AT#CAMQUA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMQUA?
Note: issuing AT#CAMQUA=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMQUA=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current photo quality, in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 392 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CAMQUA=?
#CAMQUA: <qual>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <qual>.
3.6.5.4.8 #CMODE - Camera Exposure
#CMODE - Camera Exposure
Set command sets the camera exposure.
AT#CMODE[=
[<exp>]]
Parameter:
<exp> - camera exposure
0 - daylight mode, short exposure (factory default)
1 - nightlight mode, long exposure
Note: issuing AT#CMODE<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#CMODE?
Note: issuing AT#CMODE=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CMODE=0<CR>
Read command reports the current camera exposure in the format:
AT#CMODE=?
#CMODE: <exp>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <exp>.
3.6.5.4.9 #CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom
#CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom
Set command sets current zoom.
AT#CAMZOOM[=
[<zoom>]]
Parameter:
<zoom> - camera zoom
0 - no zoom, x1 (factory default)
1 - zoom, x2
2 - zoom, x4
3 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#CAMZOOM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMZOOM?
Note: issuing AT#CAMZOOM=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMZOOM=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current zoom setting, in the format:
AT#CAMZOOM=?
#CAMZOOM: <zoom>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <zoom>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 393 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.4.10 #CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint
#CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint
Set command sets time/date overprinting.
AT#CAMTXT[=
[<ov>]]
Parameter:
<ov> - time/date overprinting mode
0 - no overprinting (factory default)
1 - time info printed at the bottom of picture
2 - date info printed at the bottom of picture
3 - time&date info printed at the bottom of picture
4 - reserved for future use
Note: issuing AT#CAMTXT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CAMTXT?
AT#CAMTXT=?
Note: issuing AT#CAMTXT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CAMTXT=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current time/date overprinting mode, in the
format:
#CAMTXT: <ov>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <ov>.
3.6.5.4.11 #TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo
#TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo
Execution command is used to take the photo and to store it in the
AT#TPHOTO
MODULE memory.
Note: the photo is stored in the MODULE RAM memory, therefore after a
power off it is lost.
AT#TPHOTO?
Example
Note
Note: there's only 1 position for the photo, every photo will overwrite the
previous.
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#TPHOTO
OK
the camera has taken the photo and it is now stored on
the MODULE memory
The photo is taken during IDLE time, if the mobile is busy on network
operations, (e.g. during a call) the photo cannot be taken.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 394 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.4.12 #RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo
#RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo
Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE
AT#RPHOTO
RAM memory to the serial line, ending it with the sequence:
AT#RPHOTO?
Example
Note
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#RPHOTO
xxxxxxxxxxxx (binary digits of the JPEG image)
<cr><lf>OK<cr><lf>
the photo has been flushed to the serial line
The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected.
The baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.
3.6.5.4.13 #OBJL - Object List
#OBJL- Object List Command
Execution command reports the list of the objects stored in the MODULE
AT#OBJL[=<obj>]
memory.
Parameter:
<obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type.
“IMG” - image object.
Note: the behaviour of the command doesn’t change even if the <obj>
parameter is omitted
The output format is:
#OBJL: <filename>,<size>
AT#OBJL?
AT#OBJL=?
Example
where:
<filename> - name of the object; it is always “Snapshot”
<size> - size of the object in bytes
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command
Test command has the same behaviour as Execution command
AT#OBJL="IMG"
#OBJL: Snapshot,47224
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 395 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.4.14 #OBJR - Object Read
#OBJR - Object Read
Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE
AT#OBJR=<obj>,
RAM memory to the serial line.
"Snapshot"
The difference between this command and #RPHOTO is that #OBJR output
ends without the sequence:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Parameter:
<obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type
“IMG” - Image object
Example
Note
Note: "Snapshot" is the only name of the object.
AT#OBJR="IMG","Snapshot"
xxxxxxxxxxxx binary digits of the JPEG image
… the photo has been flushed to the serial line.
The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected. The
baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 396 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.5 E-mail Management AT Commands
3.6.5.5.1 #ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for E-mail sending.
AT#ESMTP
SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name.
[=<smtp>]
Parameter:
<smtp> - SMTP server address, string type. This parameter can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
Note: the max length for <smtp> is the output of Test command.
AT#ESMTP?
AT#ESMTP=?
Example
Note
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command
Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format:
#ESMTP: <smtp>
Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>.
AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com"
OK
The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the smtp server
provided by the network operator) or it must allow the Relay, otherwise it will
refuse to send the email.
3.6.5.5.2 #EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
Set command sets the sender address string to be used for sending the eAT#EADDR
mail.
[=<e-addr>]
Parameter:
<e-addr> - sender address, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
AT#EADDR?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command
Read command reports the current sender address, in the format:
#EADDR: <e-addr>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 397 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
AT#EADDR=?
<e-addr>.
AT#EADDR="[email protected]"
Example
OK
AT#EADDR?
#EADDR: "[email protected]"
OK
3.6.5.5.3 #EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name
#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name
Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the
AT#EUSER
authentication step of the SMTP.
[=<e-user>]
Parameter:
<e-user> - email authentication User ID, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-user> parameter shall be
empty "".
AT#EUSER?
Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the
same of Read command
Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format:
Example
#EUSER: <e-user>
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<e-user>.
AT#EUSER="myE-Name"
OK
AT#EUSER?
#EUSER: "myE-Name"
Note
OK
It is a different user field than the one used for GPRS authentication (see
#USERID).
AT#EUSER=?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 398 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.5.4 #EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password
#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password
Set command sets the password string to be used during the authentication
AT#EPASSW=
step of the SMTP.
<e-pwd>
Parameter:
<e-pwd> - email authentication password, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
AT#EPASSW=?
Example
Note
Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-pwd> parameter shall be
empty "".
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<e-pwd>.
AT#USERID="myPassword"
OK
It is a different password field than the one used for GPRS authentication
(see #PASSW).
3.6.5.5.5 #SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
Execution command activates a GPRS context, if not previously activated
AT#SEMAIL=
by #EMAILACT, and sends an e-mail message. The GPRS context is
<da>,<subj>,
deactivated when the e-mail is sent.
<att>[,<filename>]
Parameters:
<da> - destination address, string type.
<subj> - subject of the message, string type.
<att> - attached image flag
0 - don't attach any image
1 - attach the last snapshot taken
<filename> - image name (default is “snapshot.jpg”)
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported
Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 399 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
no other commands are issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS
ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands.
Note: if GPRS context was previously activated by #GPRS it’s not possible
to successfully send the e-mail message and the response is the result
code activation failed.
Example
Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long
time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute.
AT#SEMAIL="[email protected]","subject of the mail",1
>message body… this is the text of the mail message…
CTRL-Z
..wait..
OK
Message has been sent.
3.6.5.5.6 #EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation
#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
AT#EMAILACT[=
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW
[<mode>]]
and #USERID.
Parameter:
<mode> - GPRS context activation mode
0 - GPRS context deactivation request
1 - GPRS context activation request
Note: issuing AT#EMAILACT<CR> reports the current status of the GPRS
context for the e-mail, in the format:
#EMAILACT: <status>
where:
<status>
0 - GPRS context deactivated
1 - GPRS context activated
AT#EMAILACT?
Note: issuing AT#EMAILACT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#EMAILACT=0<CR>.
Read command has the same effect of the Execution command
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 400 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation
AT#EMAILACT<CR>.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.
AT#EMAILACT=?
AT#EMAILACT=1
Example
OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated
AT# EMAILACT=0
OK
Now GPRS context has been deactivated.
3.6.5.5.7 #EMAILD - E-mail Sending
#EMAILD - E-mail Sending
Execution command sends an e-mail message if GPRS context has already
AT#EMAILD=
been activated with AT#EMAILACT=1.
<da>,<subj>,
<att>[,<filename>]
Parameters:
<da> - destination address, string type.
<subj> - subject of the message, string type
<att> - attached image flag
0 - don't attach any image
1 - attach the last snapshot taken
<filename> - image name (default is “snapshot.jpg”)
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported
Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
no other commands are issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS
ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands.
Example
Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long
time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute.
AT#EMAILD=”[email protected]”,”subject of the mail”,1
>message body… this is the text of the mail message…
CTRL-Z
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 401 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EMAILD - E-mail Sending
..wait..
OK
Message has been sent.
Note
The only difference between this command and the #SEMAIL is that this
command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or
OFF according to the #EMAILACT setting, thus, when the connection made
with #EMAILD is closed, the context status is maintained.
3.6.5.5.8 #ESAV - Email Parameters Save
#ESAV - Email Parameters Save
Execution command saves the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the
AT#ESAV
device.
Note
The values stored are:
- E-mail User Name
- E-mail Password
- E-mail Sender Address
- E-mail SMTP server
If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value
will be taken.
3.6.5.5.9 #ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset
#ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset
Execution command resets the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the
AT#ERST
device to the default ones.
The values reset are:
- E-mail User Name
- E-mail Password
- E-mail Sender Address
- E-mail SMTP server
3.6.5.5.10 #EMAILMSG -SMTP Read Message
#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message
Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server.
AT#EMAILMSG
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.
AT#EMAILMSG?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 402 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.6 Easy Scan® Extension AT Commands
3.6.5.6.1 #CSURV - Network Survey
#CSURV - Network Survey
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
AT#CSURV
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from
[=<s>,<e>]
channel <s> to channel <e>. If parameters are omitted, a full band scan is
performed.
AT*CSURV
[=<s>,<e>]
(both syntax are Parameters:
<s> - starting channel
possible)
<e> - ending channel
After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started…
and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is
reported, each of them in the format:
(For BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc>
mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus>
numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch:
<pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco>
t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck>
bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>
where:
<arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control
Channel)
<bsic> - base station identification code
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
<ber> - bit error rate (in %)
<mcc> - mobile country code
<mnc> - mobile network code
<lac> - location area code
<cellId> - cell identifier
<cellStatus> - cell status
..CELL_SUITABLE - C0 is a suitable cell.
CELL_LOW_PRIORITY - the cell is low priority based on the received
system information.
CELL_FORBIDDEN - the cell is forbidden.
CELL_BARRED - the cell is barred based on the received system
information.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 403 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURV - Network Survey
CELL_LOW_LEVEL - the cell <rxLev> is low.
CELL_OTHER - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no
BCCH available…etc.
<numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description
<arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in
the range 1..<numArfcn>)
<numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list;
the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on
last #CSURVEXT setting:
3. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
4. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
<ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range
1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
3. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
4. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
5.
(The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)
<pbcch> 0
1
<nom> - network operation mode
1
2
3
<rac> - routing area code
0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support
..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell
..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell
<pat> - priority access threshold
03..6 <nco> - network control order
0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168
<t3192> - timer 3192
<drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds)
<ctrlAck> - packed control ack
<bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value
<alpha> - alpha parameter for power control
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 404 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURV - Network Survey
<pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink
measurements for power control
0 - BCCH
1 - PDCH
(For non BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>
where:
<arfcn> - RF channel
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
The output ends with the string:
AT#CSURV?
AT*CSURV?
Example
Network survey ended
Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command with
parameters omitted.
AT#CSURV
Network survey started…
arfcn: 48 bsic: 24 rxLev: -52 ber: 0.00 mcc: 610 mnc: 1
lac: 33281 cellId: 3648 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE
numArfcn: 2 arfcn: 30 48 numChannels: 5 array: 14 19 22
48 82
arfcn: 14 rxLev: 8
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minutes.
3.6.5.6.2 #CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
AT#CSURVC
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from
[=<s>,<e>]
channel <s> to channel <e>. If parameters are omitted, a full band scan is
performed.
AT*CSURVC
[=<s>,<e>]
(both syntax are Parameters:
<s> - starting channel
possible)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 405 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
<e> - ending channel
After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started…
and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is
reported, each of them in the format:
(For BCCH-Carrier)
<arfcn>,<bsic>,<rxLev>,<ber>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellId>,
<cellStatus>,<numArfcn>[,<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[,<numChannels>[,<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [<pbcch> [<nom> <rac> <spgc>
<pat> <nco> <t3168> <t3192> <drxmax> <ctrlAck> <bsCVmax>
<alpha> <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>
where:
<arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control
Channel)
<bsic> - base station identification code
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
<ber> - bit error rate (in %)
<mcc> - mobile country code
<mnc> - mobile network code
<lac> - location area code
<cellId> - cell identifier
<cellStatus> - cell status
..0 - C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE).
1 - the cell is low priority based on the received system information
(CELL_LOW_PRIORITY).
2 - the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN).
3 - the cell is barred based on the received system information
(CELL_BARRED).
4 - the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL).
5 - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH
available…etc.. (CELL_OTHER).
<numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description
<arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in
the range 1..<numArfcn>)
<numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list;
the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on
last #CSURVEXT setting:
5. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
6. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 406 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
<ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range
1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
6. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
7. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
(The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)
<pbcch> 0
1
<nom> - network operation mode
1
2
3
<rac> - routing area code
0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support
..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell
..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell
<pat> - priority access threshold
03..6 <nco> - network control order
0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168
<t3192> - timer 3192
<drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds)
<ctrlAck> - packed control ack
<bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value
<alpha> - alpha parameter for power control
<pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink
measurements for power control
0 - BCCH
1 - PDCH
(For non BCCH-Carrier)
<arfcn>,<rxLev>
where:
<arfcn> - RF channel
<rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 407 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
The output ends with the string:
AT#CSURVC?
AT*CSURVC?
Example
Network survey ended
Read command has the same behaviour as the Execution command with
parameters omitted
AT#CSURVC
Network survey started…
48,24,-52,0.00,610,1,33281,3648,0,2,30 48,5,14 19 22 48
82
14,8
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
The information provided by #CSURVC is the same as that provided by
#CSURV. The difference is that the output of #CSURVC is in numeric
format only.
3.6.5.6.3 #CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
#CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given
AT#CSURVU=[
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
issue.
[,<ch10>]]]]
The result format is like command #CSURV.
AT*CSURVU=[
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
Parameters:
[,<ch10>]]]]
(both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn)
possible)
Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order.
Example
Note: issuing AT#CSURVU=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CSURVU=0<CR>.
AT#CSURVU=59,110
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 408 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Network survey started…
arfcn: 59 bsic: 16 rxLev: -76 ber: 0.00 mcc: 546 mnc: 1
lac: 54717 cellId: 21093 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE
numArfcn 2 arfcn: 36 59
arfcn: 110 rxLev: -107
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
3.6.5.6.4 #CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric
Format)
#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given
AT#CSURVUC=[
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
issue.
[,<ch10>]]]]
The result format is like command #CSURVC.
AT*CSURVUC=[
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
Parameters:
[,<ch10>]]]]
(both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn)
possible)
Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order.
Example
Note: issuing AT#CSURVUC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CSURVUC=0<CR>.
AT#CSURVUC=59,110
Network survey started…
59,16,-76,0.00,546,1,54717,21093,0,2,36 59
110,-107
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 409 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)
The information provided by #CSURVUC is the same as that provided by
#CSURVU. The difference is that the output of #CSURVUC is in numeric
format only.
3.6.5.6.5 #CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey
#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey
Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
AT#CSURVB=<n>
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels.
The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result format is like command #CSURV.
AT#CSURVB=?
Parameter:
<n> - number of desired BCCH carriers
1..M
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format:
(1-M)
where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last
selected band.
3.6.5.6.6 #CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)
#CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)
Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
AT#CSURVBC=
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels.
<n>
The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result is given in numeric format and is like command #CSURVC.
AT#CSURVBC=?
Parameter:
<n> - number of desired BCCH carriers
1..M
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format:
(1-M)
where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last
selected band.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 410 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.6.7 #CSURVF - Network Survey Format
#CSURVF - Network Survey Format
Set command controls the format of the numbers output by all the Easy
AT#CSURVF[=
Scan®
[<format>]]
Parameter:
<format> - numbers format
0 - Decimal
1 - Hexadecimal values, no text
2 - Hexadecimal values with text
Note: issuing AT#CSURVF<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#CSURVF?
AT#CSURVF=?
Note: issuing AT#CSURVF=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#CSURVF=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current number format, as follows:
#CSURVF: <format>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter
<format>.
3.6.5.6.8 #CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan® Commands Family
#CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan® Commands Family
Set command enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF> removing from
AT#CSURVNLF
each information text line.
[=<value>]
Parameter:
<value>
0 - disables <CR><LF> removing; they’ll be present in the information text
(factory default)
1 - remove <CR><LF> from imformation text
AT#CSURVNLF?
AT#CSURVNLF=?
Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports whether automatic <CR><LF> removing is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
<value>
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 411 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.6.9 #CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey
#CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey
Set command enables/disables extended network survey.
AT#CSURVEXT
[=<value>]
Parameter:
<value>
0 - disables extended network survey (factory default)
1 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution
commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned
BCCh carrier
2 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution
commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned
BCCh carrier and, if GPRS is supported in the cell, they report some
GPRS informations carried by the System Information 13 of the BCCh
AT#CSURVEXT?
AT#CSURVEXT=?
Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports whether extended network survey is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
<value>
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 412 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands
3.6.5.7.1 #JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
Set command allows to control the Jammed Detect & Report feature.
AT#JDR[=
[<mode>
The MODULE can detect if a communication Jammer is active in its range
[,<MNPL>,
and give indication to the user of this condition either on the serial line with
<DCMN>]]]
an unsolicited code or on a dedicated GPIO by rising it.
The MODULE can also report to the network the Jammed status condition,
even if normal communications are inhibited by the Jammer, by using a
unique message.
Parameters:
<mode> - behaviour mode of the Jammed Detect & Report
0 - disables Jammed Detect & Report (factory default)
1 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported on pin
GPIO2/JDR
GPIO2/JDR LOW - Normal Operating Condition
GPIO2/JDR HIGH - Jammed Condition.
2 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with a
single unsolicited result code on serial line, in the format:
#JDR: <status>
where:
<status>
JAMMED - Jammed condition detected
OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be
shown only after a jammed condition has occurred.
3 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions
as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=2.
4 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with an
unsolicited code every 3s on serial line, in the format:
#JDR: <status>
where:
<status>
JAMMED - Jammed condition detected
OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be
shown only after a jammed condition has occurred.
5 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions
as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=4.
<MNPL> - Maximum Noise Power Level
0..127
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 413 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
<DCMN> - Disturbed Channel Minimum Number
0..254
Note: issuing AT#JDR<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#JDR?
AT#JDR=?
Example
Note
Note: issuing AT#JDR=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#JDR=0<CR>.
Read command reports the current behaviour mode, Maximum Noise
Power Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number, in the format:
#JDR: <mode>,<MNPL>,<DCMN>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<mode>,<MNPL> and <DCMN>
AT#JDR=2
OK
…jammer enters in the range…
#JDR: JAMMED
…jammer exits the range…
#JDR: OPERATIVE
It is suggested not to change the default setting for Maximum Noise Power
Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number.
If the device is installed in a particular environment where the default values
are not satisfactory the two parameters <MNPL> and <DCMN> permit to
adapt the detection to all conditions.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 414 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.8 Easy Script® Extension - Python7 Interpreter, AT Commands
3.6.5.8.1 #WSCRIPT - Write Script
#WSCRIPT - Write Script
Execution command inserts a script text and save it with the name
AT#WSCRIPT=
<script_name> in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension.
<script_name>,
<size>
[,<hidden>]
The script text should be sent using Raw Ascii file transfer.
It is important to set properly the port settings. In particular:
Baud rate: 115200 bps
Flow control: hardware.
Parameters:
<script_name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
<size> - file size in bytes
<hidden> - file hidden attribute
0 - file content is readable with #RSCRIPT (default).
1 - file content is hidden, #RSCRIPT command will report empty file.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>>>' and waits for
the script file text for <size> bytes.
The operations completes when all the bytes are received.
If script writing ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error
code is reported
Note: The script name should be passed between quotes and all
Executable Scripts files must have .py extension - Script names are Case
sensitive.
Note: When sending the script be sure that the line terminator is
<CR><LF> and that your terminal program does not change it.
Example
7
Note: with the hidden attribute it is possible to protect your script from being
viewed and copied, only the file name can be viewed, its content is hidden
even if the file is still being run correctly. It's your care to maintain
knowledge on what the script file contains.
AT#WSCRIPT="First.py ",54,0
>>> here receive the prompt: depending on your editor
settings it’s possible that the prompt overrides the
above line; then type or send the script, sized 54 bytes
OK
PYTHON is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 415 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#WSCRIPT - Write Script
Script has been stored.
Note
This command can also be used to write any text file in the MODULEPYTHON memory (not script files only), for example application data or
settings files with a different extension than .py.
3.6.5.8.2 #ESCRIPT - Select Active Script
#ESCRIPT - Select Active Script
Set command selects the name of the script that will be executed by the
AT#ESCRIPT[=
Easy Script® interpreter at the start-up. The script will be executed at start[<script_name>]]
up only if the DTR line is found LOW during initial start-up (that is: COM is
not open on a PC), otherwise the Easy Script® interpreter will not execute
and the module with Python extension will behave normally answering only
to AT commands on the serial port.
Parameter:
<script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
Note: all script files must have .py extension.
Note: The <script_name> must match with a file name written with the
#WSCRIPT in order to have it run.
Note: the command does not check whether the script <script_name>
does exist in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension or
not. If the file <script_name> is not present at the start-up then the Script
Interpreter will not execute.
Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read
command.
AT#ESCRIPT?
Example
Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#ESCRIPT=””<CR>.
Read command reports the name of the script that will be executed by the
Easy Script® interpreter at the start-up.
AT#ESCRIPT="First.py "
OK
Script First.py will be executed at the next start-ups
if DTR is found LOW.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 416 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.8.3 #RSCRIPT - Read Script
#RSCRIPT - Read Script
Execution command reports the content of script file <script_name>.
AT#RSCRIPT=
<script_name>
Parameter:
<script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
The device responds to the command with the prompt '<<<', followed by the
script file text.
Note: if the file <script_name> was saved with the hidden attribute, then an
empty file is reported with the OK result code.
Example
Note: If the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported.
AT#RSCRIPT="First.py "
hereafter receive the prompt: depending on your editor
settings it’s possible that the prompt overrides the
above line; then the script is displayed, immediately
after the prompt
<<<import MDM
MDM.send('AT\r',10)
Ans=MDM.receive(20)
OK
Note
Executable scripts files must have .py extension.
3.6.5.8.4 #LSCRIPT - List Script Names
#LSCRIPT - List Script Names
Execution command reports the list of script files names currently saved into
AT#LSCRIPT
the NVM and the available free NVM memory in the format:
[#LSCRIPT: <script_name1> <size1>…
[<CR><LF><CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: <script_namen> <sizen>]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: free bytes: <free_NVM>
AT#LSCRIPT?
Example
where:
<script-namen> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive)
<sizen> - size of script in bytes
<free_NVM> - size of available NVM memory in bytes
Read command has the same behavior of Execution command.
AT#LSCRIPT
#LSCRIPT: First.py 51
#LSCRIPT: Second.py 178
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 417 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#LSCRIPT - List Script Names
#LSCRIPT: Third.py 95
#LSCRIPT: free bytes: 20000
OK
3.6.5.8.5 #DSCRIPT - Delete Script
#DSCRIPT - Delete Script
Execution command deletes a script file from NVM memory.
AT#DSCRIPT=
<script_name>
Parameter:
<script_name> - name of the script file to delete, string type (max 16 chars,
case sensitive)
Example
Note: if the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported.
AT#DSCRIPT="Third.py"
OK
3.6.5.8.6 #REBOOT - Reboot
#REBOOT - Reboot
Execution command reboots immediately the unit.
AT#REBOOT
AT#REBOOT?
Example
It can be used to reboot the system after a remote update of the script in
order to have the new one running.
Read command has the same behavior of Execution command.
AT#REBOOT
…. Module Reboots …
Note
This command does not return result codes.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 418 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set
3.6.5.9.1 $GPSP - GPS controller power management
$GPSP - GPS controller power management
Execution command allows to manage power-up or down of the GPS
AT$GPSP=<status>
controller
Parameter:
<status>
0 - GPS controller is powered down
1 - GPS controller is powered up (default)
AT$GPSP?
AT$GPSP=?
Example
Note
3.6.5.9.2
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the GPS controller is
powered down while camera or VAUX pin is enabled they’ll both also
be also powered off.
Read command reports return the current status
Test command returns the range of values accepted (0-1)
AT$GPSP=0
OK
If a camera is used with the module and it is powered on, the command
will be not executed due to the fact the supply voltage is in common
between the 2 devices.
$GPSR - GPS Reset
$GPSR - GPS Reset
AT$GPSR=<reset type>
Execution command allows to manage allows to reset the GPS
controller.
Parameter:
<reset type>
0 - Hardware reset: The GPS receiver is reset and restarts by using
the values stored in the internal memory of the GPS receiver.
1 - Coldstart (No Almanac, No Ephemeris) (1: This option clears all
data that is currently stored in the internal memory of the GPS receiver
including position, almanac, ephemeris, and time. The stored clock drift
however, is retained
2 - Warmstart (No ephemeris) (1: This option clears all initialization
data in the GPS receiver and subsequently reloads the data that is
currently displayed in the Receiver Initialization Setup screen. The
almanac is retained but the ephemeris is cleared.
3 - Hotstart (with stored Almanac and Ephemeris) (1: The GPS
receiver restarts by using the values stored in the internal memory of
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 419 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSR - GPS Reset
AT$GPSR=?
Example
Note
the GPS receiver; validated ephemeris and almanac.
Read command that provides the range of accepted values (0-3)
AT$GPSR=0
OK
(1
Available only in Controlled mode. (SW reset)
3.6.5.9.3 $GPSD - GPS Device Type Set
$GPSD - GPS Device Type Set
AT$GPSD=<device type> Set command defines which GPS device is connected to the module. It
dedicates the Serial port #1 of the module (TRACE) to receive the GPS
strings from the GPS module.
Parameter:
<device type>
0 - none (Serial port not connected to GPS device)
2 - Controlled Mode (Modem serial port connected to GPS serial port
– default)
(1
AT$GPSD?
AT$GPSD=?
Example
AT$GPSD=0
Note
Read command that returns the current status
Test command that provides the range of accepted values for the
parameter <device type> (0-3)
AT$GPSD=0
OK
(1
AT$GPSSAV must be executed after to store this setting in memory
(the new functionality will be available after the next power_on)
3.6.5.9.4 $GPSSW - GPS Software Version
$GPSSW - GPS Software Version
Execution command provides GPS Module software version in the
AT$GPSSW
format:
$GPSSW: <sw version>
Example
AT$GPSSW
$GPSSW: GSW3.1.1_3.1.00.07-C23P1.00
OK
3.6.5.9.5 $GPSAT – GPS Antenna Type Definition
$GPSAT – Configure GPS Antenna Type
Set command selects the GPS antenna used.
AT$GPSAT=<type>
Parameter:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 420 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSAT – Configure GPS Antenna Type
<type>
0 - GPS Antenna not supplied by the module
1 - GPS Antenna supplied by the module (default)
AT$GPSAT?
AT$GPSAT=?
Example
Note
Read command returns the current status
Test command provides the range of accepted values (0-1)
AT$GPSAT=1
OK
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration
If set to 0 the Antenna current and Voltage readout are not available.
Refer to the HW user guide for the compatible GPS antennas
3.6.5.9.6 $GPSAV – GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout
$GPSAV – GPS Antenna Readout Voltage
Read command returns the measured GPS antenna’s supply voltage in
AT$GPSAV?
mV
AT$GPSAV?
AT$GPSAV?
$GPSAV:3800
OK
Note
Not available if antenna Type set to 0
3.6.5.9.7 $GPSAI – GPS Antenna Current Readout
$GPSAI - GPS Antenna Current Monitor
Read command reports the GPS antenna’s current consumption in
AT$GPSAI?
the format:
$GPSAI:<value>[,<status>](1
where:
<value> - the measured current in mA
<status> - (1
0 - GPS antenna OK
1 - GPS antenna consumption out of the limits
Example
AT$GPSAI?
$GPSAI:040,0
OK
Note
(1
Available only if antenna protection is activated (see $GPSAP)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 421 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.9.8 $GPSAP – GPS Antenna Protection
$GPSAP - GPS Antenna Protection
AT$GPSAP=<set>[,<value>] Write command that allows to activate an automatic protection in
case of high current consumption of GPS antenna. The protection
disables the GPS antenna supply voltage.
Parameters:
<set>
0 - deactivate current antenna protection (default)
1 - activate current antenna protection
<value> - the antenna current limit value in mA (000-200)
AT$GPSAP?
If parameter <set>=0 parameter <value> is omitted
Read command that returns the current antenna limit value in the
format:
$GPSAP:<set>,<value>
AT$GPSAP=?
Test command that returns the available ranges for <set> and
<value>
Example
AT$GPSAP=0
OK
Note : no SW control on antenna status (HW current limitation only)
AT$GPSAP=1,25 (1
OK
activate current antenna protection with related current limit
AT$GPSAP?
(1
$GPSAP:1,050
OK
Antenna protection activated with 50mA limit
Note
3.6.5.9.9
(1
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration
The module is already provided of an Hardware protection for the
high current consumption that is automatically activated if the
consumption exceeds 50mA
$GPSNMUN – Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration
$GPSNMUN – Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration
AT$GPSNMUN=<enable> Set command permits to activate an Unsolicited streaming of GPS data
[,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,< (in NMEA format) through the standard GSM serial port (AT) and defines
which NMEA sentences will be available
GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >](1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 422 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSNMUN – Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration
Parameters:
<enable>
0 - NMEA data stream de-activated (default)
1 - NMEA data stream activated
2 - NMEA data stream activated with the following unsolicited response
syntax:
<NMEA SENTENCE> <CR>
3 - dedicated NMEA data stream; it is not possible to send AT
commands; with the escape sequence ‘+++’ the user can return to
command mode
<GGA> - Global Positioning System Fix Data
0 - disable
1 - enable
<GLL> - Geographical Position - Latitude/Longitude
0 - disable
1 - enable
<GSA> - GPS DOP and Active Satellites
0 - disable
1 - enable
<GSV> - GPS Satellites in View
0 - disable
1 - enable
<RMC> - recommended Minimum Specific GPS Data
0 - disable
1 - enable
<VTG> - Course Over Ground and Ground Speed
0 - disable
1 - enable
DEFAULT: <0,0,0,0,0,0>
The unsolicited response sintax for <enable>=1 is:
$GPSNMUN: <CR>
<NMEA SENTENCE> <CR>
AT$GPSNMUN?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command
is the same as Read command
Read command returns whether the unsolicited GPS NMEA data
streaming is currently enabled or not, along with the NMEA sentences
availability status, in the format:
AT$GPSNMUN=?
$GPSNMUN:<enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<enable>, <GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >
Example
AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,1,0,0,0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 423 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSNMUN – Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration
OK
These sets the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message
AT$GPSNMUN=0
OK
Turn-off the unsolicited mode
AT$GPSNMUN?
$GPSNMUN: 1,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK
Give the current frame selected (GSA)
The unsolicited message will be:
$GPSNMUN:
$GPGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8*
3C
Reference
Note
NMEA 01803 Specifications
(1
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration
The command is available in “Controlled Mode” only
The available NMEA Sentences are depending on the GPS receiver
used
In GE863-GPS and GM862-GPS the fields PDOP and VDOP are not
available
Use NMEA serial port instead if full DOP info are needed
3.6.5.9.10
$GPSACP – Get Acquired Position
$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information
Read command returns information about the last GPS position in the
AT$GPSACP
format:
$GPSACP: <UTC>,<latitude>,<longitude>,<hdop>,<altitude>,
<fix>,<cog>, <spkm>,<spkn>,<date>,<nsat>
where:
<UTC> - UTC time (hhmmss) referred to GGA sentence
<latitude> - ddmm.mmmm N/S (referred to GGA sentence)
Values:
dd (degrees) 00 to 90
mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999
N/S: North / South
<longitude> - dddmm.mmmm E/W (referred to GGA sentence)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 424 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information
Values:
ddd (degrees) 00 to 180
mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999
E/W: East / West
<hdop> - x.x - Horizontal Diluition of Precision (referred to GGA
sentence)
<altitude> - xxxx.x Altitude - mean-sea-level (geoid) in meters
(referred to GGA sentence)
<fix> - referred to GSA sentence
1 - Invalid Fix
2 - 2D fix
3 - 3D fix
<cog> - ddd.mm - Course over Ground (degrees, True) (referred to
VTG sentence)
Values:
ddd: 000 to 360 degrees
mm 00 to 59 minutes
<spkm> - xxxx.x Speed over ground (Km/hr) (referred to VTG
sentence)
<spkn> - xxxx.x- Speed over ground (knots) (referred to VTG
sentence)
<date> - ddmmyy Date of Fix (referred to RMC sentence)
Values:
dd (day) 01 to 31
mm (month) 01 to 12
yy (year) 00 to 99 (2000 to 2099)
<nsat> - nn - Total number of satellites in view (referred to GSV
sentence)
Example
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP:080220,4542.82691N,01344.26820E,259.07,3,2.1
,0.1,0.0,0.0,270705,09
OK
3.6.5.9.11
$GPSSAV – Save GPS Parameters Configuration
$GPSSAV – Save GPS Parameters
Execution command saves the current configuration in the non volatile
AT$GPSSAV
EEPROM memory of the module.
Example
AT$GPSSAV
OK
Note
The module must be restarted to use the new configuration
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 425 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.6.5.9.12
$GPSRST – Restore to Default GPS Parameters
$GPSRST – Restore all GPS Parameters
Execution command restores the GPS parameters to “Factory Default”
AT$GPSRST
configuration and stores them in the non volatile EEPROM memory of
the module.
AT$GPSRST
Example
OK
Note
The module must be restarted to use the new configuration
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 426 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7 SELINT 2
3.7.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands
3.7.1.1 Generic Modem Control
3.7.1.1.1 &F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
&F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values
AT&F[<value>]
specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware configuration
switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria.
Parameter:
<value>:
0 - just the factory profile base section parameters are considered.
1 - either the factory profile base section and the extended section are
considered (full factory profile).
Reference
Note: if parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same
behaviour as AT&F0
V25ter.
3.7.1.1.2 Z - Soft Reset
Z - Soft Reset
ATZ[<n>]
Execution command loads the base section of the specified user profile and
the extended section of the default factory profile.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - user profile number
Note: any call in progress will be terminated.
Reference
Note: if parameter <n> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATZ0.
V25ter.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 427 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.1.3 +FCLASS - Select Active Service Class
+FCLASS - Select Active Service Class
Set command sets the wireless module in specified connection mode (data,
AT+FCLASS=<n>
fax, voice), hence all the calls done afterwards will be data or voice.
AT+FCLASS?
AT+FCLASS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<n>
0 - data
1 - fax class 1
8 - voice
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
<n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <n>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.1.1.4 &Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile
&Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile
Execution command defines the basic profiles which will be loaded on
AT&Y[<n>]
startup.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - profile (default is 0): the wireless module is able to store 2 complete
configurations (see command &W).
Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &Y will be loaded on every
startup.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&Y0
3.7.1.1.5 &P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile
&P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile
Execution command defines which full profile will be loaded on startup.
AT&P[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 – profile number: the wireless module is able to store 2 full
configurations (see command &W).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 428 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &P will be loaded on every
startup.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&P0
Telit Specifications
3.7.1.1.6 &W - Store Current Configuration
&W - Store Current Configuration
Execution command stores on profile <n> the complete configuration of the
AT&W[<n>]
device.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - profile
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
AT&W0.
3.7.1.1.7 &Z - Store Telephone Number In The Module Internal Phonebook
&Z - Store Telephone Number In The Wireless Module Internal Phonebook
Execution command stores in the record <n> the telephone number <nr>.
AT&Z<n>=<nr>
The records cannot be overwritten, they must be cleared before rewriting.
Parameters:
<n> - phonebook record
<nr> - telephone number (string type)
Note: the wireless module has a built in non volatile memory in which 10
telephone numbers of a maximum 24 digits can be stored
Note: to delete the record <n> the command AT&Z<n>=<CR> must be
issued.
Note: the records in the module memory can be viewed with the command
&N, while the telephone number stored in the record n can be dialed by
giving the command ATDS=<n>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 429 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.1.8 &N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers
&N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers
Execution command returns the telephone number stored at the <n>
AT&N[<n>]
position in the internal memory.
Parameter:
<n> - phonebook record number
Note: if parameter <n> is omitted then all the internal records are shown.
3.7.1.1.9 +GMI - Manufacturer Identification
+GMI - Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the manufacturer identification.
AT+GMI
Reference
3.7.1.1.10
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
V.25ter
+GMM - Model Identification
+GMM - Model Identification
Execution command returns the model identification.
AT+GMM
Reference
V.25ter
3.7.1.1.11 +GMR - Revision Identification
+GMR - Revision Identification
Execution command returns the software revision identification.
AT+GMR
Reference
V.25ter
3.7.1.1.12 +GCAP - Capabilities List
+GCAP - Capabilities List
Execution command returns the equipment supported command set list.
AT+GCAP
Where:
+CGSM: GSM ETSI command set
+FCLASS: Fax command set
+DS: Data Service common modem command set
+MS: Mobile Specific command set
Reference
V.25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 430 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.1.13 +GSN - Serial Number
+GSN - Serial Number
Execution command returns the device board serial number.
AT+GSN
Reference
Note: The number returned is not the IMSI, it is only the board number
V.25ter
3.7.1.1.14 &V - Display Current Configuration & Profile
&V - Display Current Configuration & Profile
Execution command returns some of the base configuration
AT&V
parameters settings.
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending
on the last #SELINT setting.
3.7.1.1.15
&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile
&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile
Execution command returns all the configuration parameters settings.
AT&V0
Note: this command is the same as &V, it is included only for backwards
compatibility.
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
3.7.1.1.16 &V1 - Display S Registers Values
&V1 - Display S Registers Values
Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and
AT&V1
hexadecimal value in the format:
REG DEC
HEX
<reg0> <dec>
<hex>
<reg1> <dec>
<hex>
...
where
<regn> - S register number (0..38)
<dec> - current value in decimal notation
<hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 431 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.1.17 &V3 - Display S Registers Values
&V3 - Display S Registers Values
Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and
AT&V3
hexadecimal value in the format:
REG DEC
HEX
<reg0> <dec>
<hex>
<reg1> <dec>
<hex>
...
where
<regn> - S register number (0..38)
<dec> - current value in decimal notation
<hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation
3.7.1.1.18
&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics
&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics
Execution command returns the last connection statistics and connection
AT&V2
failure reason.
3.7.1.1.19 \V - Single Line Connect Message
\V - Single Line Connect Message
Execution command set single line connect message.
AT\V<n>
Parameter:
<n>
0 - off
1 - on
3.7.1.1.20 +GCI - Country Of Installation
+GCI - Country Of Installation
Set command selects
AT+GCI=<code>
ITU-T.35 Annex A.
AT+GCI?
AT+GCI=?
Reference
the
installation
country
code
according to
Parameter:
<code>
59 - it currently supports only the Italy country code
Read command reports the currently selected country code.
Test command reports the supported country codes.
V25ter.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 432 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.1.21 %L - Line Signal Level
%L - Line Signal Level
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
AT%L
modems
3.7.1.1.22 %Q - Line Quality
%Q - Line Quality
AT%Q
3.7.1.1.23
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
modems
L - Speaker Loudness
L - Speaker Loudness
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
ATL<n>
modems
3.7.1.1.24 M - Speaker Mode
M - Speaker Mode
ATM<n>
It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline
modems
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 433 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control
3.7.1.2.1 E - Command Echo
E - Command Echo
Set command enables/disables the command echo.
ATE[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - disables command echo
1 - enables command echo (factory default) , hence command sent to the
device are echoed back to the DTE before the response is given.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATE0
V25ter
3.7.1.2.2 Q - Quiet Result Codes
Q - Quiet Result Codes
Set command enables or disables the result codes.
ATQ[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - enables result codes (factory default)
1 - disables result codes
2 - disables result codes (only for backward compatibility)
Note: After issuing either ATQ1 or ATQ2 every information text transmitted
in response to commands is not affected
Example
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATQ0
After issuing ATQ1 or ATQ2
AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1) nothing is appended to the response
Reference
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 434 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.2.3 V - Response Format
V - Response Format
Set command determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted
ATV[<n>]
with result codes and information responses. It also determines if result
codes are transmitted in a numeric form or an alphanumeric form (see
[§3.2.3 Information Responses And Result Codes] for the table of result
codes).
Parameter:
<n>
0 - limited headers and trailers and numeric format of result codes
information responses
<text><CR><LF>
result codes
<numeric code><CR>
1 - full headers and trailers and verbose format of result codes (factory
default)
information responses
<CR><LF>
<text><CR><LF>
result codes
<CR><LF>
<numeric code><CR><LF>
Note: the <text> portion of information responses is not affected by this
setting.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATV0
V25ter
3.7.1.2.4 X - Extended Result Codes
X - Extended Result Codes
Set command selects the result code messages subset used by the modem
ATX[<n>]
to inform the DTE of the result of the commands.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - send only OK, CONNECT, RING, NO CARRIER, ERROR, NO
ANSWER results. Busy tones reporting is disabled.
1..4 - reports all messages (factory default is 1).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 435 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Note
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATX0
For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR
command.
V25ter
3.7.1.2.5 I - Identification Information
I - Identification Information
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text followed
ATI[<n>]
by a result code.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - numerical identifier.
1 - module checksum
2 - checksum check result
3 - manufacturer
4 - product name
5 - DOB version
Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the
last #SELINT setting.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
ATI0
V25ter
3.7.1.2.6 &C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
&C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
Set command controls the RS232 DCD output behaviour.
AT&C[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - DCD remains high always.
1 - DCD follows the Carrier detect status: if carrier is detected DCD is high,
otherwise DCD is low. (factory default)
2 - DCD off while disconnecting
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
AT&C0
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 436 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.2.7 &D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
Set command controls the Module behaviour to the RS232 DTR transitions.
AT&D[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - DTR transitions are ignored. (factory default)
1 - when the MODULE is connected, the high to low transition of DTR pin
sets the device in command mode, the current connection is NOT
closed.
2 - when the MODULE is connected , the high to low transition of DTR pin
sets the device in command mode and the current connection is
closed.
3 - C108/1 operation is enabled.
4 - C108/1 operation is disabled.
Note: if AT&D2 has been issued and the DTR has been tied low,
autoanswering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only issuing
command ATA.
Reference
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
AT&D0
V25ter
3.7.1.2.8 \Q - Standard Flow Control
\Q - Standard Flow Control
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour.
AT\Q[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no flow control
1 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF)
2 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active)
3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory
default)
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT\Q0
Reference
Note: \Q’s settings are functionally a subset of &K’s ones.
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 437 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.2.9 &K - Flow Control
&K - Flow Control
AT&K[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no flow control
1 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active)
2 - software mono-directional flow control (XON/XOFF)
3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory
default)
4 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF)
5 - pass through: software bi-directional without filtering (XON/XOFF)
6 - both hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) and
software bi-directional flow control (XON/XOFF) with filtering
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
AT&K0
Note: &K has no Read Command. To verify the current setting of &K,
simply check the settings of the active profile with AT&V.
3.7.1.2.10 &S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
&S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
Set command controls the RS232 DSR pin behaviour.
AT&S[<n>]
Parameter:
<n>
0 - always ON
1 - follows the GSM traffic channel indication.
2 - ON when connected
3 - ON when device is ready to receive commands (factory default).
Note: if option 1 is selected then DSR is tied up when the device receives
from the network the GSM traffic channel indication.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
AT&S0
3.7.1.2.11
\R - Ring (RI) Control
\R - Ring (RI) Control
Set command controls the RING output pin behaviour.
AT\R[<n>]
Parameter:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 438 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<n>
0 - RING on during ringing and further connection
1 - RING on during ringing (factory default)
2 - RING follows the ring signal
Note: to check the ring option status use the &V command.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of
AT\R0
3.7.1.2.12 +IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate
+IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate
Set command specifies the DTE speed at which the device accepts
AT+IPR=<rate>
commands during command mode operations; it may be used to fix the
DTE-DCE interface speed.
Parameter:
<rate>
0
..300
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
If <rate> is set to 0, then automatic speed detection is enabled and also
character format (see +ICF) is set to auto-detect. (default)
AT+IPR?
AT+IPR=?
Reference
If <rate> is specified and not 0, DTE-DCE speed is fixed at that
speed, hence no speed auto-detection (autobauding) is enabled.
Read command returns the current value of +IPR parameter.
Test command returns the list of supported autodetectable <rate> values
and the list of fixed-only <rate> values in the format:
+IPR:(list of supported autodetectable <rate> values), (list of fixed-only
<rate> values)
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 439 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.2.13 +IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
+IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
AT+IFC=<by_te>,
directions: from DTE to modem (<by_ta> option) and from modem to DTE
<by_ta>
(<by_te>)
Parameter:
<by_te> - flow control option for the data received by DTE
0 - flow control None
1 - XON/XOFF filtered
2 - C105 (RTS) (factory default)
3 - XON/XOFF not filtered
<by_ta> - flow control option for the data sent by modem
0 - flow control None
1 - XON/XOFF
2 - C106 (CTS) (factory default)
AT+IFC?
AT+IFC=?
Reference
Note: This command is equivalent to &K command.
Read command returns active flow control settings.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <by_te>
and <by_ta>.
V25ter
3.7.1.2.14 +ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting
+ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting
Set command controls whether or not the +ILRR: <rate> information text is
AT+ILRR=<n>
transmitted from the modem (module) to the DTE.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - local port speed rate reporting disabled (factory default)
1 - local port speed rate reporting enabled
AT+ILRR?
AT+ILRR=?
Reference
Note: this information if enabled is sent upon connection.
Read command returns active setting of <>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
V25ter
3.7.1.2.15 +ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing
+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing
Set command defines the asynchronous character framing to be used when
AT+ICF=<format>
autobauding is disabled.
[,<parity>]
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 440 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
Parameters:
<format> - determines the number of bits in the data bits, the presence of a
parity bit, and the number of stop bits in the start-stop frame.
0 - autodetection
1 - 8 Data, 2 Stop
2 - 8 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop
3 - 8 Data, 1 Stop
4 - 7 Data, 2 Stop
5 - 7 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop
AT+ICF?
AT+ICF=?
Reference
Example
<parity> - determines how the parity bit is generated and checked, if
present
0 - Odd
1 - Even
Read command returns current settings for subparameters <format> and
<parity>.
Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format>
and <parity>
V25ter
AT+ICF = 0 - auto detect
AT+ICF = 1 - 8N2
AT+ICF = 2,0 - 8O1
AT+ICF = 2,1 - 8E1
AT+ICF = 3 - 8N1 (default)
AT+ICF = 5,0 - 7O1
AT+ICF = 5,1 - 7E1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 441 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.3 Call Control
3.7.1.3.1 D - Dial
D - Dial
ATD<number>[;]
Execution command starts a call to the phone number given as parameter.
If “;” is present, a voice call to the given number is performed, regardless
of the current value of the connection mode set by +FCLASS command.
Parameter:
<number> - phone number to be dialed
Note: type of call (data, fax or voice) depends on last +FCLASS setting.
Note: the numbers accepted are 0-9 and *,#,”A”, ”B”, ”C”, ”D”,”+”.
ATD><str>[;]
Note: for backwards compatibility with landline modems modifiers “T”, ”P”,
”R”, ”,”, ”W”, “!”, “@” are accepted but have no effect.
Issues a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field is
<str>; all available memories will be searched for the correct entry.
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
Parameter:
<str> - alphanumeric field corresponding to phone number; it must be
enclosed in quotation marks.
ATD><mem><n>[;]
Note: used character set should be the one selected with +CSCS.
Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage <mem>,
entry location <n> (available memories may be queried with
AT+CPBS=?).
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
Parameters:
<mem> - phonebook memory storage; it must not be enclosed in quotation
marks.
SM - SIM phonebook
FD - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook
LD - SIM last-dialling-phonebook
MC - device missed (unanswered received) calls list
RC - ME received calls list
ATD><n>[;]
<n> - entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the
memory used.
Issues a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the active
phonebook memory storage (see +CPBS).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 442 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
D - Dial
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
ATDL
ATDS=<nr>[;]
ATD<number>I[;]
ATD<number>i[;]
ATD<number>G[;]
ATD<number>g[;]
ATD*<gprs_sc>
[*<addr>][*[<L2P>]
[*[<cid>]]]]#
Parameter:
<n> - active phonebook memory storage entry location; it should be in the
range of locations available in the active phonebook memory storage.
Issues a call to the last number dialed.
Issues a call to the number stored in the MODULE internal phonebook
position number <nr>.
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
Parameter:
<nr> - internal phonebook position to be called (See commands &N and
&Z)
Issues a call overwriting the CLIR supplementary service subscription
default value for this call
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
I - invocation, restrict CLI presentation
i - suppression, allow CLI presentation
Issues a call checking the CUG supplementary service information for the
current call. Refer to +CCUG command.
If “;” is present a voice call is performed.
This command is specific of GPRS functionality and causes the MT to
perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication
between the TE and the external PDN.
Parameters:
<gprs_sc> - GPRS Service Code, a digit string (value 99) which identifies
a request to use the GPRS
<addr> - string that identifies the called party in the address space
applicable to the PDP.
<L2P> - a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see
+CGDATA command). For communications software that does not
support arbitrary characters in the dial string, the following numeric
equivalents shall be used:
1 - PPP
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Set
command.
<cid> - a digit which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command).
Example
To dial a number in SIM phonebook entry 6:
ATD>SM6
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 443 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
D - Dial
To have a voice call to the 6-th entry of active phonebook:
ATD>6;
OK
To call the entry with alphanumeric field “Name”:
ATD>”Name”;
OK
Reference
V25ter.
3.7.1.3.2 T - Tone Dial
T - Tone Dial
ATT
Reference
3.7.1.3.3
P - Pulse Dial
P - Pulse Dial
ATP
Reference
3.7.1.3.4
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
V25ter.
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
V25ter.
A - Answer
A - Answer
ATA
Reference
Execution command is used to answer to an incoming call if automatic
answer is disabled.
Note: This command MUST be the last in the command line and must be
followed immediately by a <CR> character.
V25ter.
3.7.1.3.5 H - Disconnect
H - Disconnect
ATH
Execution command is used to close the current conversation (voice, data
or fax).
Note: this command can be issued only in command mode; when a data
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 444 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
H - Disconnect
conversation is active the device is in on-line mode (commands are not
sensed and characters are sent to the other party), hence escape sequence
(see register S2) is required before issuing this command, otherwise if &D1
option is active, DTR pin has to be tied low to return in command mode.
V25ter.
Reference
3.7.1.3.6 O - Return To On Line Mode
O - Return To On Line Mode
Execution command is used to return to on-line mode from command mode.
ATO
If there's no active connection it returns NO CARRIER.
Note: After issuing this command, if the device is in conversation, to send
other commands to the device you must return to command mode by
issuing the escape sequence (see register S2) or tying low DTR pin if &D1
option is active.
V25ter.
Reference
3.7.1.3.7
&G - Guard Tone
&G - Guard Tone
AT&G
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
3.7.1.3.8 &Q - Sync/Async Mode
&Q - Sync/Async Mode
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
AT&Q
landline modems.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 445 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.4 Modulation Control
3.7.1.4.1 +MS - Modulation Selection
+MS - Modulation Selection
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with
AT+MS=
landline modems.
<carrier>
[,<automode>
Parameter:
[,<min_rate>
<carrier> - a string which specifies the preferred modem carrier to use in
[,<max_rate>]]]
originating or answering a connection
V21
V22
V22B
V23C
V32
V34
<automode> - it enables/disables automatic modulation negotiation.
0 - disabled
1 - enabled. It has effect only if it is defined for the associated modulation.
<min_rate> - it specifies the lowest value at which the DCE may establish a
connection.
0 - unspecified
<max_rate> - it specifies the highest value at which the DCE may establish
a connection.
0 - unspecified
300..14400 - rate in bps
AT+MS?
AT+MS=?
Note: to change modulation requested use +CBST command.
Read command returns the current value of <carrier>, <automode>,
<min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.
Test command returns all supported values of the <carrier>, <automode>,
<min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.
3.7.1.4.2 %E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward
%E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT%E<n>
compatibility with landline modems.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 446 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.5 Compression Control
3.7.1.5.1
+DS - Data Compression
+DS - Data Compression
Set command sets the V42 compression parameter.
AT+DS=<n>
AT+DS?
AT+DS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no compression, it is currently the only supported value
Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
V25ter
3.7.1.5.2 +DR - Data Compression Reporting
+DR - Data Compression Reporting
Set command enables/disables the data compression reporting upon
AT+DR=<n>
connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - data compression reporting disabled;
1 - data compression reporting enabled upon connection.
Note: if enabled, the following intermediate result code is transmitted before
the final result code:
AT+DR?
AT+DR=?
Reference
+DR: <compression>
(the only supported value for <compression> is “NONE”)
Read command returns current value of <n>.
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 447 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.6 Break Control
3.7.1.6.1
\B - Transmit Break To Remote
\B - Transmit Break To Remote
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\B
compatibility with landline modems
3.7.1.6.2
\K - Break Handling
\K - Break Handling
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\K<n>
compatibility with landline modems
Parameter:
<n>
1..5
3.7.1.6.3 \N - Operating Mode
\N - Operating Mode
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
AT\N
compatibility with landline modems
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 448 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.7 S Parameters
Basic commands that begin with the letter “S” are known as “S-Parameters”. The number following
the “S” indicates the “parameter number” being referenced. If the number is not recognized as a valid
parameter number, an ERROR result code is issued.
If no value is given for the subparameter of an S-Parameter, an ERROR result code will be issued
and the stored value left unchanged.
Note: what follows is a special way to select and set an S-parameter:
1. ATSn<CR> selects n as current parameter number. If the value of n is in the range (0, 2,
3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 25, 30, 38), this command establishes Sn as last selected parameter.
Every value out of this range and less than 256 can be used but has no meaning and is
maintained only for backward compatibility with landline modems.
2. AT=<value><CR> or ATS=<value><CR> set the contents of the selected S-parameter
Example:
ATS7<CR>
AT=40<CR>
ATS=15<CR>
establishes S7 as last selected parameter.
sets the content of S7 to 40
sets the content of S7 to 15.
3.7.1.7.1 S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
Set command sets the number of rings required before device automatically
ATS0=[<n>]
answers an incoming call.
ATS0?
Reference
Parameter:
<n> - number of rings
0 - auto answer disabled (factory default)
1..255 - number of rings required before automatic answer.
Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter.
V25ter
3.7.1.7.2 S1 - Ring Counter
S1 - Ring Counter
ATS1
S1 is incremented each time the device detects the ring signal of an
incoming call. S1 is cleared as soon as no ring occur.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 449 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
ATS1?
Note: the form ATS1 has no effect.
Read command returns the value of this parameter.
3.7.1.7.3 S2 - Escape Character
S2 - Escape Character
Set command sets the ASCII character to be used as escape character.
ATS2=[<char>]
Parameter:
<char> - escape character decimal ASCII
0..255 - factory default value is 43 (+).
ATS2?
Note: the escape sequence consists of three escape characters preceded
and followed by n ms of idle (see S12 to set n).
Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.7.1.7.4 S3 - Command Line Termination Character
S3 - Command Line Termination Character
Set command sets the value of the character either recognized by the
ATS3=[<char>]
device as command line terminator and generated by the device as part of
the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text,
along with S4 parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - command line termination character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 13 (ASCII CR)
ATS3?
Note: the “previous” value of S3 is used to determine the command line
termination character for entering the command line containing the S3
setting command. However the result code issued shall use the “new” value
of S3 (as set during the processing of the command line)
Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter.
Reference
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.7.1.7.5 S4 - Response Formatting Character
S4 - Response Formatting Character
Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as
ATS4=[<char>]
part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 450 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
text, along with the S3 parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - response formatting character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 10 (ASCII LF)
ATS4?
Note: if the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code issued
in response of that command line will use the new value of S4.
Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter.
Reference
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.7.1.7.6 S5 - Command Line Editing Character
S5 - Command Line Editing Character
Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a
ATS5=[<char>]
request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding
character.
ATS5?
Parameter:
<char> - command line editing character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 8 (ASCII BS)
Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter.
Reference
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
3.7.1.7.7 S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out
S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out
Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the device shall
ATS7=[<tout>]
allow between either answering a call (automatically or by A command) or
completion of signalling of call addressing information to network (dialling),
and establishment of a connection with the remote device.
ATS7?
Parameter:
<tout> - number of seconds
1..255 - factory default value is 60
Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter.
Reference
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
V25ter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 451 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.7.8 S12 - Escape Prompt Delay
S12 - Escape Prompt Delay
Set command sets the period, before and after an escape sequence, during
ATS12=[<time>]
which no character has to be detected in order to accept the escape
sequence as a valid one.
ATS12?
Parameter:
<time> - expressed in fiftieth of a second
20..255 - factory default value is 50.
Read command returns the current value of S12 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.7.1.7.9 S25 - Delay To DTR Off
S25 -Delay To DTR Off
Set command defines the amount of time, in hundredths of second, that the
ATS25=[<time>]
device will ignore the DTR for taking the action specified by command &D.
Parameter:
<time> - expressed in hundredths of a second
0..255 - factory default value is 5.
ATS25?
Note: the delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5.
Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.7.1.7.10
S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer
S30 -Disconnect Inactivity Timer
Set command defines the inactivity timeout in minutes. The device
ATS30=[<tout>]
disconnects if no characters are exchanged for a time period of at least
<tout> minutes.
ATS30?
Parameter:
<tout> - expressed in minutes
0 - disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled (factory default).
1..127 - inactivity timeout value
Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 452 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.1.7.11 S38 - Delay Before Forced Hang Up
S38 -Delay Before Forced Hang Up
Set command sets the delay, in seconds, between the device’s receipt of H
ATS38=[<delay>]
command (or ON-to-OFF transition of DTR if device is programmed to
follow the signal) and the disconnect operation.
Parameter:
<delay> - expressed in seconds
0..254 - the device will wait <delay> seconds for the remote device to
acknowledge all data in the device buffer before disconnecting
(factory default value is 20).
255 - the device doesn’t time-out and continues to deliver data in the buffer
until the connection is lost or the data is delivered.
ATS38?
Note: <delay> parameter can be used to ensure that data in device buffer is
sent before device disconnects.
Read command returns the current value of S38 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 453 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands
3.7.2.1 General
3.7.2.1.1 +CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
AT+CGMI
without command echo. The output depends on the choice made through
#SELINT command.
Test command returns OK result code.
AT+CGMI=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.1.2 +CGMM - Request Model Identification
+CGMM - Request Model Identification
Execution command returns the device model identification code without
AT+CGMM
command echo.
Test command returns OK result code.
AT+CGMM=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.1.3 +CGMR - Request Revision Identification
+CGMR - Request Revision Identification
Execution command returns device software revision number without
AT+CGMR
command echo.
Test command returns OK result code.
AT+CGMR=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.1.4 +CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification
+CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
AT+CGSN
IMEI of the mobile, without command echo.
Test command returns OK result code.
AT+CGSN=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 454 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.1.5 +CSCS - Select TE Character Set
+CSCS - Select TE Character Set
Set command sets the current character set used by the device.
AT+CSCS=
[<chset>]
Parameter:
<chset> - character set
“IRA” - ITU-T.50
”8859-1” - ISO 8859 Latin 1
”PCCP437” - PC character set Code Page 437
”UCS2” - 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set
(ISO/IEC10646)
AT+CSCS?
AT+CSCS=?
Reference
Read command returns the current value of the active character set.
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <chset>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.1.6 +CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
+CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identify (IMSI)
Execution command returns the value of the Internal Mobile Subscriber
AT+CIMI
Identity stored in the SIM without command echo.
AT+CIMI=?
Reference
Note: a SIM card must be present in the SIM card housing, otherwise the
command returns ERROR.
Test command returns OK result code.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.1.7 +CMUX - Multiplexing Mode
+CMUX – Multiplexing Mode
Set command is used to enter the Multiplexed Mode.
AT+CMUX=
Parameters:
<mode>
[,<subset>]
<mode>
0 - basic option; it is currently the only supported value.
<subset>
0 - UIH frames used only; it is currently the only supported value.
Note: after entering the Multiplexed Mode a timeout of five seconds start. If
no CMUX control channel is established the engine returns to AT Command
Mode
Note: all the CMUX protocol parameter are fixed as defined in GSM07.10
and cannot be changed.
AT+CMUX?
Note: the maximum frame size is fixed: N1=31
Read command returns the current value of multiplexed mode commmand.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 455 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CMUX=?
Reference
Test command returns all supported values enter multiplexed mode
commane.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 456 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.2 Call Control
3.7.2.2.1 +CHUP - Hang Up Call
+CHUP - Hang Up Call
AT+CHUP
AT+CHUP=?
Reference
Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-party
session is running.
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.2.2 +CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
Set command sets the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and
AT+CBST=
the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated.
[<speed>
Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup,
[,<name>
especially in case of single numbering scheme calls (refer +CSNS).
[,<ce>]]]
Parameters:
The default values of the subparameters are manufacturer specific since
they depend on the purpose of the device and data services provided by it.
Not all combinations of these subparameters are supported. The supported
values are:
<speed>
0 - autobauding (automatic selection of the speed, factory default)
1 - 300 bps (V.21)
2 - 1200 bps (V.22)
3 - 1200/75 bps (V.23)
4 - 2400 bps (V.22bis)
6 - 4800 bps (V.32)
7 - 9600 bps (V.32)
14 - 14400 bps (V.34)
65 - 300 bps (V.110)
66 - 1200 bps (V.110)
68 - 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
70 - 4800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
71 - 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
75 - 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
<name>
0 - data circuit asynchronous (factory default)
<ce>
0 - transparent
1 - non transparent (default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 457 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type
Note: the settings
AT+CBST=0,0,0
AT+CBST=14,0,0
AT+CBST=75,0,0
are not supported.
Read command returns current value of the parameters <speed>,
AT+CBST?
<name> and <ce>
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters.
AT+CBST=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.2.3 +CRLP - Radio Link Protocol
+CRLP - Radio Link Protocol
Set command sets Radio Link Protocol (RLP) parameters used when nonAT+CRLP=[<iws>
transparent data calls are originated
[,<mws>[,<T1>
[,<N2>[,<ver>]]]]]
Parameters:
<iws> - IWF window Dimension
1..61 - factory default value is 61
<mws> - MS window Dimension
1..61 - default value is 61
<T1> - acknowledge timer (10 ms units).
39..255 - default value is 78
<N2> - retransmission attempts
1..255 - default value is 6
<ver> - protocol version
0
Read command returns the current value of the RLP protocol parameters.
AT+CRLP?
Test command returns supported range of values of the RLP protocol
AT+CRLP=?
parameters.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.2.4 +CR - Service Reporting Control
+CR - Service Reporting Control
Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code
AT+CR=[<mode>]
+CR: <serv>
is returned from the TA to the TE, where:
<serv>
ASYNC - asynchronous transparent
SYNC - synchronous transparent
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 458 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent.
If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during
connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and
quality of service will be used, before any error control or data compression
reports are transmitted, and before the intermediate result code CONNECT
is transmitted.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables intermediate result code report (factory default)
1 - enables intermediate result code report.
AT+CR?
AT+CR=?
Reference
This command replaces V.25ter [14] command Modulation Reporting
Control +MR, which is not appropriate for use with a GSM terminal.
Read command returns current intermediate report setting
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.2.5 +CEER - Extended Error Report
+CEER - Extended Error Report
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text <report>
AT+CEER
in the format:
+CEER: <report>
This report regards some error condition that may occur:
- the failure in the last unsuccessful call setup (originating or answering)
- the last call release
- the last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context
activation,
- the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation.
AT+CEER=?
Reference
Note: if none of this condition has occurred since power up then No Error
condition is reported
Test command returns OK result code.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 459 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.2.6 +CRC - Cellular Result Codes
+CRC - Cellular Result Codes
Set command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call
AT+CRC=
indication is used.
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables extended format reporting (factory default)
1 - enables extended format reporting:
When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result
code
+CRING: <type>
instead of the normal RING.
AT+CRC?
AT+CRC=?
Reference
where
<type> - call type:
ASYNC - asynchronous transparent data
SYNC - synchronous transparent data
REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent data
REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent data
FAX - facsimile (TS 62)
VOICE - normal voice (TS 11)
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.2.7 +CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme
+CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme
Set command selects the bearer or teleservice to be used when mobile
AT+CSNS=
terminated single numbering scheme call is established. Parameter values
[<mode>]
set with +CBST command shall be used when <mode> equals to a data
service.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - voice (factory default)
2 - fax (TS 62)
4 - data
Note: if +CBST parameter is set to a value that is not applicable to single
numbering calls, ME/TA shall map the value to the closest valid one. E.g. if
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 460 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CSNS?
AT+CSNS=?
Reference
user has set <speed>=71, <name>=0 and <ce>=1 (non-trasparent
asynchronous 9600 bps V.110 ISDN connection) for mobile originated calls,
ME/TA shall map the values into non-trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps
V.32 modem connection when single numbering scheme call is answered.
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command returns supported values of parameter <mode>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.2.8 +CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control
+CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control
Set command selects whether ATH or "drop DTR" shall cause a voice
AT+CVHU=
connection to be disconnected or not.
[<mode>]
AT+CVHU?
AT+CVHU=?
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - "Drop DTR" ignored but OK result code given. ATH disconnects.
1 - "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK result code given.
2 - "Drop DTR" behaviour according to &D setting. ATH disconnects
(factory default).
Read command reports the current value of the <mode> parameter, in the
format:
+CVHU: <mode>
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<mode>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 461 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.3 Network Service Handling
3.7.2.3.1 +CNUM - Subscriber Number
+CNUM - Subscriber Number
Execution command returns the subscriber number i.e. the phone number
AT+CNUM
of the device that is stored in the SIM card.
Note: the returned number format is:
+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>
AT+CNUM=?
Reference
where
<alpha> - alphanumeric string associated to <number>; used character set
should be the one selected with either +CSCS.
<number> - string containing the phone number in the format <type>
<type> - type of number:
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+").
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.2 +COPN - Read Operator Names
+COPN - Read Operator Names
Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME.
AT+COPN
The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command.
Test command returns the OK result code
AT+COPN=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.3 +CREG - Network Registration Report
+CREG - Network Registration Report
Set command enables/disables network registration reports depending on
AT+CREG=
the parameter <mode>.
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code (factory default)
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code
2 - enable network registration unsolicited result code with network Cell
identification data
If <mode>=1, network registration result code reports:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 462 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CREG - Network Registration Report
+CREG: <stat>
where
<stat>
0 - not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to
register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to
register to
3 - registration denied
4 -unknown
5 - registered, roaming
If <mode>=2, network registration result code reports:
+CREG: <stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>]
where:
<Lac> - Local Area Code for the currently registered on cell
<Ci> - Cell Id for the currently registered on cell
AT+CREG?
Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is
registered on some network cell.
Read command reports the <mode> and <stat> parameter values in the
format:
+CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>]
AT+CREG=?
Example
Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is
registered on some network cell.
Test command returns the range of supported <mode>
AT
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
state)
(the
MODULE
is
in
network
searching
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 463 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CREG - Network Registration Report
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
(the MODULE is registered )
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.4 +COPS - Operator Selection
+COPS - Operator Selection
Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network
AT+COPS=
operator.
[<mode>
<mode> parameter defines whether the operator selection is done
[,<format>
automatically or it is forced by this command to operator <oper>.
[,<oper>]]]
The operator <oper> shall be given in format <format>.
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (factory
default)
1 - manual choice (<oper> field shall be present)
2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a
+COPS with <mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued
3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored)
4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection
fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
<format>
0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)
2 - numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)]
<oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter.
Note: <mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next
reboot.
If <mode> = 1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is
available at next reboot (this will happen even with a new SIM
inserted)
AT+COPS?
Read command returns current value of <mode>,<format> and <oper> in
format <format>; if no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 464 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+COPS - Operator Selection
omitted
AT+COPS=?
+COPS: <mode>[, <format>, <oper>]
Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator
present in the network.
The quadruplets in the list are separated by commas:
+COPS: [list of supported (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,,
<oper (in <format>=2)>)s][,,(list of supported <mode>s),
(list of supported<format>s)]
where
<stat> - operator availability
0 - unknown
1 - available
2 - current
3 - forbidden
Reference
Note: since with this command a network scan is done, this command may
require some seconds before the output is given.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.5 +CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
Execution command is used to lock or unlock a ME o a network facility.
AT+CLCK=
<fac>,<mode>
Parameters:
[,<passwd>
<fac> - facility
[,<class>]]
"SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password at power-up and
when this lock command issued)
"AO"- BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
"OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home
Country)
"AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home
country)
"AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not
been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as
<passwd>)
"PN" - network Personalisation
"PU" - network subset Personalisation
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 465 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock
<mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility
0 - unlock facility
1 - lock facility
2 - query status
<passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from
the DTE user interface or with command Change Password
+CPWD
<class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits
(default is 7)
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data (refers to all bearer services)
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>,<class2>
[…]]
AT+CLCK=?
Reference
Example
where
<status> - the current status of the facility
0 - not active
1 - active
<classn> - class of information of the facility
Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device.
GSM 07.07
Querying such a facility returns an output on three
rows, the first for voice, the second for data, the
third for fax:
AT+CLCK =”AO”,2
+CLCK: <status>,1
+CLCK: <status>,2
+CLCK: <status>,4
3.7.2.3.6 +CPWD - Change Facility Password
+CPWD - Change Facility Password
Execution command changes the password for the facility lock function
AT+CPWD=<fac>,
defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK .
<oldpwd>,
<newpwd>
Parameters:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 466 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<fac> - facility
“SC” - SIM (PIN request)
“AB” - All barring services
“P2” - SIM PIN2
<oldpwd> - string type, it shall be the same as password specified for the
facility from the ME user interface or with command +CPWD.
<newpwd> - string type, it is the new password
AT+CPWD=?
Reference
Note: parameter <oldpwd> is the old password while <newpwd> is the new
one.
Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which presents
the available facilities and the maximum length of their password
(<pwdlength>)
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.7 +CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
AT+CLIP=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line
Identity) at the TE. This command refers to the GSM supplementary service
CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called
subscriber to get the CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile
terminated call.
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disables CLI indication (factory default)
1 - enables CLI indication
If enabled the device reports after each RING the response:
+CLIP:<number>,<type>,<subaddress>,<satype>,<alpha>
,<CLI_validity>
where:
<number> - calling line number
<type> - type of address octet in integer format
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
129 - national numbering scheme
<subaddress> - string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
<satype> - type of subaddress octet in integer format
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character
set should be the one selected either with command Select TE
character set +CSCS.
<CLI_validity>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 467 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitation or
originating network.
Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format:
AT+CLIP?
+CLIP: <n>, <m>
where:
<n>
0 - CLI presentation disabled
1 - CLI presentation enabled
<m> - status of the CLIP service on the GSM network
0 - CLIP not provisioned
1 - CLIP provisioned
2 - unknown (e.g. no network is present )
AT+CLIP=?
Reference
Note
Note: This command issues a status request to the network, hence it may
take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed to exchange
data with it.
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
The command changes only the report behaviour of the device, it does not
change CLI supplementary service setting on the network.
3.7.2.3.8 +CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction
Set command overrides the CLIR subscription when temporary mode is
AT+CLIR=[<n>]
provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command. This command
refers to CLIR-service (GSM 02.81) that allows a calling subscriber to
enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called party when
originating a call.
AT+CLIR?
Parameter:
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>) and
also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service
(<m>), where
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 468 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
AT+CLIR=?
Reference
Note
<m> - facility status on the Network
0 - CLIR service not provisioned
1 - CLIR service provisioned permanently
2 - unknown (e.g. no network present, etc.)
3 - CLI temporary mode presentation restricted
4 - CLI temporary mode presentation allowed
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>.
GSM 07.07
This command sets the default behaviour of the device in outgoing calls.
3.7.2.3.9 +CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Conditions
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition
Execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary service.
AT+CCFC=
Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are
<reason>,
<cmd>[,<number>[, supported.
<type>[,<class>
Parameters:
[,,,<time>]]]
<reason>
0 - unconditional
1 - mobile busy
2 - no reply
3 - not reachable
4 - all calls (not with query command)
5 - all conditional calls (not with query command)
<cmd>
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
3 - registration
4 - erasure
<number> - phone number of forwarding address in format specified by
<type> parameter
<type> - type of address byte in integer format :
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
129 - national numbering scheme
<class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information which
the command refers; default 7 (voice + data + fax)
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 469 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
<time> - the time in seconds after which the call is diverted if "no reply"
reason is chosen. Valid only for "no reply" reason.
Note: when <cmd>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CCFC: <status>,<class>[,<number>[,<type>[,<time>]]]
where:
<status> - current status of the network service
0 - not active
1 - active
<time> - time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded when "no reply"
option for <reason> is enabled or queried
1..30 - default value is 20.
AT+CCFC=?
Reference
Note
3.7.2.3.10
The other parameters are as seen before.
Test command reports supported values for the parameter <reason>.
GSM 07.07
When querying the status of a network service (<cmd>=2) the response line
for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not
active for any <class>.
+CCWA - Call Waiting
+CCWA - Call Waiting
Set command allows the control of the call waiting supplementary service.
AT+CCWA=
Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported.
[<n>[,<cmd>
[,<class>]]]
Parameters:
<n> - enables/disables the presentation of an unsolicited result code:
0 - disable
1 - enable
<cmd> - enables/disables or queries the service at network level:
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
<class> - is a sum of integers each representing a class of information
which the command refers to; default is 7 (voice + data + fax)
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 470 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCWA - Call Waiting
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: the response to the query command is in the format:
+CCWA:<status>,<class>
where:
<status> represents the status of the service:
0 - inactive
1 - active
<class> - class of calls the service status refers to.
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the
format::
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>,[<alpha>[,<cli_validity>]]
where:
<number> - string type phone number of calling address in format
specified by <type>
<type> - type of address in integer format
<class> - see before
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character
set should be the one selected with +CSCS.
<cli_validity>
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of
originating network
Note: if parameter <cmd> is omitted then network is not interrogated.
Note: in the query command the class parameter must not be issued.
Note: the difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA =
0,1,7) and call waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0,7) is that in the
first case the call waiting indication is sent to the device by network but this
last one does not report it to the DTE; instead in the second case the call
waiting indication is not generated by the network. Hence the device
results busy to the third party in the 2nd case while in the 1st case a ringing
indication is sent to the third party.
Note: The command AT+CCWA=1,0 has no effect a non sense and must
not be issued..
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 471 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CCWA - Call Waiting
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>.
AT+CCWA?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
AT+CCWA=?
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.11 +CHLD - Call Holding Services
+CHLD - Call Holding Services
Execution command controls the network call hold service. With this service
AT+CHLD=[<n>]
it is possible to disconnect temporarily a call and keep it suspended while it
is retained by the network, contemporary it is possible to connect another
party or make a multiparty connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - releases all held calls, or sets the UDUB (User Determined User
Busy) indication for a waiting call. (only from version D)
1 - releases all active calls (if any exist), and accepts the other (held or
waiting) call
1X - releases a specific active call X
2 - places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held
or waiting) call.
2X - places all active calls on hold except call X with which
communication shall be supported (only from version D).
3 - adds an held call to the conversation
Note: "X" is the numbering (starting with 1) of the call given by the sequence
of setting up or receiving the calls (active, held or waiting) as seen by the
served subscriber. Calls hold their number until they are released. New calls
take the lowest available number.
AT+CHLD=?
Note: where both a held and a waiting call exist, the above procedures
apply to the waiting call (i.e. not to the held call) in conflicting situation.
Test command returns the list of supported <n>s.
Reference
Note
+CHLD: (0,1,1X,2,2X,3)
GSM 07.07
ONLY for VOICE calls
3.7.2.3.12 +CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service
AT+CUSD=
Data (USSD [GSM 02.90]).
[<n>[,<str>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 472 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
[,<dcs>]]]
Parameters:
<n> - is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result
code.
0 - disable the result code presentation in the DTA
1 - enable the result code presentation in the DTA
<str> - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not
interrogated)
- If <dcs> indicates that GSM338 default alphabet is used ME/TA
converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set (see +CSCS).
- If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding scheme is used: ME/TA
converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number; e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two
characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65).
<dcs> - GSM 3.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
(default is 0).
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the
format:
+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE
where:
<m>:
0 - no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no
further information needed after mobile initiated operation).
1 - further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or
further information needed after mobile initiated operation)
2 - USSD terminated by the network
3 - other local client has responded
4 - operation not supported
5 - network time out
AT+CUSD?
AT+CUSD=?
Reference
Note
Note: in case of successful mobile initiated operation, DTA waits the USSD
response from the network and sends it to the DTE before the final result
code. This will block the AT command interface for the period of the
operation.
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
Only mobile initiated operations are supported
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 473 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.3.13 +CAOC - Advice Of Charge
+CAOC - Advice Of Charge
Set command refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service; the
AT+CAOC=
command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event
<mode>
reporting of the CCM (Call Cost Meter) information.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - query CCM value
1 - disables unsolicited CCM reporting
2 - enables unsolicited CCM reporting
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <mode> is in the
format:
+CCCM: <ccm>
where:
<ccm> - call cost meter value hexadecimal representation (3 bytes)
AT+CAOC?
AT+CAOC=?
Reference
Note
Note: the unsolicited result code +CCCM is issued when the CCM value
changes, but not more than every 10 seconds.
Read command reports the value of parameter <mode> in the format:
+CAOC: <mode>
Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter.
GSM 07.07
+CAOC command uses the CCM of the device internal memory, not the
CCM stored in the SIM. The difference is that the internal memory CCM is
reset at power up, while the SIM CCM is reset only on user request. Advice
of Charge values stored in the SIM (ACM, ACMmax, PUCT) can be
accessed with commands +CACM, +CAMM and +CPUC.
3.7.2.3.14 +CLCC - List Current Calls
+CLCC - List Current Calls
Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics
AT+CLCC
in the format:
[+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>
,<alpha>[<CR><LF>+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,
<mpty>,<number>,<type>,<alpha>[…]]]
where:
<idn> - call identification number
<dir> - call direction
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 474 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CLCC - List Current Calls
0 - mobile originated call
1 - mobile terminated call
<stat> - state of the call
0 - active
1 - held
2 - dialing (MO call)
3 - alerting (MO call)
4 - incoming (MT call)
5 - waiting (MT call)
<mode> - call type
0 - voice
1 - data
2 - fax
9 - unknown
<mpty> - multiparty call flag
0 - call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number> - phone number in format specified by <type>
<type> - type of phone number byte in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number>
corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set
should be the one selected with +CSCS.
AT+CLCC=?
Reference
Note: If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is
useful in conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status
for call holding.
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.15 +CSSN - SS Notification
+CSSN - SS Notification
It refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications.
AT+CSSN=[<n>
Set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes
[,<m>]]
from TA to TE.
Parameters:
<n> - sets the +CSSI result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
<m> - sets the +CSSU result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 475 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSSN - SS Notification
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a
mobile originated call setup, an unsolicited code:
+CSSI: <code1>
is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes, where:
<code1>:
1 - some of the conditional call forwardings are active
2 - call has been forwarded
3 - call is waiting
5 - outgoing calls are barred
6 - incoming calls are barred
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a
mobile terminated call setup or during a call, an unsolicited result code:
AT+CSSN?
AT+CSSN=?
Reference
+CSSU: <code2>
is sent to TE, where:
<code2>:
0 - this is a forwarded call (MT call setup)
2 - call has been put on hold (during a voice call)
3 - call has been retrieved (during a voice call).
Read command reports the current value of the parameters.
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>,
<m>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.3.16 +CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control
+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control
Set command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary
AT+CCUG=
service [GSM 02.85].
[<n>[,<index>
[,<info>]]]
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disable CUG temporary mode (factory default).
1 - enable CUG temporary mode: it enables to control the CUG information
on the air interface as a default adjustment for all following outgoing
calls.
<index>
0..9 - CUG index
10 - no index (preferential CUG taken from subscriber data) (default)
<info>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 476 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CCUG?
AT+CCUG=?
Reference
0 - no information (default)
1 - suppress Outgoing Access (OA)
2 - suppress preferential CUG
3 - suppress OA and preferential CUG
Read command reports the current value of the parameters
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 477 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control
3.7.2.4.1 +CPAS - Phone Activity Status
+CPAS - Phone Activity Status
Execution command reports the device status in the form:
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: <pas>
AT+CPAS=?
Where:
<pas> - phone activity status
0 - ready (device allows commands from TA/TE)
1 - unavailable (device does not allow commands from TA/TE)
2 - unknown (device is not guaranteed to respond to instructions)
3 - ringing (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is
active)
4 - call in progress (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is
in progress)
Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>.
Note: although +CPAS is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
Example
ATD03282131321;
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 3
the called phone is ringing
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 4
Reference
the called phone has answered to your call
OK
ATH
OK
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.2 +CFUN - Set Phone Functionality
+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality
Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME.
AT+CFUN=
[<fun>[,<rst>]]
Parameters:
<fun> - is the power saving function mode
0 - minimum functionality, NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode: in this mode, the
AT interface is not accessible. Consequently, once you have set <fun> level
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 478 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality
0, do not send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain
in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result code.
The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back to full
functionality level <fun>=1.
1 - mobile full functionality with power saving disabled (factory default)
2 - disable TX
4 - disable either TX and RX
5 - mobile full functionality with power saving enabled
<rst> - reset flag
0 - do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> functionality level
Note: if power saving enabled, it reduces the power consumption during the
idle time, thus allowing a longer standby time with a given battery capacity.
Note: to place the telephone in power saving mode, set the <fun>
parameter at value = 5 and the line DTR (RS232) must be set to OFF. Once
in power saving, the CTS line switch to the OFF status to signal that the
telephone is really in power saving condition.
During the power saving condition, before sending any AT command on the
serial line, the DTR must be enabled and it must be waited for the CTS
(RS232) line to go in ON status.
Until the DTR line is ON, the telephone will not return back in the power
saving condition.
AT+CFUN?
AT+CFUN=?
Reference
Note: the power saving function does not affect the network behavior of the
MODULE, even during the power save condition the module remains
registered on the network and reachable for incoming calls or SMS. If a call
incomes during the power save, then the module will wake up and proceed
normally with the unsolicited incoming call code
Read command reports the current setting of <fun>.
Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun> and <rst>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.3 +CPIN - Enter PIN
+CPIN - Enter PIN
AT+CPIN=<pin>
[,<newpin>]
Set command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it
can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.).
If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required.
This second pin, <newpin>,will replace the old pin in the SIM.
The command may be used to change the SIM PIN by sending it with both
parameters <pin> and <newpin> when PIN request is pending; if no PIN
request is pending the command will return an error code and to change the
PIN the command +CPWD must be used instead.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 479 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
Parameters:
<pin> - string type value
<newpin> - string type value.
To check the status of the PIN request use the command AT+CPIN?
AT+CPIN?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in
the form:
+CPIN: <code>
where:
<code> - PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status code
READY - ME is not pending for any password
SIM PIN - ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK - ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given
PH-SIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card password to be given
PH-FSIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card password to be
given
PH-FSIM PUK - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card unblocking
password to be given
SIM PIN2 - ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17)
SIM PUK2 - ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18)
PH-NET PIN - ME is waiting network personalization password to be given
PH-NET PUK - ME is waiting network personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization password
to be given
PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization
unblocking password to be given
PH-SP PIN - ME is waiting service provider personalization password to
be given
PH-SP PUK - ME is waiting service provider personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-CORP PIN - ME is waiting corporate personalization password to be
given
PH-CORP PUK - ME is waiting corporate personalization unblocking
password to be given
Note: Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting, to
change or query the default power up setting use the command
AT+CLCK=SC,<mode>,<pin>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 480 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
Example
Note
AT+CMEE=1
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 10
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
error: you have to insert the SIM
you inserted the SIM and device is not
waiting for PIN to be given
OK
What follows is a list of the commands which are accepted when ME is
pending SIM PIN or SIM PUK
A
D
H
O
E
I
L
M
P
Q
S
T
V
X
Z
&C
&D
&F
&K
&N
&P
&S
&V
&W
&Y
&Z
%E
%L
%Q
\K
\Q
\R
\V
#SRP
#CAP
#CODEC
#CBC
#I2S1
#STM
#SHFEC
#SHFSD
#HFMICG
#HSMICG
#GPIO
#SGPO
#GGPI
#ADC
#QTEMP
#DAC
#F26M
#RTCSTAT
#ACAL
#PCT
#WAKE
#SHDN
#JDR
#CSURV
#CSURVC
#CSURVU
#CSURVUC
#CSURVF
#CSURVNLF
#CSURVB
#CSURVBC
#PASSW
#PKTSZ
#CAMOFF
#CAMEN
#TPHOTO
#RPHOTO
#SELCAM
#CAMQUA
#CMODE
#CAMRES
#CAMTXT
#CAMZOOM
#CAMCOL
#OBJL
#OBJR
#DIALMODE
#SEMAIL
#EMAILD
#EUSER
#EPASSW
#ESMTP
#EADDR
#EMAILMSG
#ESAV
#ERST
#QSS
#SSCTRACE
+CFUN
+CGMI
+CGMM
+CGMR
+GMI
+GMM
+GMR
+CGSN
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
+IPR
+ICF
+IFC
+CMUX
+CNMI
+CPAS
+CCLK
+CALA
+CRSM
+CLIP
+DR
+DS
+MS
+GCAP
+GCI
+ILRR
+CALM
+CHUP
+FCLASS
+FMI
+FMM
+FMR
+FTS
+FRS
+FTM
+FRM
+FRH
+FTH
+FLO
+FPR
+FDD
+CSNS
+CRLP
page 481 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CPIN - Enter PIN
#BND
#AUTOBND
#CGMI
#CGMM
#CGMR
#CGSN
#MONI
#SERVINFO
#SELINT
#SRS
#SKTSAV
#SKTSET
#SKTOP
#SKTTO
#USERID
#DSTO
#SKTCT
#SKTRST
#FTPPUTPH
#CAMON
+GSN
+CRC
+CMEE
+CPIN
+CSQ
+CSDH
+CRSL
+CLVL
+CMUT
+CR
+CREG
+CGREG
+COPS
+CBC
+CIND
+CMER
All the above commands, but the ones in the grayed cells, can be issued
even if the SIM card is not inserted yet.
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.4 +CSQ - Signal Quality
+CSQ - Signal Quality
Execution command reports received signal quality indicators in the form:
AT+CSQ
+CSQ:<rssi>,<ber>
where
<rssi> - received signal strength indication
0 - (-113) dBm or less
1 - (-111) dBm
2..30 - (-109)dBm..(-53)dBm / 2 dBm per step
31 - (-51)dBm or greater
99 - not known or not detectable
<ber> - bit error rate (in percent)
0 - less than 0.2%
1 - 0.2% to 0.4%
2 - 0.4% to 0.8%
3 - 0.8% to 1.6%
4 - 1.6% to 3.2%
5 - 3.2% to 6.4%
6 - 6.4% to 12.8%
7 - more than 12.8%
99 - not known or not detectable
AT+CSQ=?
Note: this command should be used instead of the %Q and %L commands,
since GSM relevant parameters are the radio link ones and no line is
present, hence %Q and %L have no meaning.
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 482 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<rssi> and <ber>.
Reference
Note: although +CSQ is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.5 +CIND - Indicator Control
+CIND - Indicator Control
Set command is used to control the registration / deregistration of ME
AT+CIND=
indicators, in order to automatically send the +CIEV URC, whenever the
[<state>
value of the associated indicator changes. The supported indicators
[,<state>[,…]]]
(<descr>) and their order appear from test command AT+CIND=?
AT+CIND?
Parameter:
<state> - registration / deregistration state
0 - the indicator is deregistered; it cannot be presented as unsolicited
result code (+CIEV URC), but can be directly queried with AT+CIND?
1 - indicator is registered: indicator event report is allowed; this is the
factory default for every indicator
Read command returns the current value status of ME indicators, in the
format:
+CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,…]]
AT+CIND=?
Note: the order of the values <ind>s is the same as that in which appear
the supported indicators from test command AT+CIND=?
Test command returns pairs, where string value <descr> is a description
(max. 16 chars) of the indicator and compound value is the supported
values for the indicator, in the format:
+CIND: (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))[,(<descr>, (list of
supported <ind>s))[,…]]
where:
<descr> - indicator names as follows (along with their <ind> ranges)
“battchg” - battery charge level
<ind> - battery charge level indicator range
0..5
99 - not measurable
“signal” - signal quality
<ind> - signal quality indicator range
0..7
99 - not measurable
“service” - service availability
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 483 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CIND - Indicator Control
<ind> - service availability indicator range
0 - not registered to any network
1 - registered to home network
“sounder” - sounder activity
<ind> - sounder activity indicator range
0 - there’s no any sound activity
1 - there’s some sound activity
“message” - message received
<ind> - message received indicator range
0 - there is no unread short message at memory location “SM”
1 - unread short message at memory location “SM”
“call” - call in progress
<ind> - call in progress indicator range
0 - there’s no calls in progress
1 - at least a call has been established
“roam” - roaming
<ind> - roaming indicator range
0 - registered to home network or not registered
1 - registered to other network
“smsfull” - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1),
or memory locations are available (0)
<ind> - short message memory storage indicator range
0 - memory locations are available
1 - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full.
Example
“rssi” - received signal (field) strength
<ind> - received signal strength level indicator range
0 - signal strength ≤ 112 dBm
1..4 - signal strength in 15 dBm steps
5 - signal strength ≥ 51 dBm
99 - not measurable
Next command causes all the indicators to be registered
AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
Next command causes all the indicators to be deregistered
AT+CIND=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Next command to query the current value of all
indicators
AT+CIND?
CIND: 4,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,2
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 484 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CIND - Indicator Control
Note
See command +CMER
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.6 +CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from
AT+CMER=
TA to TE in the case of indicator state changes (n.b.: sending of URCs in
[<mode>
the case of key pressings or display changes are currently not
[,<keyp>
implemented).
[,<disp>
[,<ind>
Parameters:
[,<bfr>]]]]]
<mode> - controls the processing of unsolicited result codes
0 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes.
1 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE link is reserved
(e.g. on-line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 - buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when TA-TE link is
reserved (e.g. on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after
reservation; otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
3 - forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the TE; when TA
is in on-line data mode each +CIEV URC is replaced with a Break (100
ms), and is stored in a buffer; onche the ME goes into command mode
(after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the buffer will be output.
<keyp> - keypad event reporting
0 - no keypad event reporting
<disp> - display event reporting
0 - no display event reporting
AT+CMER?
AT+CMER=?
Reference
<ind> - indicator event reporting
0 - no indicator event reporting
1 - indicator event reporting
Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format:
+CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<mode>, <keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format:
+CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s),
(list of supported <disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 485 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.4.7 +CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage
+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage
Set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which will be
AT+CPBS=
used by other phonebook commands.
<storage>
AT+CPBS?
Parameter:
<storage>
"SM" - SIM phonebook
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook (only phase 2/2+ SIM)
"LD" - SIM last-dialling-phonebook (+CPBW and +CPBF are not
applicable for this storage)
"MC" - device missed (unanswered received) calls list (+CPBW and
+CPBF are not applicable for this storage)
"RC" - ME received calls list (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for
this storage).
Read command returns the actual values of the parameter <storage>, the
number of occupied records <used> and the maximum index number
<total>, in the format:
+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>
AT+CPBS=?
Reference
Note: For <storage>=”MC”: if there are more than one missed calls from
the same number the read command will return only the last call
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters
<storage>.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.8 +CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
AT+CPBR=
<index1>..<index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected
<index1>
with +CPBS. If <index2> is omitted, only location <index1> is returned.
[,<index2>]
Parameters:
<index1> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of
phonebook memory
<index2> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of
phonebook memory
The response format is:
+CPBR: <index>,<number>,<type>,<text>
where:
<index> - the current position number of the PB index (to see the range of
values use +CPBR=?)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 486 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<number> - the phone number stored in the format <type>
<type> - type of phone number byte in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the alphanumeric text associated to the number; used character set
should be the one selected with command +CSCS.
AT+CPBR=?
Note: If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information text
lines will be returned, while if listing fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR:
<err> is returned.
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters in
the form:
+CPBR: (<minIndex> - <maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength>
Note
Reference
where:
<minIndex> - the minimum <index> number, integer type
<maxIndex>- the maximum <index> number, integer type
<nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type
<tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.9 +CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries
+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries
Execution command issues a search for the phonebook records that have
AT+CPBF=
the <findtext> sub-string at the start of the <text> field
<findtext>
Parameter:
<findtext> - string type; used character set should be the one selected with
command +CSCS.
The command returns a report in the form:
+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[…]<CR><LF>
+CPBF: <indexn>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
where <indexn>,<number>,<type>, and <text> have the same meaning
as in the command +CPBR report.
Note: if <findtext>=”” the command returns all the phonebook records.
Note: if no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message
is reported.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 487 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CPBF=?
Note
Reference
Test command reports the maximum lengths of fields <number> and
<text> in the PB entry in the form:
+CPBF: [<max_number_length>],[<max_text_length>]
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.10 +CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry
+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry
Execution command stores at the position <index> a phonebook record
AT+CPBW=
defined by <number>,<type> and <text> parameters
[<index>]
[,<number>
Parameters:
[,<type>
<index> - record position
[,<text>]]]
<number> - string type, phone number in the format <type>
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the text associated to the number, string type; used character set
should be the one selected with command +CSCS.
Note: If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten.
Note: if only <index> is given, the record number <index> is deleted.
AT+CPBW=?
Note: if <index> is omitted, the number <number> is stored in the first free
phonebook location.
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value, the maximum length of <number> field supported
number format of the storage and maximum length of <name> field. The
format is:
+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],
(list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>]
Reference
Note
where:
<nlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<number>
<tlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field
<text>
GSM 07.07
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing
PB commands.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 488 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.4.11 +CCLK - Clock Management
+CCLK - Clock Management
Set command sets the real-time clock of the ME.
AT+CCLK=<time>
AT+CCLK?
Parameter:
<time> - current time as quoted string in the format:
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"
yy - year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99
MM - month (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..12
dd - day (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..31 (if the month MM
has less than 31 days, the clock will be set for the next month)
hh - hour (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..23
mm - minute (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59
ss - seconds (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59
±zz - time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarter of an hour,
between the local time and GMT; two last digits are mandatory),
range is -47..+48
Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the
format <time>.
AT+CCLK=?
Example
Note: the three last characters of <time> are not returned by +CCLK?
because the ME doesn’t support time zone information.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00"
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: 02/09/07,22:30:25
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.12 +CALA - Alarm Management
+CALA - Alarm Management
Set command stores in the internal Real Time Clock the current alarm time
AT+CALA=
and settings defined by the parameters <time>, <n>, <type>, and <text>.
<time>[,<n>
When the RTC time reaches the alarm time then the alarm starts, the
[,<type>[,<text>]]]
behaviour of the MODULE depends upon the setting <type> and if the
device was already ON at the moment when the alarm time had come.
Parameter:
<time> - current alarm time as quoted string in the same format as defined
for +CCLK command: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 489 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CALA - Alarm Management
<n> - index of the alarm
0 - The only value supported is 0.
<type> - alarm behaviour type
0 - reserved for other equipment use.
1 - the MODULE simply wakes up fully operative as if the ON/OFF button
had been pressed. If the device is already ON at the alarm time, then it
does nothing.
2 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE issues
an unsolicited code every 3s:
+ALARM: <text>
where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set.
The device keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3s until a
#WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the
device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command
within 90s then it shuts down. (default)
3 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE starts
playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the ringer (see command
#SRP)
The device keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or #SHDN
command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm
mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it
shuts down.
4 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE brings
the pin GPIO6 high, provided its <direction> has been set to alarm
output, and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is
received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it
does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down.
5 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for type=2 and <type>=3.
6 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for type=2 and <type>=4.
7 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for type=3 and <type>=4.
<text> - unsolicited alarm code text string. It has meaning only if <type> is
equal to 2 or 5 or 6.
Note: The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON status
and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status is indicated by
a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is
indicated by DSR - ON.
During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network scan and will
not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 490 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CALA - Alarm Management
call or SMS, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this
state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be
issued during this state.
Read command reports the current alarm time stored in the internal Real
AT+CALA?
Time Clock, if present, in the format:
+CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>[,<text>]
Test command reports the list of supported <n>s, the list of supported
AT+CALA=?
<type>s, and <text> maximum length
AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00"
Example
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.13
+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access
+CRSM - Restricted SIM access
AT+CRSM=
Execution command transmits to the ME the SIM <command> and
<command>
its required parameters. ME handles internally all SIM-ME interface
[,<fileid>
locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, ME
[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>
sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data.
[,<data>]]]
Parameters:
<command> - command passed on by the ME to the SIM
176 - READ BINARY
178 - READ RECORD
192 - GET RESPONSE
214 - UPDATE BINARY
220 - UPDATE RECORD
242 - STATUS
<fileid> - identifier of an elementary data file on SIM. Mandatory for
every command except STATUS.
<P1>,<P2>,<P3> - parameter passed on by the ME to the SIM; they
are mandatory for every command except GET
RESPONSE and STATUS
0..255
<data> - information to be read/written to the SIM (hexadecimal
character format).
The response of the command is in the format:
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
where:
<sw1>,<sw2> - information from the SIM about the execution of the
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 491 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CRSM - Restricted SIM access
actual command either on successful or on failed
execution.
<response> - on a successful completion of the command previously
issued it gives the requested data (hexadecimal
character format). It’s not returned after a successful
UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command.
Note: this command requires PIN authentication. However commands
READ BINARY and READ RECORD can be issued before PIN
authentication and if the SIM is blocked (after three failed PIN
authentication attempts) to access the contents of the Elementary
Files.
Note: use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>,
<fileid>, <P1>, <P2> and <P3>.
AT+CRSM=?
Reference
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11
3.7.2.4.14 +CALM - Alert Sound Mode
+CALM - Alert Sound Mode
Set command is used to select the general alert sound mode of the device.
AT+CALM=
<mode>
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - normal mode
1 - silent mode; no sound will be generated by the device, except for alarm
sound
2 - stealth mode; no sound will be generated by the device
AT+CALM?
AT+CALM=?
Reference
Note: if silent mode is selected then incoming calls will not produce alerting
sounds but only the unsolicited messages RING or +CRING.
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>.
Test command returns the supported values for the parameter <mode> as
compound value.
+CALM: (0-2)
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.15 +CRSL - Ringer Sound Level
+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 492 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level
Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the
AT+CRSL=<level>
device.
AT+CRSL=?
Parameter:
<level> - ringer sound level
0 - Off
1 - low
2 - middle
3 - high
4 - progressive
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the
format:
+CRSL: <level>
Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value.
Reference
+CRSL: (0-4)
GSM 07.07
AT+CRSL?
3.7.2.4.16 +CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level
+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level
Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker audio
AT+CLVL=<level>
output of the device.
AT+CLVL=?
Parameter:
<level> - loudspeaker volume
0..max - the value of max can be read by issuing the Test command
AT+CLVL=?
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the loudspeaker
volume in the format:
+CLVL: <level>
Test command reports <level> supported values range in the format:
Reference
+CLVL: (0-max)
GSM 07.07
AT+CLVL?
3.7.2.4.17 +CMUT - Microphone Mute Control
+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control
Set command enables/disables the muting of the microphone audio line
AT+CMUT=<n>
during a voice call.
Parameter:
<n>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 493 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
0 - mute off, microphone active (factory default)
1 - mute on, microphone muted.
AT+CMUT?
AT+CMUT=?
Reference
3.7.2.4.18
Note: this command mutes/activates both microphone audio paths, internal
mic and external mic.
Read command reports whether the muting of the microphone audio line
during a voice call is enabled or not, in the format:
+CMUT: <n>
Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter.
GSM 07.07
+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter
+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter
Set command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter
AT+CACM=
in SIM (ACM). Internal memory CCM remains unchanged.
[<pwd>]
AT+CACM?
AT+CACM=?
Reference
Parameter:
<pwd> - to access this command PIN2 password is required
Read command reports the current value of the SIM ACM in the format:
+CACM: <acm>
Note: the value <acm> is in units whose price and currency is defined with
command +CPUC
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.19 +CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
+CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
Set command sets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter
AT+CAMM=
ACM maximum value in SIM (see also +CACM command). This value
[<acmmax>,
represents the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by
<pwd>]
the subscriber. When ACM reaches <acmmax> value further calls are
prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value.
Parameter:
<acmmax>- maximum number of units allowed to be consumed
<pwd>- PIN2 password
AT+CAMM?
Note: The <acmmax> = 0 value disables the feature.
Read command reports the maximum value of ACM stored in SIM in the
format:
+CAMM : <acmmax>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 494 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT+CAMM=?
Reference
3.7.2.4.20
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table
+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table
Set command sets the values of Advice of Charge related price per unit and
AT+CPUC=
currency table in SIM. The price per unit currency table information can be
<currency>,
used to convert the home units (as used in commands +CAOC, +CACM
<ppu>,<pwd>
and +CAMM) into currency units.
AT+CPUC?
AT+CPUC=?
Reference
Parameters:
<currency> - string type; three-character currency code (e.g. “LIT”, “L. “,
“USD”, “DEM” etc..); used character set should be the one selected
with command +CSCS.
<ppu> - price per unit string (dot is used as decimal separator) e.g.
1989.27
<pwd> - SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the values
Read command reports the current values of <currency> and <ppu>
parameters in the format:
+CACM : <currency>,<ppu>
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.4.21 +CLAC - Available AT Commands
+CLAC - Available AT Commands
Execution command causes the ME to return the AT commands that are
AT+CLAC
available for the user, in the following format:
AT+CLAC=?
Reference
<AT cmd1>[<CR><LF><AT cmd2>[…]]
Test command returns ERROR result code
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 495 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors
3.7.2.5.1 +CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
Set command enables/disables the report of result code:
AT+CMEE=[<n>]
+CME ERROR: <err>
as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx commands issued.
When enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final
result code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is
anyway returned normally when the error message is related to syntax,
invalid parameters, or DTE functionality.
AT+CMEE?
Parameter:
<n> - enable flag
0 - disable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, use only ERROR report.
1 - enable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, with <err> in numeric format
2 - enable +CME ERROR: <err> reports, with <err> in verbose format
Read command returns the current value of subparameter <n>:
AT+CMEE=?
+CMEE: <n>
Test command returns the range of values for subparameter <n>
Reference
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 496 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.6
Voice Control
3.7.2.6.1 +VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones.
AT+VTS=
<dtmfstring>
Parameters:
[,duration]
<dtmfstring> - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters in the set (0-9),
#,*,(A-D); it allows the user to send a sequence of DTMF tones, each
of them with a duration that was defined through +VTD command.
<duration> - duration of a tone in 1/100 sec.; this parameter can be
specified only if the length of first parameter is just one ASCII character
0 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a duration depending on the
network, no matter what the current +VTD setting is.
1..255 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a time <duration> (in
10 ms multiples), no matter what the current +VTD setting is.
AT+VTS=?
Reference
Note: this commands operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS).
Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s and the list of
supported <duration>s in the format:
(list of supported <dtmf>s)[,(list of supported <duration>s)]
GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101
3.7.2.6.2 +VTD - Tone Duration
+VTD - Tone Duration
Set command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command.
AT+VTD=
<duration>
Parameter:
<duration> - duration of a tone
0 - the duration of every single tone is dependent on the network (factory
default)
1..255 - duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec.
Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format:
AT+VTD?
AT+VTD=?
<duration>
Test command provides the list of supported <duration>s in the format:
Reference
(list of supported <duration>s)
GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 497 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.7 Commands For GPRS
3.7.2.7.1 +CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
+CGCLASS - GPRS mobile station class
Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter.
AT+CGCLASS=
[<class>]
Parameter:
<class> - GPRS class
“B” - GSM/GPRS (factory default)
“CG” - class C in GPRS only mode (GPRS only)
“CC” - class C in circuit switched only mode (GSM only)
AT+CGCLASS?
Note: the setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot).
Read command returns the current value of the GPRS class in the format:
AT+CGCLASS=?
+CGLASS: <class>
Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>
3.7.2.7.2 +CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach
Execution command is used to attach the terminal to, or detach the terminal
AT+CGATT=[
from, the GPRS service depending on the parameter <state>.
<state>]
AT+CGATT?
AT+CGATT=?
Example
Parameter:
<state> - state of GPRS attachment
0 - detached
1 - attached
Read command returns the current GPRS service state.
Test command requests information on the supported GPRS service states.
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK
AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (0,1)
Reference
OK
AT+CGATT=1
OK
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 498 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.7.3 +CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status
Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
AT+CGREG=[<n>]
+CGREG: (see format below).
Parameter:
<n> - result code presentation mode
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code; if there is a change
in the terminal GPRS network registration status, it is issued the
unsolicited result code:
+CGREG: <stat>
where:
<stat> - registration status
0 - not registered, terminal is not currently searching a new operator to
register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but terminal is currently searching a new operator to
register to
3 - registration denied
4 - unknown
5 - registered, roaming
2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result
code; if there is a change of the network cell, it is issued the unsolicited
result code:
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
AT+CGREG?
AT+CGREG=?
Reference
where:
<stat> - registration status (see above for values)
<lac> - location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals
195 in decimal)
<ci> - cell ID in hexadecimal format.
Read command returns the status of result code presentation mode <n> and
the integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated
the registration of the terminal in the format:
+CGREG: <n>,<stat>
Test command returns supported values for parameter <n>
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 499 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.7.4 +CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context
AT+CGDCONT=
identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>
[<cid>
[,<PDP_type>
Parameters:
[,<APN>
<cid> - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter which specifies a
[,<PDP_addr>
particular PDP context definition.
[,<d_comp>
1..max - where the value of max is returned by the Test command
[,<h_comp>
<PDP_type> - (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which
[,<pd1>
specifies the type of packet data protocol
[,…[,pdN]]]]]]]]]
"IP" - Internet Protocol
"PPP" - Point to Point Protocol
<APN> - (Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name
that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data
network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value
will be requested.
<PDP_addr> - a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address
space applicable to the PDP. The allocated address may be
read using the +CGPADDR command.
<d_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
<h_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
<pd1>, …, <pdN> - zero to N string parameters whose meanings are
specific to the <PDP_type>
AT+CGDCONT?
AT+CGDCONT=?
Example
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGDCONT=<cid>, causes the
values for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,
<h_comp>[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]][<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>,
<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>
[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]][…]]
Test command returns values supported as a compound value
AT+CGDCONT=1,”IP”,”APN”,”10.10.10.10”,0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,”IP”,“APN”,”10.10.10.10”,0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1-5),”IP”,,,(0-1),(0-1)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 500 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.7.5 +CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
Set command allows to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is
AT+CGQMIN=
checked by the terminal against the negotiated profile returned in the
[<cid>
Activate PDP Context Accept message.
[,<precedence>
[,<delay>
Parameters:
[,<reliability>
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
[,<peak>
<precedence> - precedence class
[,<mean>]]]]]]
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
AT+CGQMIN?
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQMIN=<cid> causes the
requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean>[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,
<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[…]]
AT+CGQMIN=?
If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is
returned.
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: only the “IP” PDP_Type is currently supported.
Example
AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,0,0,5,0,0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 501 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
OK
AT+CGQMIN=?
+CGQMIN: “IP”,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60
3.7.2.7.6 +CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
Set command allows to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used
AT+CGQREQ=
when the terminal sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the
[<cid>
network. It specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context
[,<precedence>
identification parameter, <cid>.
[,<delay>
[,<reliability>
Parameters:
[,<peak>
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
[,<mean>]]]]]]
<precedence> - precedence class
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
AT+CGQREQ?
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the
requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean>[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,
<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[…]]
AT+CGQREQ=?
If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is
returned.
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: only the “IP” PDP_Type is currently supported.
Example
AT+CGQREQ?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 502 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREQ: ”IP”,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60
3.7.2.7.7 +CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
+CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
Execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP
AT+CGACT=
context(s)
[<state>[,<cid>
[,<cid>[,…]]]]
Parameters:
<state> - indicates the state of PDP context activation
0 - deactivated
1 - activated
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command)
AT+CGACT?
AT+CGACT=?
Example
Note: if no <cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the
command activates/deactivates all defined contexts.
Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP
contexts in the format:
+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[…]]
Test command reports information on the supported PDP context activation
states parameters in the format:
+CGACT: (0,1)
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1
Reference
OK
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 503 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.7.8 +CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address
Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified
AT+CGPADDR=
context identifiers in the format:
[<cid>[,<cid>
[,…]]]
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,
<PDP_addr>[…]]
AT+CGPADDR=?
Example
Parameters:
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the
addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
<PDP_addr> - a string that identifies the terminal in the address space
applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or
dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the
+CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a
dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last
PDP context activation that used the context definition
referred to by <cid>; <PDP_addr> is omitted if none is
available
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: xxx.yyy.zzz.www
OK
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,”xxx.yyy.zzz.www”
OK
AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (1)
OK
Reference
GSM 07.07
3.7.2.7.9 +CGDATA - Enter Data State
+CGDATA - Enter Data State
Execution command causes to perform whatever actions are necessary to
AT+CGDATA=
establish a communication with the network using one or more GPRS PDP
[<L2P>,[<cid>
types.
[,<cid>[,…]]]]
Parameters:
<L2P> - string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used
"PPP" - PPP Point-to-point protocol
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 504 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CGDATA - Enter Data State
<cid> - numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition (see +CGDCONT command).
AT+CGDATA=?
Example
Reference
Note: if parameter <L2P> is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified
Test command reports information on the supported layer 2 protocols.
AT+CGDATA=?
+CGDATA: (”PPP”)
OK
AT+CGDATA=”PPP”,1
OK
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 505 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger
3.7.2.8.1 +CBC - Battery Charge
+ CBC - Battery Charge
Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status in the format:
AT+CBC
+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl>
where:
<bcs> - battery status
0 - ME is powered by the battery
1 - ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is being powered
2 - ME does not have a battery connected
3 - Recognized power fault, calls inhibited
<bcl> - battery charge level
0 - battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a battery connected
25 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 25%
50 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 50%
75 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 75%
100 - battery is fully charged.
Note: <bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and the
battery is being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME operations is
taken anyway from VBATT pins.
AT+CBC=?
Note: without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a power
fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and <bcs>=3 will
never appear.
Test command returns parameter values supported as a compound value.
+CBC: (0-3),(0-100)
Note: although +CBC is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the
Test command to be defined.
Example
Note
Reference
AT+CBC
+CBC: 0,75
OK
The ME does not make differences between being powered by a battery or
by a power supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible to distinguish
between these two cases.
GSM 07.07
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 506 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CB services
3.7.3.1 General Configuration
3.7.3.1.1
+CSMS - Select Message Service
+CSMS - Select Message Service
Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of
AT+CSMS=
messages supported by the ME:
<service>
Parameter:
<service>
0 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05
Phase 2 version 4.7.0 (factory default)
1 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05
Phase 2+.
Set command returns the types of messages supported by the ME:
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>
AT+CSMS?
where:
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<mo> - mobile originated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<bm> - broadcast type messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
Read command reports current service setting along with supported
message types in the format:
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<cb>
AT+CSMS=?
Reference
where:
<service> - messaging service (see above)
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support (see above)
<mo> - mobile originated messages support (see above)
<bm> - broadcast type messages support (see above)
Test command reports the supported value of the parameter <service>.
GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.41
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 507 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3.1.2 +CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage
Set command selects memory storages <memr>, <memw> and <mems>
AT+CPMS=
to be used for reading, writing, sending and storing SMs.
<memr>
[,<memw>
Parameters:
[,<mems>]]
<memr> - memory from which messages are read and deleted
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
"ME" - ME internal storage (read only, no delete)
<memw> - memory to which writing and sending operations are made
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
<mems> - memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage
The command returns the memory storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals>
where:
<usedr> - number of SMs stored into <memr>
<totalr> - max number of SMs that <memr> can contain
<usedw> - number of SMs stored into <memw>
<totalw> max number of SMs that <memw> can contain
<useds> - number of SMs stored into <mems>
<totals> - max number of SMS that <mems> can contain
Note: The only supported memory storage for writing and sending SMs is
the SIM internal memory "SM", so <memw>=<mems>="SM".
AT+CPMS?
Note: the received class 0 SMS are stored in the "ME" memory regardless
the <mems> setting and they are automatically deleted at power off.
Read command reports the message storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <memr>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<memw>,<usedw>,<totalw>,
<mems>,<useds>,<totals>
AT+CPMS=?
Example
where <memr>, <memw> and <mems> are the selected storage memories
for reading, writing and storing respectively.
Test command reports the supported values for parameters <memr>,
<memw> and <mems>
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",5,10,"SM",5,10,"SM",5,10
Reference
OK
(you have 5 out of 10 SMS SIM positions occupied)
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 508 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3.1.3 +CMGF - Message Format
+CMGF - Message Format
Set command selects the format of messages used with send, list, read and
AT+CMGF=
write commands.
[<mode>]
AT+CMGF?
AT+CMGF=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - PDU mode, as defined in GSM 3.40 and GSM 3.41 (factory default)
1 - text mode
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode>.
Test command reports the supported value of <mode> parameter.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 509 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3.2 Message Configuration
3.7.3.2.1 +CSCA - Service Center Address
+CSCA -Service Center Address
Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile
AT+CSCA=
originated SMS transmissions.
<number>
[,<type>]
Parameter:
<number> - SC phone number in the format defined by <type>
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
Note: to use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address
at which service requests will be directed.
AT+CSCA?
Note: in Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in
PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when the
length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter equals zero.
Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format:
+CSCA: <number>,<type>
AT+CSCA=?
Reference
Note: if SCA is not present the device reports an error message.
Test command returns the OK result code.
GSM 07.05
3.7.3.2.2 +CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing
AT+CSMP=
and sending SMs when the text mode is used (AT+CMGF=1)
[<fo>
[,<vp>
Parameters:
[,<pid>
<fo> - depending on the command or result code:
[,<dcs>]]]]
first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer
format.
<vp> - depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting:
GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or
in quoted time-string format
<pid> - GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format.
<dcs> - depending on the command or result code:
GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 510 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters
Broadcast Data Coding Scheme
AT+CSMP?
AT+CSMP=?
Example
Reference
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
+CSMP: < fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
Test command returns the OK result code.
Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours of validity period
and default properties:
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.38
3.7.3.2.3 +CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters
Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text
AT+CSDH=
mode (AT+CMGF=1) result codes.
[<show>]
AT+CSDH?
AT+CSDH=?
Reference
Parameter:
<show>
0 - do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP
(<sca>, <tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda>
or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs
and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode. For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR
result code do not show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or
<cdata>
1 - show the values in result codes
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
+CSDH: <show>
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<show>
GSM 07.05
3.7.3.2.4 +CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be
AT+CSCB=
received by the device.
[<mode>[,<mids>
[,<dcss>]]]
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are accepted
(factory default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 511 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
1 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are rejected
<mids> - Message Identifiers, string type: all different possible
combinations of the CBM message identifiers; default is empty
string (“”).
<dcss> - Data Coding Schemes, string type: all different possible
combinations of CBM data coding schemes; default is empty string
(“”).
Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids>
AT+CSCB?
and <dcss>.
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>.
AT+CSCB=?
AT+CSCB?
Example
+CSCB: 1,"",""
Reference
OK
(all CBMs are accepted, none is rejected)
AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3"
OK
GSM 07.05, GSM 03.41, GSM 03.38.
3.7.3.2.5 +CSAS - Save Settings
+CSAS - Save Settings
Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA
AT+CSAS
+CSMP and +CSCB commands in local non volatile memory.
[=<profile>]
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - it saves the settings to NVM (factory default).
1..n - SIM profile number; the value of n depends on the SIM and its max
is 3.
Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they
are always saved to NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
AT+CSAS=?
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the settings are saved in the non volatile
memory.
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 512 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3.2.6 +CRES - Restore Settings
+CRES - Restore Settings
Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS
AT+CRES
command from either NVM or SIM.
[=<profile>]
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - it restores message service settings
from NVM.
1..n - it restores message service settings from SIM. The value of n
depends on the SIM and its max is 3.
Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they
are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
AT+CRES=?
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the command restores message service
settings from NVM.
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 513 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading
3.7.3.3.1 +CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
Set command selects the behaviour of the device on how the receiving of
AT+CNMI=[
new messages from the network is indicated to the DTE.
<mode>[,<mt>
[,<bm>[,<ds>
Parameter:
[,<bfr>]]]]]
<mode> - unsolicited result codes buffering option
0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full,
indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest
indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received
indications.
1 - Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result
codes when TA-TE link is reserved, otherwise forward them directly to
the TE.
2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the DTE is busy and
flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly
to the TE.
3 - if <mt> is set to 1 an indication via 100 ms break is issued when a SMS
is received while the module is in GPRS online mode. It enables the
hardware ring line for 1 s. too.
<mt> - result code indication reporting for SMS-DELIVER
0 - No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1 - If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory
location is routed to the TE using the following unsolicited result code:
+CMTI: <memr>,<index>
where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored
"SM"
"ME"
<index> - location on the memory where SMS is stored.
2 - SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the
message waiting indication group) are routed directly to the TE using
the following unsolicited result code:
(PDU Mode)
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where:
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of originator/destination
number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected with
command +CSCS.
<length> - PDU length
<pdu> - PDU message
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 514 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
(TEXT Mode)
+CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> (the information written in
italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting)
where:
<oa> - originator address number, represented in the currently
selected character set (see +CSCS)
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of <oa> or <da>; used
character set should be the one selected with command
+CSCS.
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<tooa>, <tosca> - type of number <oa> or <sca>:
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<fo> - first octet of GSM 03.40
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<sca> - Service Centre number
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
• If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that GSM03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is
not set (bit 6 of <fo> is 0), each character of GSM alphabet will
be converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS)
• If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used
or <fo> indicates that GSM03.40 TP-User-Data-HeaderIndication is set (bit 6 of <fo> is 1), each 8-bit octet will be
converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g.
octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41)
Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication
group (stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
3 - Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited
result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding
schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
<bm> - broadcast reporting option
0 - Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE
2 - New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE with the unsolicited
result code:
(PDU Mode)
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 515 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
(TEXT Mode)
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data>
where:
<sn> - message serial number
<mid> - message ID
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<pag> - page number
<pags> - total number of pages of the message
<data> - CBM Content of Message
• If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used , each
character of GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE
character set (see +CSCS)
• If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is
used, each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character
long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as
two characters 0x32 0x41)
<ds> - SMS-STATUS-REPORTs reporting option
0 - status report receiving is not reported to the DTE
1 - the status report is sent to the DTE with the following unsolicited result
code:
(PDU Mode)
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
(TEXT Mode)
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
2 - if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is
sent:
+CDSI: <memr>,<index>
where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored
"SM"
<index> - location on the memory where SMS is stored
<bfr> - buffered result codes handling method:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 516 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3 is entered (OK response shall be
given before flushing the codes)
1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
cleared when <mode>=1..3 is entered.
Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command
AT+CNMI?
in the form:
AT+CNMI=?
Reference
Note
3.7.3.3.2
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI
command parameters.
GSM 07.05
DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is
inactive ( DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may
be lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is
suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device
meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages
received.
+CMGL - List Messages
+CMGL - List Messages
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
AT+CMGL
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message
[=<stat>]
storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of
command +CMGF (message format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
4 - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where:
<index> - message position in the memory storage list.
<stat> - status of the message
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 517 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGL - List Messages
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>,
corresponding to an entry found in the phonebook; used
character set is the one selected with command +CSCS.
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40
(Text Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
"REC UNREAD" - new message
"REC READ" - read message
"STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent
"STO SENT" - stored message already sent
"ALL" - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information
written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa/toda>,
<length>]<CR><LF> <data>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<oa/da> - originator/destination number, represented in the currently
selected character set (see +CSCS)
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>,
corresponding to an entry found in the phonebook; used
character set is the one selected with command +CSCS.
<scts> - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String Format
<tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
• If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used , each
character of GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE character
set (see +CSCS)
• If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used,
each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long
hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two
characters 0x32 0x41)
Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 518 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGL - List Messages
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
Note: OK result code is sent at the end of the listing.
AT+CMGL=?
Reference
Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with “REC
UNREAD” status.
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s
GSM 07.05
3.7.3.3.3 +CMGR - Read Message
+CMGR - Read Message
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
AT+CMGR=
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and
<index>
delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:
<index> - message index.
The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message
format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
The output has the following format:
+CMGR: <stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where
<stat> - status of the message
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>,
corresponding to an entry found in the phonebook; used
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 519 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGR - Read Message
character set is the one selected with command +CSCS.
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes.
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40.
The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is
returned.
(Text Mode)
Output format for received messages (the information written in italics will
be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
+CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,
<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
Output format for sent messages:
+CMGR: <stat>,<da>,<alpha>[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
Output format for message delivery confirm:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<stat> - status of the message
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<oa> - Originator address number, represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS)
<da> - Destination address number, represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS)
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>,
corresponding to an entry found in the phonebook; used
character set is the one selected with command +CSCS. NB: this
optional field is currently not supported.
<sca> - Service Centre number
<tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 520 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGR - Read Message
<data> - TP-User_data
• If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used , each
character of GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE character
set (see +CSCS)
• If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used,
each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long
hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two
characters 0x32 0x41)
Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in
the storage changes to 'received read'.
AT+CMGR=?
Reference
Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>.
Test command returns the OK result code
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 521 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3.4 Message Sending And Writing
3.7.3.4.1 +CMGS - Send Message
+CMGS - Send Message
(PDU Mode)
(PDU Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message.
AT+CMGS=
<length>
Parameter:
<length> - length of the PDU to be sent in bytes.
7..164
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
specified number of bytes.
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMGS: <mr>
where
<mr> - message reference number.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGS=<da>
[,<toda>]
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
(Text Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message.
Parameters:
<da> - destination address number, represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS).
<toda> - type of destination address
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for
message text (max 160 characters).
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 522 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGS - Send Message
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMGS: <mr>
where
<mr> - message reference number.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
AT+CMGS=?
Note
Reference
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
Test command resturns the OK result code.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS
ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
GSM 07.05
3.7.3.4.2 +CMSS - Send Message From Storage
+CMSS - Send Message From Storage
Execution command sends to the network a message which is already
AT+CMSS=
stored in the <memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>.
<index>[,<da>
[,<toda>]]
Parameters:
<index> - location value in the message storage <memw> of the message
to send
<da> - destination address, represented in the currently selected character
set (see +CSCS); if it is given it shall be used instead of the one
stored with the message.
<toda> - type of destination address
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
If message is successfully sent to the network then the result is sent in the
format:
+CMSS: <mr>
where:
<mr> - message reference number.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported:
+CMS ERROR:<err>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 523 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMSS - Send Message From Storage
Note: to store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW.
AT+CMSS=?
Note
Reference
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are
issued.
Test command resturns the OK result code.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS
ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
GSM 07.05
3.7.3.4.3 +CMGW - Write Message To Memory
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
(PDU Mode)
(PDU Mode)
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new
AT+CMGW=
message.
<length>
[,<stat>]
Parameter:
<length> - length in bytes of the PDU to be written.
7..164
<stat> - message status.
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent (default)
3 - stored message already sent
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
specified number of bytes.
To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in
the format:
+CMGW: <index>
where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
(Text Mode)
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no
other SIM interacting commands are issued.
(Text Mode)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 524 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new
AT+CMGW[=<da>
message.
[,<toda>
[,<stat>]]]
Parameters:
<da> - destination address number, represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS).
<toda> - type of destination address.
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<stat> - message status.
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent (default)
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the
message text (max 160 characters).
To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in
the format:
+CMGW: <index>
where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
AT+CMGW=?
Reference
Note
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no
other SIM interacting commands are issued.
Test command returns the OK result code.
GSM 07.05
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or
+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 525 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.3.4.4 +CMGD - Delete Message
+CMGD - Delete Message
Execution command deletes from memory <memr> the message(s).
AT+CMGD=
<index>
Parameter:
[,<delflag>]
<index> - message index in the selected storage <memr>
<delflag> - an integer indicating multiple message deletion request.
0 (or omitted) - delete message specified in <index>
1 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, leaving unread
messages and stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not)
untouched
2 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage and sent mobile
originated messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile
originated messages untouched
3 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, sent and unsent
mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages untouched
4 - delete all messages from <memr> storage.
Note: if <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then <index> is ignored and
ME shall follow the rules for <delflag> shown above.
AT+CMGD=?
Note: if the location to be deleted is empty, an error message is reported.
Test command shows the valid memory locations and optionally the
supported values of <delflag>.
Example
+CMGD: (supported <index>s list)[,(supported <delflag>s list)]
AT+CMGD=?
+CMGD: (1,2,3,6,7,17,18,19,20,37,38,39,47),(0-4)
Reference
OK
GSM 07.05
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 526 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands
3.7.4.1 General Configuration
NOTE: All the test command results are without command echo
3.7.4.1.1 +FMI - Manufacturer ID
+FMI - Manufacturer ID
Read command reports the manufacturer ID. The output depends on the
AT+FMI?
choice made through #SELINT command.
AT+FMI?
Example
Telit
OK
Reference
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.1.2 +FMM - Model Id
+FMM - Model ID
AT+FMM?
Reference
Read command reports the model ID
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.1.3 +FMR - Revision ID
+FMR - Revision ID
AT+FMR?
Reference
Read command reports the software revision ID
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 527 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control
3.7.4.2.1 +FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
+FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
Execution command causes the modem to terminate a transmission and
AT+FTS=<time>
wait for <time> 10ms intervals before responding with OK result.
AT+FTS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<time> - duration of the pause, expressed in 10ms intervals.
0..255
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.2.2 +FRS - Wait For Receive Silence
+FRS - Wait For Receive Silence
Execution command causes the modem to listen and report OK when
AT+FRS=<time>
silence has been detected for the specified period of time.
This command will terminate when the required silence period is detected or
when the DTE sends another character other than XON or XOFF.
AT+FRS=?
Reference
Parameter:
<time> - amount of time, expressed in 10ms intervals.
..0..255
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.2.3 +FTM - Transmit Data Modulation
+FTM - Transmit Data
Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using the
AT+FTM=<mod>
modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FTM=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
24 - V27ter/2400 bps
48 - V27ter/4800 bps
72 - V29/7200 bps
96 - V29/9600 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 528 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.4.2.4 +FRM - Receive Data Modulation
+FRM - Receive Data Modulation
Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using the
AT+FRM=<mod>
modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FRM=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
24 - V27ter/2400 bps
48 - V27ter/4800 bps
72 - V29/7200 bps
96 - V29/9600 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.2.5 +FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing
+FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing
Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using
AT+FTH=<mod>
HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FTH=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
3 - V21/300 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.2.6 +FRH - Receive Data With HDLC Framing
+FRH - Receive Data Data With HDLC Framing
Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using
AT+FRH=<mod>
HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>.
AT+FRH=?
Reference
Parameter:
<mod> - carrier modulation
3 - V21/300 bps
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 529 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.4.3 Serial Port Control
3.7.4.3.1 +FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
AT+FLO=<type>
directions: from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE.
Parameter:
<type> - flow control option for the data on the serial port
0 - flow control None
1 - flow control Software (XON-XOFF)
2 - flow control Hardware (CTS-RTS) – (factory default)
Note: This command is a shortcut of the +IFC command.
AT+FLO?
AT+FLO=?
Reference
Note: +FLO’s settings are functionally a subset of &K’s ones.
Read command returns the current value of parameter <type>
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <type>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.3.2 +FPR - Select Serial Port Rate
+FPR - Select Serial Port Rate
Set command selects the the serial port speed in both directions, from DTE
AT+FPR=<rate>
to DTA and from DTA to DTE. When autobauding is selected, then the
speed is detected automatically.
AT+FPR?
AT+FPR=?
Reference
Parameter:
<rate> - serial port speed selection
0 - autobauding
Read command returns the current value of parameter <rate>
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <rate>.
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
3.7.4.3.3 +FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control
+FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control
Set command concerns the use of the <DLE><SUB> pair to encode
AT+FDD=<mode>
consecutive escape characters (<10h><10h>) in user data.
Parameter
<mode>
0 - currently the only available value. The DCE decode of <DLE><SUB> is
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 530 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
+FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control
either <DLE><DLE> or discard. The DCE encode of <10h><10h> is
<DLE><DLE><DLE><DLE>
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>
AT+FDD?
Test command returns all supported values of parameter <mode>.
AT+FDD=?
Reference
ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 531 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5 Custom AT Commands
3.7.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands
3.7.5.1.1 #CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
#CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
AT#CGMI
with command echo. The output depends on the choice made through
#SELINT command.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#CGMI=?
3.7.5.1.2 #CGMM - Model Identification
#CGMM - Model Identification
Execution command returns the device model identification code with
AT#CGMM
command echo.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#CGMM=?
3.7.5.1.3 #CGMR - Revision Identification
#CGMR - Revision Identification
Execution command returns device software revision number with
AT#CGMR
command echo.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#CGMR=?
3.7.5.1.4 #CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification
#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification
Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the
AT#CGSN
IMEI of the mobile, with command echo.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#CGSN=?
3.7.5.1.5 #CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
#CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
Execution command returns the international mobile subscriber identity,
AT#CIMI
identified as the IMSI number, with command echo.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#CIMI=?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 532 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.1.6 #CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)
#CCID - Read ICCID
Execution command reads on SIM the ICCID (card identification number
AT#CCID
that provides a unique identification number for the SIM)
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#CCID=?
3.7.5.1.7 #CAP - Change Audio Path
#CAP - Change Audio Path
Set command switches the active audio path depending on parameter <n>
AT#CAP=[<n>]
Parameter:
<n> - audio path
0 - audio path follows the Axe input (factory default):
if Axe is low, handsfree is enabled;
if Axe is high, internal path is enabled
1 - enables handsfree external mic/ear audio path
2 - enables internal mic/ear audio path
Note: The audio path are mutually exclusive, enabling one disables the
other.
AT#CAP?
Note: when changing the audio path, the volume level is set at the
previously stored value for that audio path (see +CLVL).
Read command reports the active audio path in the format:
AT#CAP=?
#CAP: <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
3.7.5.1.8
#SRS - Select Ringer Sound
#SRS - Select Ringer Sound
Set command sets the ringer sound.
AT#SRS=
[<n>,<tout>]
Parameters:
<n> - ringing tone
0 - current ringing tone
1..max - ringing tone number, where max can be read by issuing the Test
command AT#SRS=?.
<tout> - ringing tone playing time-out in seconds.
0 - ringer is stopped (if present) and current ringer sound is set.
1..60 - ringer sound playing for <tout> seconds and, if <n> > 0, ringer
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 533 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SRS - Select Ringer Sound
sound <n> is set as default ringer sound.
Note: when the command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> > 0, the <n>
ringing tone is played for <tout> seconds and stored as default ringing tone.
Note: if command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> = 0, the playing of the
ringing is stopped (if present) and <n> ringing tone is set as current.
Note: if command is issued with <n> = 0 and <tout> > 0 then the current
ringing tone is played.
Note: if both <n> and <tout> are 0 then the default ringing tone is set as
current and ringing is stopped.
AT#SRS?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command
Read command reports current selected ringing and its status in the form:
#SRS: <n>,<status>
where:
<n> - ringing tone number
1..max
AT#SRS=?
3.7.5.1.9
<status> - ringing status
0 - selected but not playing
1 - currently playing
Test command reports the supported values for the parameters <n> and
<tout>
#SRP -Select Ringer Path
#SRP - Select Ringer Path
Set command selects the ringer path towards whom sending ringer sounds
AT#SRP=[<n>]
and all signalling tones.
Parameter:
<n> - ringer path number
0 - sound output towards current selected audio path (see
command #CAP)
1 - sound output towards handsfree
2 - sound output towards handset
3 - sound output towards Buzzer Output pin GPIO7
Note: In order to use the Buzzer Output an external circuitry must be
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 534 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#SRP?
AT#SRP=?
Example
added to drive it properly from the GPIO7 pin, furthermore the GPIO7 pin
direction must be set to Buzzer output (Alternate function); see command
#GPIO.
Read command reports the selected ringer path in the format:
#SRP: <n>.
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
AT#SRP=?
#SRP: (0-3)
OK
AT#SRP=3
OK
3.7.5.1.10 #STM - Signalling Tones Mode
#STM - Signalling Tones Mode
Set command enables/disables the signalling tones output on the audio
AT#STM=
path selected with #SRP command
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode> - signalling tones status
0 - signalling tones disabled
1 - signalling tones enabled
AT#STM?
AT#STM=?
Note: AT#STM=0 has the same effect as AT+CALM=2; AT#STM=1 has the
same effect as AT+CALM=0.
Read command reports whether the current signaling tones status is
enabled or not, in the format:
#STM: <mode>
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
3.7.5.1.11 #PCT - Display PIN Counter
#PCT - Display PIN Counter
Execution command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining
AT#PCT
attempts, depending on +CPIN requested password in the format:
#PCT: <n>
where:
<n> - remaining attempts
0 - the SIM is blocked.
1..3 - if the device is waiting either SIM PIN or SIM PIN2 to be given.
1..10 - if the device is waiting either SIM PUK or SIM PUK2 to be given.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 535 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#PCT=?
3.7.5.1.12
Test command returns the OK result code.
#SHDN - Software Shut Down
#SHDN - Software Shutdown
Execution command causes device detach from the network and shut
AT#SHDN
down. Before definitive shut down an OK response is returned.
Note: after the issuing of this command any previous activity is terminated
and the device will not respond to any further command.
AT#SHDN=?
Note: to turn it on again Hardware pin ON/OFF must be tied low.
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.1.13 #WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode
Execution command stops any eventually present alarm activity and, if the
AT#WAKE=
module is in alarm mode, it exits the alarm mode and enters the normal
[<opmode>]
operating mode.
Parameter:
<opmode> - operating mode
0 - normal operating mode; the module exits the alarm mode, enters the
normal operating mode, any alarm activity is stopped (e.g. alarm tone
playing) and an OK result code is returned.
Note: the power saving status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF
status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON.
AT#WAKE?
Note: during the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan
and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or
receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to the
MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command
must not be issued during this state.
Read command returns the operating status of the device in the format:
#WAKE: <status>
where:
<status>
0 - normal operating mode
1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 536 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.1.14
#QTEMP -Query Temperature Overflow
#QTEMP - Query Temperature Overflow
Set command has currently no effect. The interpretation of parameter
AT#QTEMP=
<mode> is currently not implemented: any value assigned to it will simply
[<mode>]
have no effect.
Read command queries the device internal temperature sensor for over
AT#QTEMP?
temperature and reports the result in the format:
#QTEMP=?
Note
#QTEMP: <temp>
where
<temp> - over temperature indicator
0 - the device temperature is in the working range
1 - the device temperature is out of the working range
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
The device should not be operated out of its working temperature range,
elsewhere proper functioning of the device is not ensured.
3.7.5.1.15 #GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
Execution command sets the value of the general purpose output pin
AT#GPIO=[<pin>,
GPIO<pin> according to <dir> and <mode> parameter.
<mode>[,<dir>]]
Not all configuration for the three parameters are valid.
Parameters:
<pin> - GPIO pin number; supported range is from 1 to a value that
depends on the hardware, but GPIO1 is input only and GPIO2 is
output only.
<mode> - its meaning depends on <dir> setting:
0 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- output pin cleared to 0 (LOW) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
1 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- output pin set to 1 (HIGH) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
2 - Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=0 - INPUT
- Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT
- Reports a no meaning value if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION
<dir> - GPIO pin direction
0 - pin direction is INPUT
1 - pin direction is OUTPUT
2 - pin direction is ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Note).
Note: when <mode>=2 (and <dir> is omitted) the command reports the
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 537 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
direction and value of pin GPIO<pin> in the format:
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>
where
<dir> - current direction setting for the GPIO<pin>
<stat>
•
logic value read from pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set
to input;
•
logic value present in output of the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the
pin <dir> is currently set to output;
•
no meaning value for the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is
set to alternate function.
Note: (valid only for GPIO1) since the reading is done after the insulating
transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1
input pin
Note: "ALTERNATE FUNCTION" value is valid only for following pins:
•
GPIO5 - alternate function is “RF Transmission Monitor”
•
GPIO6 - alternate function is "Alarm Output" (see +CALA)
•
GPIO7 - alternate function is "Buzzer Output" (see #SRP)
Note: while using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write
access to that pin is not accessible and shall be avoided.
AT#GPIO?
AT#GPIO=?
Example
Note: The GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the
transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated
Read command reports the read direction and value of all GPIO pins, in the
format:
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[…]]
where
<dir> - as seen before
<stat> - as seen before
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <pin>, <mode> and <dir>.
AT#GPIO=3,0,1
OK
AT#GPIO=3,2
#GPIO: 1,0
OK
AT#GPIO=4,1,1
OK
AT#GPIO=5,0,0
OK
AT#GPIO=6,2
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 538 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control
#GPIO: 0,1
OK
3.7.5.1.16 #I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1
#I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1
AT#I2S1=
Set command sets the type of operation.
[<mode>
[,<clockmode>,
Parameters:
<clockrate>]]
<mode>
0 - PCM1 is not enabled; audio is forwarded to the analog line; PCM pins
can be used as UART1 and GPIO.
1 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded to the PCM block; PCM pin
cannot be used for UART1; any service on UART1 is suspended
2 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded both to the PCM block and to the
analog line; PCM pins cannot be used for UART1; any service on
UART1 is suspended
<clockmode>
0 - PCM acts as slave
1 - PCM acts as master
<clockrate>
64 - 64 kHz.
128 - 128 kHz.
256 - 256 kHz.
512 - 512 kHz
1024 - 1024 kHz
2048 - 2048 kHz
Read command reports the last setting, in the format:
AT#I2S1?
AT#I2S1=?
#I2S1: <mode>,<clockmode>,<clockrate>
Reports the range of supported values for parameters <mode>,
<clockmode> and <clockrate>
3.7.5.1.17 #E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
AT#E2SMSRI=
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an
[<n>]
incoming SMS message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is
generated on receipt of an incoming SMS message. The duration of
this pulse is determined by the value of <n>.
Parameter:
<n> - RI enabling
0 - disables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages (factory default)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 539 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator
50..1150 - enables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages. The
value of <n> is the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of
an incoming SM.
AT#E2SMSRI?
Note: if +CNMI=3,1 command is issued and the module is in a GPRS
connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is generated
on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either enabled or not.
Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on
receipt of an incoming SM, in the format:
#E2SMSRI: <n>
AT#E2SMSRI=?
Note: as seen before, the value <n>=0 means that the RI pin response to
an incoming SM is disabled.
Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n>
3.7.5.1.18 #ADC - Read Analog/Digital Converter input
#ADC - Read Analog/Digital Converter input
Execution command reads pin<adc> voltage, converted by ADC, and
AT#ADC=
outputs it in the format:
[<adc>,<mode>
[,<dir>]]
#ADC: <value>
where:
<value> - pin<adc> voltage, expressed in mV
Parameters:
<adc> - index of pin
1 - available for GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GM862-GPS, GE863QUAD, GE863-PY, GE863-GPS, GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864QUAD and GC864-PY
2 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY
3 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY
<mode> - required action
2 - query ADC value
<dir> - direction; its interpretation is currently not implemented
0 - no effect.
AT#ADC?
Note: The command returns the last valid measure.
Read command reports all pins voltage, converted by ADC, in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 540 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#ADC=?
#ADC: <value>[<CR><LF>#ADC: <value>[…]]
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.
3.7.5.1.19 #DAC - Digital/Analog Converter control
#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter control
Set command enables/disables the DAC_OUT pin.
AT#DAC=
[<enable>
Parameters:
[,<value>]]
<enable> - enables/disables DAC output.
0 - disables pin; it is in high impedance status (factory default)
1 - enables pin; the corresponding output is driven
<value> - scale factor of the integrated output voltage; it must be present if
<enable>=1
0..1023 - 10 bit precision
AT#DAC?
AT#DAC=?
Example
Note: integrated output voltage = MAX_VOLTAGE * value / 1023
Read command reports whether the DAC_OUT pin is currently enabled or
not, along with the integrated output voltage scale factor, in the format:
#DAC: <enable>,<value>
Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and
<value>.
Enable the DAC out and set its integrated output to the
50% of the max value:
AT#DAC=1,511
OK
Note
Disable the DAC out:
AT#DAC=0
OK
With this command the DAC frequency is selected internally.
D/A converter must not be used during POWERSAVING.
DAC_OUT line must be integrated (for example with a low band pass filter)
in order to obtain an analog voltage.
For a more in depth description of the integration filter refer to the hardware
user guide.
3.7.5.1.20 #VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Output Control
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 541 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#VAUX- Auxiliary Voltage Output Control
Set command enables/disables Auxiliary Voltage pins output.
AT#VAUX=
[<n>,<stat>]
Parameters:
<n> - VAUX pin index
1 - there is currently just one VAUX pin
<stat>
0 - output off
1 - output on
2 - query current value of VAUX pin
Note: when <stat>=2 and command is successful, it returns:
#VAUX: <value>
where:
<value> - power output status
0 - output off
1 - output on
AT#VAUX?
AT#VAUX=?
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the Auxiliary Voltage pins output
is disabled while GPS or camera is powered on they’ll both also be turned
off.
Read command reports the current status of all auxiliary voltage output
pins, in the format:
#VAUX: <value>[<CR><LF>#VAUX: <value>[…]]
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>,
<stat>.
3.7.5.1.21 #CBC - Battery And Charger Status
#CBC- Battery And Charger Status
Execution command returns the current Battery and Charger state in the
AT#CBC
format:
#CBC: <ChargerState>,<BatteryVoltage>
where:
<ChargerState> - battery charger state
0 - charger not connected
1 - charger connected and charging
2 - charger connected and charge completed
<BatteryVoltage> - battery voltage in millivolt: it is the real battery voltage
only if charger is not connected; if the charger is connected this value
depends on the charger voltage.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 542 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CBC- Battery And Charger Status
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#CBC=?
3.7.5.1.22 #AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property
#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property
Set command enables/disables the TE auto-attach property.
AT#AUTOATT=
[<auto>]
Parameter:
<auto>
0 - disables auto attach property
1 - enables auto attach property (factory default)
Read command reports whether the auto-attach property is currently
AT#AUTOATT?
enabled or not, in the format:
AT#AUTOATT=?
#AUTOATT: <auto>
Test command reports available values for parameter <auto>.
3.7.5.1.23 #MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control
#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control
Set command sets the multislot class
AT#MSCLASS=
[<class>,
Parameters:
<autoattach>]
<class> - multislot class; take care: class 7 is not supported.
1..6 - GPRS class
8..10 - GPRS class
<autotattach>
0 - the new multislot class is enabled only at the next detach/attach or
after a reboot.
1 - the new multislot class is enabled immediately, automatically forcing a
detach / attach procedure.
AT#MSCLASS?
AT#MSCLASS=?
Note: the <class> range for former GM862 family products is 1..8,
excluding class 7.
Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the
format:
#MSCLASS: <class>
Test command reports the range of available values for parameter <class>.
3.7.5.1.24 #MONI - Cell Monitor
#MONI - Cell Monitor
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 543 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#MONI - Cell Monitor
Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbour of the serving cell
AT#MONI[=
including it, from which extract GSM-related informations.
[<number>]]
Parameter:
<number>
0..6 - it is the ordinal number of the cell, in a neighbour of the serving cell
(default 0, serving cell).
7 - it is a special request to obtain GSM-related informations from the
whole set of seven cells in the neighbour of the serving cell.
Note: issuing AT#MONI<CR> reports the following GSM-related
informations for selected cell and dedicated channel (if exists).
a) When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name is
known the format is:
#MONI: <netname> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id>
ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>
b) When the network name is unknown, the format is:
#MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac>
Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>
c) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is:
#MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn>
PWR:<dBm> dBm
where:
<netname> - name of network operator
<cc> - country code
<nc> - network operator code
<n> - progressive number of adjacent cell
<bsic> - base station identification code
<qual> - quality of reception
0..7
<lac> - localization area code
<id> - cell identifier
<arfcn> - assigned radio channel
<dBm> - received signal strength in dBm
<timadv> = timing advance
Note: TA: <timadv> is reported only for the serving cell.
AT#MONI=?
When the last setting done is AT#MONI=7, then the Read command reports
the above informations for each of the cells in the neighbour of the serving
cell, formatting them in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated strings.
Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 544 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#MONI - Cell Monitor
serving cell excluding it, from which we can extract GSM-related
informations, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in
the format:
#MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>)
where:
<MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell
and excluding it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations.
This value is always 6.
Note
<CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI.
The refresh time of the measures is preset to 3 sec.
The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS transfers
active.
3.7.5.1.25 #SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
Execution command reports informations about serving cell, in the format:
AT#SERVINFO
#SERVINFO: <B-ARFCN>,<dBM>,<NetNameAsc>,<NetCode>,
,<BSIC>,<LAC>,<TA>,<GPRS>[,[<PB-ARFCN>],[<NOM>],
<RAC>,[PAT]]
where:
<B-ARFCN> - BCCH ARFCN of the serving cell
<dBM> - received signal strength in dBm
<NetNameAsc> - operator name, quoted string type
<NetCode> - country code and operator code, hexadecimal
representation
<BSIC> - Base Station Identification Code
<LAC> - Localization Area Code
<TA> - Time Advance: it’s available only if a GSM or GPRS is running
<GPRS> - GPRS supported in the cell
0 - not supported
1 - supported
The following informations will be present only if GPRS is supported in the
cell
<PB-ARFCN> - PBCCH ARFCN of the serving cell; it’ll be printed only if
PBCCH is supported by the cell, otherwise the label “hopping” will
be printed
<NOM> - Network Operation Mode
..”I”
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 545 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information
“II”
..”III”
<RAC> - Routing Area Color Code
<PAT> - Priority Access Threshold
..0
..3..6
3.7.5.1.26 #QSS - Query SIM Status
#QSS - Query SIM Status
Set command enables/disables the Query SIM Status unsolicited indication
AT#QSS=
in the ME.
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode> - type of notification
0 - disabled (factory default); it’s possible only to query the current SIM
status through Read command AT#QSS?
1 - enabled; the ME informs at every SIM status change through the
following unsolicited indication:
#QSS: <status>
where:
<status> - current SIM status
0 - SIM NOT INSERTED
1 - SIM INSERTED
Note: issuing AT#QSS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.
AT#QSS?
AT#QSS=?
Note: issuing AT#QSS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command
AT#QSS=0<CR>.
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is currently
enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format:
#QSS: <mode>,<status>
(<mode> and <status> are described above)
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.
3.7.5.1.27 #DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 546 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode
Set command sets voice call ATD modality.
AT#DIALMODE=
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - OK result code is received as soon as it starts remotely ringing (factory
default)
1 - OK result code is received only after the called party answers. Any
character typed aborts the call and NO CARRIER result code is
received.
2 - the following custom result codes are received, monitoring step by step
the call status:
DIALING (MO in progress)
RINGING (remote ring)
CONNECTED (remote call accepted)
RELEASED (after ATH)
DISCONNECTED (remote hang-up)
AT#DIALMODE?
Note: The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot.
Read command returns current ATD dialing mode in the format:
AT#DIALMODE=?
#DIALMODE: <mode>
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>
3.7.5.1.28
#ACAL - Automatic Call
#ACAL - Automatic Call
Set command enables/disables the automatic call function.
AT#ACAL=
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables the automatic call function (factory default)
1 - enables the automatic call function. If enabled (and &D2 has been
issued), the transition OFF/ON of DTR causes an automatic call to the
first number (position 0) stored in the internal phonebook.
Note: type of call depends on the last issue of command +FCLASS.
AT#ACAL?
AT#ACAL=?
Note
Read command reports whether the automatic call function is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#ACAL: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.
See &Z to write and &N to read the number on module internal phonebook.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 547 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.1.29 #ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring
AT#ECAM=
[<onoff>]
This command enables/disables the call monitoring function in the ME.
Parameter:
<onoff>
0 - disables call monitoring function (factory default)
1 - enables call monitoring function; the ME informs about call events,
such as incoming call, connected, hang up etc. using the following
unsolicited indication:
#ECAM: <ccid>,<ccstatus>,<calltype>,,, [<number>,<type>]
where
<ccid> - call ID
<ccstatus> - call status
0 - idle
1 - calling (MO)
2 - connecting (MO)
3 - active
4 - hold
5 - waiting (MT)
6 - alerting (MT)
7 - busy
<calltype> - call type
1 - voice
2 - data
<number> - called number (valid only for <ccstatus>=1)
<type> - type of <number>
129 - national number
145 - international number
AT#ECAM?
AT#ECAM=?
Note: the unsolicited indication is sent along with usual codes (OK, NO
CARRIER, BUSY...).
Read command reports whether the extended call monitoring function is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
#ECAM: <onoff>
Test command returns the list of supported values for <onoff>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 548 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.1.30 #SMOV - SMS Overflow
#SMOV - SMS Overflow
Set command enables/disables the SMS overflow signalling function.
AT#SMOV=
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables SMS overflow signaling function (factory default)
1 - enables SMS overflow signalling function; when the maximum storage
capacity has reached, the following network initiated notification is send:
AT#SMOV?
#SMOV: <memo>
Read command reports whether the SMS overflow signalling function is
currently enabled or not, in the format:
AT#SMOV=?
#SMOV: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
3.7.5.1.31
#CODEC - Audio Codec
#CODEC - Audio Codec
Set command sets the audio codec mode.
AT#CODEC=
[<codec>]
Parameter:
<codec>
0 - all the codec modes are enabled (factory default)
1..31 - value obtained as sum of the following values, each of them
representing a specific codec mode:
1 - FR, full rate mode enabled
2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled
4 - HR, half rate mode enabled
8 - AMR-FR, AMR full rate mode enabled
16 - AMR-HR, AMR half rate mode enabled
Note: the setting 0 is equivalent to the setting 31.
Note: The codec setting is saved in the profile parameters.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 549 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CODEC?
AT#CODEC=?
Example
Read command returns current audio codec mode in the format:
#CODEC: <codec>
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<codec>
AT#CODEC=14
OK
sets the codec modes HR (4), EFR (2) and AMR-FR (8)
3.7.5.1.32 #SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller
#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller
Set command enables/disables the echo canceller function on audio
AT#SHFEC=
handsfree output.
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables echo canceller for handsfree mode (factory default)
1 - enables echo canceller for handsfree mode
AT#SHFEC?
AT#SHFEC=?
Note: This setting returns to default after power off.
Read command reports whether the echo canceller function on audio
handsfree output is currently enabled or not, in the format:
#SHFEC: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
3.7.5.1.33 #HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain
#HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain
Set command sets the handsfree microphone input gain
AT#HFMICG=
[<level>]
Parameter:
<level>: handsfree microphone input gain
0..7 - handsfree microphone gain (+6dB/step)
Read command returns the current handsfree microphone input gain, in the
AT#HFMICG?
format:
AT#HFMICG=?
#HFMICG: <level>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<level>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 550 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.1.34 #HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain
#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain
Set command sets the handset microphone input gain
AT#HSMICG=
[<level>]
Parameter:
<level>: handset microphone input gain
0..7 - handset microphone gain (+6dB/step)
Read command returns the current handset microphone input gain, in the
AT#HSMICG?
format:
AT#HSMICG=?
3.7.5.1.35
#HSMICG: <level>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.
#SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone
#SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone
Set command enables/disables the sidetone on headset audio output.
AT#SHFSD=
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables the headset sidetone (factory default)
1 - enables the headset sidetone.
AT#SHFSD?
Note: This setting returns to default after power off.
Read command reports whether the headset sidetone is currently enabled
or not, in the format:
AT#SHFSD=?
#SHFSD: <mode>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter
<mode>.
3.7.5.1.36 #/ - Repeat Last Command
#/ - Repeat Last Command
Execute command is used to execute again the last received
AT#/
command.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 551 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.1.37 #NITZ - Network Timezone
#NITZ - Network Timezone
Set command enables/disables automatic date/time updating and Network
AT#NITZ=
Timezone unsolicited indication.
[<val>
Date and time information may be sent by the network after GSM
[,<mode>]]
registration or after GPRS attach.
Parameters:
<val>
0 - disables automatic set (factory default)
1 - enables automatic set
<mode>
0 - disables unsolicited message (factory default)
1 - enables unsolicited message; after date and time updating the following
unsolicited indication is sent:
#NITZ: “yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss”
AT#NITZ?
AT#NITZ=?
where:
yy - year
MM - month (in digits)
dd - day
hh - hour
mm - minute
ss - second
Read command reports whether automatic date/time updating is currently
enabled or not, and whether Network Timezone unsolicited indication is
enabled or not, in the format:
#NITZ: <val>,<mode>
Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.
3.7.5.1.38 #BND - Select Band
#BND - Select Band
Set command selects the current band.
AT#BND=
[<band>]
Parameter
<band>:
0 - GSM 900MHz + DCS 1800MHz
1 - GSM 900MHz + PCS 1900MHz
2 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1800MHz (available only on quadri-band
modules)
3 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1900MHz (available only on quadri-band
modules)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 552 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#BND?
Note: This setting is maintained even after power off.
Read command returns the current selected band in the format:
AT#BND=?
#BND: <band>
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <band>.
Note: the range of values differs between triband modules and quadric-band
modules
3.7.5.1.39
#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection
#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection
Set command enables/disables the automatic band selection at power-on.
AT#AUTOBND=
[<value>]
Parameter:
<value>:
0 - disables automatic band selection at power-on (factory default)
1 - enables automatic band selection at power-on; +COPS=0 is necessary
condition to effectively have automatic band selection at next power-on;
the automatic band selection stops as soon as a GSM cell is found.
AT#AUTOBND?
AT#AUTOBND=?
Note: if automatic band selection is enabled the band changes every about
90 seconds through available bands until a GSM cell is found.
Read command returns whether the automatic band selection is enabled or
not in the form:
#AUTOBND: <value>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<value>.
3.7.5.1.40 #SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence
#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence
Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence +++ while
AT#SKIPESC=
transmitting during a data connection.
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - doesn’t skip the escape sequence; its transmission is enabled (factory
default).
1 - skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not enabled.
Note: in case of an FTP connection, the escape sequence is not
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 553 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#SKIPESC?
AT#SKIPESC=?
3.7.5.1.41
transmitted, regardless of the command setting.
Read command reports whether escape sequence skipping is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
#SKIPESC: <mode>
Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.
#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time
#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time
AT#E2ESC=
[<gt>]
Set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in
GPRS to be considered a valid one (and return to on-line command mode).
Parameter:
<gt>
0 - no guard time (factory default)
1..10 - guard time in seconds
AT#E2ESC?
AT#E2ESC=?
Note: if the Escape Sequence Guard Time is set to a value different from
zero, it overrides the one set with S12.
Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time,
in the format:
#E2ESC: <gt>
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.1.42 #GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type
#GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type
Set command sets the PPP-GPRS connection authentication type.
AT#GAUTH=
[<type>]
Parameter
<type>
0 - no authentication
1 - PAP authentication (factory default)
2 - CHAP authentication
AT#GAUTH?
AT#GAUTH=?
Note: for GSM connection <type> is fixed to PAP
Read command reports the current PPP-GPRS connection authentication
type, in the format:
#GAUTH: <type>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 554 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<type>.
3.7.5.1.43
#RTCSTAT - RTC Status
#RTCSTAT - RTC Status
Set command resets the RTC status flag.
AT#RTCSTAT=
[<status>]
Parameter:
<status>
0 - Set RTC Status to RTC HW OK
Note: the initial value of RTC status flag is RTC HW Error and it doesn’t
change until a command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is issued.
AT#RTCSTAT?
AT#RTCSTAT=?
Note: if a power failure occurs and the buffer battery is down the RTC
status flag is set to 1. It doesn’t change until command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is
issued.
Read command reports the current value of RTC status flag, in the format:
#RTCSTAT: <status>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<status>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 555 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.2 FTP AT Commands
3.7.5.2.1 #FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
#FTPTO - FTP timeout
Set command sets time-out for FTP operations.
AT#FTPTO=
[<tout>]
Parameter:
<tout> - time-out in 100 ms units
100..5000 - hundreds of ms (factory default is 100)
AT#FTPTO?
Note: The parameter is not saved in NVM.
Read command returns the current FTP operations time-out, in the format:
AT#FTPTO=?
#FTPTO: <tout>
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <tout>
3.7.5.2.2 #FTPOPEN - FTP Open
#FTPOPEN - FTP Open
Execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server.
AT#FTPOPEN=
[<server:port>,
Parameters:
<username>,
<server:port> - string type, address and port of FTP server (factory default
<password>,
port 21).
<mode>]
<username> - string type, authentication user identification string for FTP.
<password> - string type, authentication password for FTP.
<mode>
0 - active mode (factory default)
1 - passive modex
AT#FTPOPEN=?
Note: Before opening FTP connection the GPRS must been activated with
AT#GPRS=1
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.2.3 #FTPCLOSE - FTP Close
#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close
Execution command closes an FTP connection.
AT#FTPCLOSE
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#FTPCLOSE=?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 556 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.2.4 #FTPPUT - FTP Put
#FTPPUT - FTP Put
AT#FTPPUT=
[<filename>]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts sending <filename> file to the FTP server.
If the data connection succeeds, a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise
a NO CARRIER indication is sent.
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, name of the file.
Note: use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection.
AT#FTPPUT=?
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.2.5 #FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPPUTPH=
connection and starts sending to the FTP server the last photo taken issuing
[<filename>]
#TPHOTO.
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, name of the file on the FTP server side.
Note: the file transfer type has to be binary in order to send the photo the
right way (see command #FTPTYPE).
AT#FTPPUTPH=?
Example
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Test command returns the OK result code.
at#gprs=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
at#camon
OK
at#tphoto
OK
at#ftpopen="xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx",<usern.>,<passw.>,0
OK
at#ftptype=0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 557 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo
OK
at#ftpputph="photo.jpg"
OK
at#ftpclose
OK
3.7.5.2.6 #FTPGET - FTP Get
#FTPGET - FTP Get
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPGET=
connection and starts getting a file from the FTP server.
[<filename>]
If the data connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a
NO CARRIER indication is sent.
The file is received on the serial port.
Parameter:
<filename> - file name, string type.
AT#FTPGET=?
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.2.7 #FTPTYPE - FTP Type
#FTPTYPE - FTP Type
Set command, issued during an FTP connection, sets the file transfer type.
AT#FTPTYPE=
[<type>]
Parameter:
<type> - file transfer type:
0 - binary
1 - ascii
#FTPTYPE?
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Read command returns the current file transfer type, in the format:
#FTPTYPE=?
#FTPTYPE: <type>
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <type>:
#FTPTYPE: (0,1)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 558 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.2.8 #FTPMSG - FTP Read Message
#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message
Execution command returns the last response from the server.
AT#FTPMSG
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#FTPMSG=?
3.7.5.2.9 #FTPDELE - FTP Delete
#FTPDELE - FTP Delete
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, deletes a file from
AT#FTPDELE=
the remote working directory.
[<filename>]
Parameter:
<filename> - string type, it’s the name of the file to delete.
AT#FTPDELE=?
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.2.10 #FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory
#FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, shows the current
AT#FTPPWD
working directory on FTP server.
AT#FTPPWD=?
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.2.11 #FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory
#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, changes the
AT#FTPCWD=
working directory on FTP server.
[<dirname>]
Parameter:
<dirname> - string type, it’s the name of the new working directory.
AT#FTPCWD=?
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
Test command returns the OK result code.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 559 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.2.12 #FTPLIST - FTP List
#FTPLIST - FTP List
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
AT#FTPLIST[=
connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the
[<name>]]
specified directory or the properties of the specified file.
Parameter:
<name> - string type, it’s the name of the directory or file.
Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no
FTP connection has been opened yet.
AT#FTPLIST=?
Note: issuing AT#FTPLIST<CR> opens a data connection and starts
getting from the server the list of contents of the working directory.
Test command returns the OK result code.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 560 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS® Extension AT Commands
3.7.5.3.1 #USERID - Authentication User ID
#USERID - Authentication User ID
Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the
AT#USERID=
authentication step.
[<user>]
AT#USERID?
AT#USERID=?
Example
Parameter:
<user> - string type, it’s the authentication User Id; the max length for this
value is the output of Test command, AT#USERID=? (factory
default is the empty string “”).
Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format:
#USERID: <user>
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<user>.
AT#USERID="myName"
OK
AT#USERID?
#USERID: "myName"
OK
3.7.5.3.2 #PASSW - Authentication Password
#PASSW - Authentication Password
Set command sets the user password string to be used during the
AT#PASSW=
authentication step.
[<pwd>]
AT#PASSW=?
Example
Parameter:
<pwd> - string type, it’s the authentication password; the max length for this
value is the output of Test command, AT#PASSW=? (factory
default is the empty string “”).
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<pwd>.
AT#PASSW="myPassword"
OK
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 561 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.3.3 #PKTSZ - Packet Size
#PKTSZ - Packet Size
Set command sets the default packet size to be used by the TCP/UDP/IP
AT#PKTSZ=
stack for data sending.
[<size>]
AT#PKTSZ?
AT#PKTSZ=?
Example
Parameter:
<size> - packet size in bytes
0 - automatically chosen by the device
1..512 - packet size in bytes (factory default is 300)
Read command reports the current packet size value.
Note: after issuing command AT#PKTSZ=0, the Read command reports the
value automatically chosen by the device.
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <size>.
AT#PKTSZ=100
OK
AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 100
OK
AT#PKTSZ=0
OK
AT#PKTSZ?
#PKTSZ: 300
->value automatically chosen by device
OK
3.7.5.3.4 #DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out
#DSTO -Data Sending Time-Out
Set command sets the maximum time that the module awaits before
AT#DSTO=
sending anyway a packet whose size is less than the default one.
[<tout>]
Parameter:
<tout> - packet sending time-out in 100ms units (factory default is 50)
0 - no time-out, wait forever for packets to be completed before send.
1..255 hundreds of ms
Note: In order to avoid low performance issues, it is suggested to set the
data sending time-out to a value greater than 5.
AT#DSTO?
Note: this time-out applies to data whose size is less than packet size and
whose sending would have been delayed for an undefined time until new
data to be sent had been received and full packet size reached.
Read command reports the current data sending time-out value.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 562 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#DSTO -Data Sending Time-Out
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <tout>.
AT#DSTO=?
AT#DSTO=10 ->1 sec. time-out
Example
OK
AT#DSTO?
#DSTO: 10
OK
3.7.5.3.5 #SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out
Set command sets the maximum time with no data exchanging on the
AT#SKTTO=
socket that the module awaits before closing the socket and deactivating
[<tout>]
the GPRS context.
Parameter:
<tout> - socket inactivity time-out in seconds units
0 - no timeout.
1..65535 - time-out in sec. units (factory default is 90).
AT#SKTTO?
AT#SKTTO=?
Example
Note: this time-out applies when no data is exchanged in the socket for a
long time and therefore the socket connection has to be automatically
closed and the GPRS context deactivated.
Read command reports the current socket inactivity time-out value.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.
AT#SKTTO=30 ->(30 sec. time-out)
OK
AT#SKTTO?
#SKTTO: 30
OK
3.7.5.3.6 #SKTSET - Socket Definition
#SKTSET - Socket Definition
AT#SKTSET=
Set command sets the socket parameters values.
[<socket type>,
<remote port>,
Parameters:
<remote addr>,
<socket type> - socket protocol type
[<closure type>],
0 - TCP (factory default)
[<local port>]]
1 - UDP
<remote port> - remote host port to be opened
0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0)
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 563 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
<remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter
can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
<local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket
0..65535 - port number
Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: The resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket,
therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTSET command, then
an error message will be issued.
AT#SKTSET?
AT#SKTSET=?
Example
Note: the DNS Query to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection.
Read command reports the socket parameters values, in the format:
AT#SKTSET: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,
<closure type>,<local port>
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.
AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"123.255.020.001"
OK
AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"www.telit.net"
OK
3.7.5.3.7 #SKTOP - Socket Open
#SKTOP - Socket Open
Execution command activates the context number 1, proceeds with the
AT#SKTOP
authentication with the user ID and password previously set by #USERID
and #PASSW commands, and opens a socket connection with the host
specified in the #SKTSET command. Eventually, before opening the socket
connection, it issues automatically a DNS query to solve the IP address of
the host name.
If the connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 564 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#SKTOP=?
Example
CARRIER indication is sent.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#SKTOP
..GPRS context activation, authentication
open..
CONNECT
and
socket
3.7.5.3.8 #QDNS - Query DNS
#QDNS - Query DNS
Execution command executes a DNS query to solve the host name into an
AT#QDNS=
IP address.
[<host name>]
Parameter:
<host name> - host name, string type.
If the DNS query is successful then the IP address will be reported in the
result code:
#QDNS:"<host name>",<IP address>
Note: the command has to activate the GPRS context if it was not
previously activated. In this case the context is deactivated after the DNS
query.
AT#QDNS=?
Note
Note: <IP address> is in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
Test command returns the OK result code.
This command requires that the authentication parameters are correctly set
and that the GPRS network is present.
3.7.5.3.9 #SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out
#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out
Set command sets the TCP connection time-out for the first CONNECT
AT#SKTCT=
answer from the TCP peer to be received.
[<tout>]
Parameter:
<tout> - TCP first CONNECT answer time-out in 100ms units
10..1200 - hundreds of ms (factory default value is 600).
Note: this time-out applies only to the time that the TCP stack waits for the
CONNECT answer to its connection request.
Note: The time for activate the GPRS and resolving the name with the DNS
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 565 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#SKTCT?
AT#SKTCT=?
Example
query (if the peer was specified by name and not by address) is not counted
in this timeout.
Read command reports the current TCP connection time-out.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>.
AT#SKTCT=600
OK
socket first connection answer timeout has been set to
60 s.
3.7.5.3.10 #SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save
#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save
Execution command saves the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the
AT#SKTSAV
device.
AT#SKTSAV=?
Example
Note
3.7.5.3.11
The socket parameters to store are:
- User ID
- Password
- Packet Size
- Socket Inactivity Time-Out
- Data Sending Time-Out
- Socket Type (UDP/TCP)
- Remote Port
- Remote Address
- TCP Connection Time-Out
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#SKTSAV
OK
socket parameters have been saved in NVM
If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value
will be stored.
#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset Command
#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset Command
Execution command resets the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the
AT#SKTRST
device to the default ones.
The socket parameters to reset are:
- User ID
- Password
- Packet Size
- Socket Inactivity Timeout
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 566 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#SKTRST=?
Example
- Data Sending Timeout
- Socket Type
- Remote Port
- Remote Address
- TCP Connection Time-Out
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#SKTRST
OK
socket parameters have been reset
3.7.5.3.12 #GPRS - GPRS Context Activation
#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
AT#GPRS=
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW
[<mode>]
and #USERID.
Parameter:
<mode> - GPRS context activation mode
0 - GPRS context deactivation request
1 - GPRS context activation request
In the case that the GPRS context has been activated, the result code OK is
preceded by the intermediate result code:
+IP: <ip_address_obtained>
AT#GPRS?
reporting the local IP address obtained from the network.
Read command reports the current status of the GPRS context, in the
format:
#GPRS: <status>
AT#GPRS=?
Example
where:
<status>
0 - GPRS context deactivated
1 - GPRS context activated
2 - GPRS context activation pending.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: 129.137.1.1
OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated and our
129.137.1.1
IP
is
AT#GPRS=0
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 567 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation
OK
Now GPRS context has been deactivated, IP is lost.
3.7.5.3.13 #SKTD - Socket Dial
#SKTD - Socket Dial
AT#SKTD=
[<socket type>,
<remote port>,
<remote addr>,
[<closure type>],
[<local port>]]
Set command opens the socket towards the peer specified in the
parameters.
Parameters:
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP (factory default)
1 - UDP
<remote port> - remote host port to be opened
0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0)
<remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter
can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
<local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket
0..65535 - port number
Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP
sockets shall be left unused.
Note: the resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket,
therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTD command, then an
error message will be issued.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) the GPRS
coverage is enough to permit a connection
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is
the same as Read command.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 568 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTD - Socket Dial
Read command reports the socket dial parameters values, in the format:
AT#SKTD?
AT#SKTD=?
Example
AT#SKTD: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,
<closure type>,<local port>
Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters.
AT#SKTD=0,1024,"123.255.020.001",255
OK
AT#SKTD=1,1024,"123.255.020.001", ,1025
OK
In this way my local port 1025 is opened to the remote
port 1024
Note
AT#SKTD=0,1024,"www.telit.net", 255
OK
The main difference between this command and #SKTOP is that this
command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or
OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made
with #SKTD is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is
maintained.
3.7.5.3.14 #SKTL - Socket Listen
#SKTL - Socket Listen
Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection
AT#SKTL
requests.
=[<mode>,
<socket type>,
Parameters:
<input port>,
<mode> - socket mode
[<closure type>]]
0 - closes socket listening
1 - starts socket listening
<socket type> - socket protocol type
0 - TCP
<input port> - local host input port to be listened
0..65535 - port number
<closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP
0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default)
255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)
Command returns the OK result code if successful.
Note: the command to be successful requests that:
- the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT
- the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW)
- the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 569 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTL - Socket Listen
- the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1
When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code
is reported:
+CONN FROM: <remote addr>
Where:
<remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the
device.
When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and
the modem goes into data transfer mode.
On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is
closed and no listen is anymore active.
If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is
closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported:
AT#SKTL?
AT#SKTL=?
Example
#SKTL: ABORTED
Read command returns the current socket listening status and the last
settings of parameters <input port> and <closure type>, in the format:
#SKTL: <status>,<input port>,<closure type>
Where
<status> - socket listening status
0 - socket not listening
1 - socket listening
Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <socket
type>, <input port> and <closure type>.
Activate GPRS
AT#GPRS=1
+IP: ###.###.###.###
OK
Start listening
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024
OK
or
AT#SKTL=1,0,1024,255
OK
Receive connection requests
+CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 570 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SKTL - Socket Listen
CONNECT
exchange data with the remote host
send escape sequence
+++
NO CARRIER
Now listen is not anymore active
Note
to stop listening
AT#SKTL=0,0,1024, 255
OK
The main difference between this command and #SKTD is that #SKTL
does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context
status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore
when the connection made with #SKTL is closed the context (and hence
the local IP address) is maintained.
3.7.5.3.15 #E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator
#E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket
AT#E2SLRI=[<n>]
Listen connect and, if enabled, the duration of the negative going pulse
generated on receipt of connect.
AT#E2SLRI?
AT#E2SLRI=?
3.7.5.3.16
Parameter:
<n> - RI enabling
0 - RI disabled for Socket Listen connect (factory default)
50..1150 - RI enabled for Socket Listen connect; a negative going pulse is
generated on receipt of connect and <n> is the duration in ms of this pulse.
Read command reports whether the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket
Listen connect is currently enabled or not, in the format:
#E2SLRI: <n>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.
#FRWL - Firewall Setup
#FRWL - Firewall Setup
Execution command controls the internal firewall settings.
AT#FRWL=
[<action>,
Parameters:
<ip_address>,
<action> - command action
<net mask>]
0 - remove selected chain
1 - add an ACCEPT chain
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 571 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#FRWL - Firewall Setup
2 - remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr> and <net_mask>
has no meaning in this case.
<ip_addr> - remote address to be added into the ACCEPT chain; string
type, it can be any valid IP address in the format:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
<net_mask> - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; string type, it can be
any valid IP address mask in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
Command returns OK result code if successful.
Note: the firewall applies for incoming (listening) connections only.
Firewall general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not included
into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded.
When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall chain
rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria:
incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask>
AT#FRWL?
AT#FRWL=?
Example
Note
If criteria is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule scan is
finished; if criteria is not matched for any chain the packet is silently
dropped.
Read command reports the list of all ACCEPT chain rules registered in the
Firewall settings in the format:
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
….
OK
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>.
Let assume we want to accept connections only from our
devices which are on the IP addresses ranging from
197.158.1.1 to 197.158.255.255
We need to add the following chain to the firewall:
AT#FRWL=1,"197.158.1.1","255.255.0.0"
OK
For outgoing connections made with #SKTOP and #SKTD the remote host
is dynamically inserted into the ACCEPT chain for all the connection
duration. Therefore the #FRWL command shall be used only for defining
the #SKTL behaviour, deciding which hosts are allowed to connect to the
local device.
Rules are not saved in NVM, at start-up the rules list will be empty.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 572 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.4 Easy Camera® Management AT Commands
3.7.5.4.1 #CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF
#CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF
Execution command turns camera ON/OFF.
AT#CAMEN=
[<status>]
Parameter:
<status> - camera status
0 - turns camera OFF
1 - turns camera ON
AT#CAMEN?
AT#CAMEN=?
Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS) if the camera is turned off while
GPS or VAUX pin is enabled they’ll both also be powered off.
Read command reports the current camera status and, if the camera is ON,
the current camera model, in the format:
#CAMEN: 0
if camera is OFF
#CAMEN: 1,<cam>
if camera is ON
where:
<cam> - camera model
2 - TRANSCHIP camera
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.
3.7.5.4.2 #SELCAM - Camera Model
#SELCAM - Camera Model
Set command selects current camera model
AT#SELCAM=
[<cam>]
Parameter:
<cam> - camera model
0 - automatic detection (factory default)
2 - TRANSCHIP camera
3 - reserved for future us
4 - reserved for future use
5 - reserved for future use
AT#SELCAM?
Note: If GPS is present it’s not possible to set AT#SELCAM=1
Read command reports the current camera model in the format:
AT#SELCAM=?
#SELCAM: <cam>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <cam>
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 573 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.4.3 #CAMRES - Camera Resolution
#CAMRES - Camera Resolution
Set command sets current camera resolution
AT#CAMRES=
[<res>]
Parameter:
<res> - camera resolution
0 - VGA photo output,640x480 (factory default)
1 - QVGA photo output, 320x240
2 - QQVGA photo output, 160x120
3 - reserved for future use
4 - reserved for future use
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <res> in format:
AT#CAMRES?
AT#CAMRES=?
#CAMRES:<res>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <res>.
3.7.5.4.4 #CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode
#CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode
Set command sets current colour mode
AT#CAMCOL=
[<col>]
Parameter:
<col> - camera colour mode
0 - colour mode (factory default)
1 - Black&White mode
Read command reports the current colour mode, in the format:
AT#CAMCOL?
AT#CAMCOL=?
#CAMCOL: <col>.
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <col>.
3.7.5.4.5 #CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality
#CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality
Set command sets the quality of the photo.
AT#CAMQUA=
[<qual>]
Parameter:
<qual> - photo quality
0 - low quality of picture, high Jpeg compression
1 - medium quality of picture, medium Jpeg compression
2 - high quality of picture, low Jpeg compression (factory default)
AT#CAMQUA?
Note: increasing the photo quality increases its size.
Read command reports the current photo quality, in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 574 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality
AT#CAMQUA=?
#CAMQUA: <qual>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <qual>.
3.7.5.4.6 #CMODE - Camera Exposure
#CMODE - Camera Exposure
Set command sets the camera exposure.
AT#CMODE=
[<mode>]
Parameter:
<exp> - camera exposure
0 - daylight mode, short exposure (factory default)
1 - nightlight mode, long exposure
Read command reports the current camera exposure in the format:
AT#CMODE?
AT#CMODE=?
#CMODE: <exp>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <exp>.
3.7.5.4.7 #CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom
#CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom
Set command sets current zoom.
AT#CAMZOOM=
[<zoom>]
Parameter:
<zoom> - camera zoom
0 - no zoom, x1 (factory default)
1 - zoom, x2
2 - zoom, x4
3 - reserved for future use
Read command reports the current zoom setting, in the format:
AT#CAMZOOM?
#CAMZOOM: <zoom>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <zoom>.
AT#CAMZOOM=?
3.7.5.4.8 #CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint
#CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint
Set command sets time/date overprinting.
AT#CAMTXT=
[<ov>]
Parameter:
<ov> - time/date overprinting mode
0 - no overprinting (factory default)
1 - time info printed at the bottom of picture
2 - date info printed at the bottom of picture
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 575 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
AT#CAMTXT?
AT#CAMTXT=?
3 - time&date info printed at the bottom of picture
4 - reserved for future use
Read command reports the current time/date overprinting mode, in the
format:
#CAMTXT: <ov>
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <ov>.
3.7.5.4.9 #TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo
#TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo
Execution command is used to take the photo and to store it in the
AT#TPHOTO
MODULE memory.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#TPHOTO=?
AT#TPHOTO
Example
OK
… the camera has taken the photo and it is now stored on the MODULE
memory.
Note
The photo is kept in the MODULE RAM memory, therefore after a power off
it is lost.
There's only 1 position for the photo, every photo will overwrite the previous.
The photo is taken during IDLE time, if the mobile is busy on network
operations, (e.g. during a call) the photo cannot be taken.
3.7.5.4.10 #RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo
#RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo
Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE
AT#RPHOTO
RAM memory to the serial line, ending it with the sequence:
AT#RPHOTO=?
Example
Note
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#RPHOTO
xxxxxxxxxxxx (binary digits of the JPEG image)
<cr><lf>OK<cr><lf>
the photo has been flushed to the serial line
The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected.
The baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.
3.7.5.4.11 #OBJL - Object List
#OBJL- Object List
AT#OBJL
Execution command reports the list of the objects stored in the MODULE
memory.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 576 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#OBJL- Object List
The output format is:
#OBJL: <filename>,<size>
AT#OBJL=?
Example
where:
<filename> - name of the object; it is always “Snapshot”
<size> - size of the object in bytes
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#OBJL
#OBJL: Snapshot,47224
OK
3.7.5.4.12 #OBJR - Object Read
#OBJR - Object Read
Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE
AT#OBJR=
RAM memory to the serial line.
[<obj>,
"Snapshot"]
The difference between this command and #RPHOTO is that #OBJR output
ends without the sequence:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Parameter:
<obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type
“IMG” - Image object
AT#OBJR=?
Example
Note
Note: "Snapshot" is the only name of the object.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#OBJR="IMG","Snapshot"
xxxxxxxxxxxx (binary digits of the JPEG image)
… the photo has been flushed to the serial line.
The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected. The
baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 577 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.5 Email Management AT Commands
3.7.5.5.1 #ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for E-mail sending.
AT#ESMTP=
SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name.
[<smtp>]
Parameter:
<smtp> - SMTP server address, string type. This parameter can be either:
- any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host
name>
(factory default is the empty string “”)
AT#ESMTP?
AT#ESMTP=?
Example
Note
Note: the max length for <smtp> is the output of Test command.
Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format:
#ESMTP: <smtp>
Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>.
AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com"
OK
The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the smtp server
provided by the network operator) or it must allow the Relay, otherwise it will
refuse to send the email.
3.7.5.5.2 #EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
Set command sets the sender address string to be used for sending the eAT#EADDR=
mail.
[<e-add>]
AT#EADDR?
AT#EADDR=?
Example
Parameter:
<e-addr> - sender address, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
Read command reports the current sender address, in the format:
#EADDR: <e-addr>
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<e-addr>.
AT#EADDR="[email protected]"
OK
AT#EADDR?
#EADDR: "[email protected]"
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 578 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address
OK
3.7.5.5.3 #EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name
#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name
Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the
AT#EUSER=
authentication step of the SMTP.
[<e-user>]
Parameter:
<e-user> - email authentication User ID, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
AT#EUSER?
Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-user> parameter shall be
empty "".
Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format:
Example
#EUSER: <e-user>
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
<e-user>.
AT#EUSER="myE-Name"
OK
AT#EUSER?
#EUSER: "myE-Name"
Note
OK
It is a different user field than the one used for GPRS authentication (see
#USERID).
AT#EUSER=?
3.7.5.5.4 #EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password
#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password
Set command sets the password string to be used during the authentication
AT#EPASSW=
step of the SMTP.
[<e-pwd>]
Parameter:
<e-pwd> - email authentication password, string type.
- any string value up to max length reported in the Test command.
(factory default is the empty string “”)
Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-pwd> parameter shall be
empty "".
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 579 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter
AT#EPASSW=?
<e-pwd>.
AT#EPASSW="myPassword"
Example
OK
Note
It is a different password field than the one used for GPRS authentication
(see #PASSW).
3.7.5.5.5 #SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
Execution command activates a GPRS context, if not previously activated
AT#SEMAIL=
by #EMAILACT, and sends an e-mail message. The GPRS context is
[<da>,<subj>,
deactivated when the e-mail is sent.
<att>
[,<filename>]]
Parameters:
<da> - destination address, string type.
<subj> - subject of the message, string type.
<att> - attached image flag
0 - don't attach any image
1 - attach the last snapshot taken
<filename> - image name (default is “snapshot.jpg”)
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported
Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
no other commands are issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS
ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands.
Note: if GPRS context was previously activated by #GPRS it’s not possible
to successfully send the e-mail message and the response is the result
code activation failed.
AT#SEMAIL=?
Example
Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long
time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#SEMAIL="[email protected]","subject of the mail",1
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 580 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation
>message body… this is the text of the mail message…
CTRL-Z
..wait..
OK
Message has been sent.
3.7.5.5.6 #EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation
#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation
Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually
AT#EMAILACT=
proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW
[<mode>]
and #USERID.
AT#EMAILACT?
Parameter:
<mode> - GPRS context activation mode
0 - GPRS context deactivation request
1 - GPRS context activation request
Read command reports the current status of the GPRS context for the email, in the format:
#EMAILACT: <status>
AT#EMAILACT=?
Example
where:
<status>
0 - GPRS context deactivated
1 - GPRS context activated
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>.
AT#EMAILACT=1
OK
Now GPRS Context has been activated
AT# EMAILACT=0
OK
Now GPRS context has been deactivated.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 581 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.5.7 #EMAILD - E-mail Sending
#EMAILD - E-mail Sending
Execution command sends an e-mail message if GPRS context has already
AT#EMAILD=
been activated with AT#EMAILACT=1.
[<da>,
<subj>,<att>
Parameters:
[,<filename>]]
<da> - destination address, string type.
<subj> - subject of the message, string type
<att> - attached image flag
0 - don't attach any image
1 - attach the last snapshot taken
<filename> - image name (default is “snapshot.jpg”)
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for
the message body text.
To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without
writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported
Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,
no other commands are issued.
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS
ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands.
AT#EMAILD=?
Example
Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long
time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute.
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#EMAILD=”[email protected]”,”subject of the mail”,1
>message body… this is the text of the mail message…
CTRL-Z
Note
..wait..
OK
Message has been sent.
The only difference between this command and the #SEMAIL is that this
command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or
OFF according to the #EMAILACT setting, thus, when the connection made
with #EMAILD is closed, the context status is maintained.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 582 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.5.8 #ESAV - Email Parameters Save
#ESAV - Email Parameters Save
Execution command saves the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the
AT#ESAV
device.
AT#ESAV=?
Note
The values stored are:
- E-mail User Name
- E-mail Password
- E-mail Sender Address
- E-mail SMTP server
Test command returns the OK result code.
If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value
will be taken.
3.7.5.5.9 #ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset
#ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset
Execution command resets the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the
AT#ERST
device to the default ones.
AT#ERST=?
The values reset are:
- E-mail User Name
- E-mail Password
- E-mail Sender Address
- E-mail SMTP server
Test command returns the OK result code.
3.7.5.5.10 #EMAILMSG -SMTP Read Message
#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message
Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server.
AT#EMAILMSG
Test command returns the OK result code.
AT#EMAILMSG=?
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 583 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.6 Easy Scan® Extension AT Commands
3.7.5.6.1 #CSURV - Network Survey
#CSURV - Network Survey
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
AT#CSURV[=
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from
[<s>,<e>]]
channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURV<CR>, a full band scan is
performed.
AT*CSURV[=
[<s>,<e>]]
(both syntax are Parameters:
<s> - starting channel
possible)
<e> - ending channel
After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started…
and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is
reported, each of them in the format:
(For BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc>
mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus>
numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch:
<pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco>
t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck>
bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>
where:
<arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control
Channel)
<bsic> - base station identification code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0,
<bsic> is a decimal number, else it is a 2-digits octal number
<rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm)
<ber> - decimal number; it is the bit error rate (in %)
<mcc> - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the mobile country code
<mnc> - hexadecimal 2-digits number; it is the mobile network code
<lac> - location area code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <lac> is a decimal
number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number
<cellId> - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal
number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number
<cellStatus> - string type; it is the cell status
..CELL_SUITABLE - C0 is a suitable cell.
CELL_LOW_PRIORITY - the cell is low priority based on the received
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 584 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURV - Network Survey
system information.
CELL_FORBIDDEN - the cell is forbidden.
CELL_BARRED - the cell is barred based on the received system
information.
CELL_LOW_LEVEL - the cell <rxLev> is low.
CELL_OTHER - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no
BCCH available…etc.
<numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description
<arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in
the range 1..<numArfcn>)
<numArfcn> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in the
Cell Channel Description
<arfcnn> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell
Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>)
<numChannels> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in
the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
7. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
8. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
<ban> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n
is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this
information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT
setting:
8. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
9. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
(The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)
<pbcch> 0
1
<nom> - network operation mode
1
2
3
<rac> - routing area code
0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support
..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell
..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell
<pat> - priority access threshold
03..6 -
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 585 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURV - Network Survey
<nco> - network control order
0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168
<t3192> - timer 3192
<drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds)
<ctrlAck> - packed control ack
<bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value
<alpha> - alpha parameter for power control
<pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink
measurements for power control
0 - BCCH
1 - PDCH
(For non BCCH-Carrier)
arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>
where:
<arfcn> - decimal number; it is the RF channel
<rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm)
The last information from #CSURV depends on the last #CSURVF setting:
#CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
Example
#CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
where
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
AT#CSURV
Network survey started…
arfcn: 48 bsic: 24 rxLev: -52 ber: 0.00 mcc: 610 mnc: 1
lac: 33281 cellId: 3648 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE
numArfcn: 2 arfcn: 30 48 numChannels: 5 array: 14 19 22
48 82
arfcn: 14 rxLev: 8
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 586 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURV - Network Survey
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
3.7.5.6.2 #CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels
AT#CSURVC[=
belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from
[<s>,<e>]]
channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVC<CR>, a full band scan
is performed.
AT*CSURVC[=
[=<s>,<e>]]
Parameters:
(both syntax are <s> - starting channel
<e> - ending channel
possible)
After issuing the command the device responds with the string:
Network survey started…
and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is
reported, each of them in the format:
(For BCCH-Carrier)
<arfcn>,<bsic>,<rxLev>,<ber>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellId>,
<cellStatus>,<numArfcn>[,<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]]
[,<numChannels>[,<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [<pbcch> [<nom> <rac> <spgc>
<pat> <nco> <t3168> <t3192> <drxmax> <ctrlAck> <bsCVmax>
<alpha> <pcMeasCh>]]]
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>
where:
<arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control
Channel)
<bsic> - base station identification code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0,
<bsic> is a decimal number, else it is a 2-digits octal number
<rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm)
<ber> - decimal number; it is the bit error rate (in %)
<mcc> - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the mobile country code
<mnc> - hexadecimal 2-digits number; it is the mobile network code
<lac> - location area code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <lac> is a decimal
number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number
<cellId> - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal
number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 587 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
<cellStatus> - string type; it is the cell status
..0 - C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE).
1 - the cell is low priority based on the received system information
(CELL_LOW_PRIORITY).
2 - the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN).
3 - the cell is barred based on the received system information
(CELL_BARRED).
4 - the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL).
5 - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH
available…etc.. (CELL_OTHER).
<numArfcn> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in the
Cell Channel Description
<arfcnn> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell
Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>)
<numChannels> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in
the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting:
9. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
10. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
<ban> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n
is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this
information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT
setting:
10. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for
serving cell
11. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for
every valid scanned BCCH carrier.
(The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the
cell)
<pbcch> 0
1
<nom> - network operation mode
1
2
3
<rac> - routing area code
0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support
..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell
..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell
<pat> - priority access threshold
03..6 -
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 588 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
<nco> - network control order
0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168
<t3192> - timer 3192
<drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds)
<ctrlAck> - packed control ack
<bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value
<alpha> - alpha parameter for power control
<pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink
measurements for power control
0 - BCCH
1 - PDCH
(For non BCCH-Carrier)
<arfcn>,<rxLev>
where:
<arfcn> - decimal number; it is the RF channel
<rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm)
The last information from #CSURVC depends on the last #CSURVF
setting:
#CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1
The output ends with the string:
Network survey ended
Example
#CSURVF=2
the output ends with the string:
Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)
where
<NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies
<NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh
AT#CSURVC
Network survey started…
48,24,-52,0.00,610,1,33281,3648,0,2,30 48,5,14 19 22 48
82
14,8
Network survey ended
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 589 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)
OK
Note
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
The information provided by #CSURVC is the same as that provided by
#CSURV. The difference is that the output of #CSURVC is in numeric
format only.
3.7.5.6.3 #CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
#CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given
AT#CSURVU=[
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
issue.
[,<ch10>]]]]
The result format is like command #CSURV.
AT*CSURVU=[
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
Parameters:
[,<ch10>]]]]
(both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn)
possible)
Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order.
AT#CSURVU=59,110
Example
Network survey started…
arfcn: 59 bsic: 16 rxLev: -76 ber: 0.00 mcc: 546 mnc: 1
lac: 54717 cellId: 21093 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE
numArfcn 2 arfcn: 36 59
arfcn: 110 rxLev: -107
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 590 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.6.4 #CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric
Format)
#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)
Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given
AT#CSURVUC=[
channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
issue.
[,<ch10>]]]]
The result format is like command #CSURVC.
AT*CSURVUC=[
<ch1>[,<ch2>[,…
Parameters:
[,<ch10>]]]]
(both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn)
possible)
Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order.
AT#CSURVUC=59,110
Example
Network survey started…
59,16,-76,0.00,546,1,54717,21093,0,2,36 59
110,-107
Network survey ended
Note
OK
The command is executed within max. 2 minute.
The information provided by #CSURVUC is the same as that provided by
#CSURVU. The difference is that the output of #CSURVUC is in numeric
format only.
3.7.5.6.5 #CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey
#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey
Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
AT#CSURVB=
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels.
[<n>]
The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result format is like command #CSURV.
AT#CSURVB=?
Parameter:
<n> - number of desired BCCH carriers
1..M
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format:
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 591 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey
(1-M)
where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last
selected band.
3.7.5.6.6 #CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)
#CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)
Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum
AT#CSURVBC=
number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels.
[<n>]
The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found.
The result is given in numeric format and is like command #CSURVC.
AT#CSURVBC=?
Parameter:
<n> - number of desired BCCH carriers
1..M
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format:
(1-M)
where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last
selected band.
3.7.5.6.7 #CSURVF - Network Survey Format
#CSURVF - Network Survey Format
Set command controls the format of the numbers output by all the Easy
AT#CSURVF=
Scan®
[<format>]
AT#CSURVF?
AT#CSURVF=?
Parameter:
<format> - numbers format
0 - Decimal
1 - Hexadecimal values, no text
2 - Hexadecimal values with text
Read command reports the current number format, as follows:
#CSURVF: <format>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter
<format>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 592 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.6.8 #CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan® Commands
Family
#CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan® Commands Family
Set command enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF> removing from
AT#CSURVNLF=
each information text line.
[<value>]
Parameter:
<value>
0 - disables <CR><LF> removing; they’ll be present in the information text
(factory default)
1 - remove <CR><LF> from imformation text
AT#CSURVNLF?
AT#CSURVNLF=?
Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports whether automatic <CR><LF> removing is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
<value>
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.
3.7.5.6.9 #CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey
#CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey
Set command enables/disables extended network survey.
AT#CSURVEXT
[=<value>]
Parameter:
<value>
0 - disables extended network survey (factory default)
1 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution
commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned
BCCh carrier
2 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution
commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC,
#CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned
BCCh carrier and, if GPRS is supported in the cell, they report some
GPRS informations carried by the System Information 13 of the BCCh
AT#CSURVEXT?
AT#CSURVEXT=?
Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as
Read command.
Read command reports whether extended network survey is currently
enabled or not, in the format:
<value>
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 593 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands
3.7.5.7.1 #JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
Set command allows to control the Jammed Detect & Report feature.
AT#JDR=
[<mode>
The MODULE can detect if a communication Jammer is active in its range
[,<MNPL>,
and give indication to the user of this condition either on the serial line with
<DCMN>]]
an unsolicited code or on a dedicated GPIO by rising it.
The MODULE can also report to the network the Jammed status condition,
even if normal communications are inhibited by the Jammer, by using a
unique message.
Parameters:
<mode> - behaviour mode of the Jammed Detect & Report
0 - disables Jammed Detect & Report (factory default)
1 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported on pin
GPIO2/JDR
GPIO2/JDR LOW - Normal Operating Condition
GPIO2/JDR HIGH - Jammed Condition.
2 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with a
single unsolicited result code on serial line, in the format:
#JDR: <status>
where:
<status>
JAMMED - Jammed condition detected
OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be
shown only after a jammed condition has occurred.
3 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions
as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=2.
4 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with an
unsolicited code every 3s on serial line, in the format:
#JDR: <status>
where:
<status>
JAMMED - Jammed condition detected
OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be
shown only after a jammed condition has occurred.
5 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions
as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=4.
<MNPL> - Maximum Noise Power Level
0..127
<DCMN> - Disturbed Channel Minimum Number
0..254
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 594 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
Read command reports the current behaviour mode, Maximum Noise
AT#JDR?
Power Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number, in the format:
AT#JDR=?
Example
Note
#JDR: <mode>,<MNPL>,<DCMN>
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<mode>,<MNPL> and <DCMN>
AT#JDR=2
OK
…jammer enters in the range…
#JDR: JAMMED
…jammer exits the range…
#JDR: OPERATIVE
It is suggested not to change the default setting for Maximum Noise Power
Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number.
If the device is installed in a particular environment where the default values
are not satisfactory the two parameters <MNPL> and <DCMN> permit to
adapt the detection to all conditions.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 595 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
3.7.5.8 Easy Script® Extension - Python8 interpreter, AT Commands
3.7.5.8.1 #WSCRIPT - Write Script
#WSCRIPT - Write Script
Execution command inserts a script text and save it with the name
AT#WSCRIPT=
<script_name> in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension.
[<script_name>,
<size>,
[,<hidden>]]
The script text should be sent using Raw Ascii file transfer.
It is important to set properly the port settings. In particular:
Baud rate: 115200 bps
Flow control: hardware.
Parameters:
<script_name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
<size> - file size in bytes
<hidden> - file hidden attribute
0 - file content is readable with #RSCRIPT (default).
1 - file content is hidden, #RSCRIPT command will report empty file.
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>>>' and waits for
the script file text for <size> bytes.
The operations completes when all the bytes are received.
If script writing ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error
code is reported
Note: The script name should be passed between quotes and all
Executable Scripts files must have .py extension - Script names are Case
sensitive.
Note: When sending the script be sure that the line terminator is
<CR><LF> and that your terminal program does not change it.
Example
Note: with the hidden attribute it is possible to protect your script from being
viewed and copied, only the file name can be viewed, its content is hidden
even if the file is still being run correctly. It's your care to maintain
knowledge on what the script file contains.
AT#WSCRIPT="First.py ",54,0
>>> here receive the prompt; then type or send the
script, sized 54 bytes
OK
8
PYTHON is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 596 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#WSCRIPT - Write Script
Script has been stored
Note
This command can also be used to write any text file in the MODULEPYTHON memory (not script files only), for example application data or
settings files with a different extension than .py.
3.7.5.8.2 #ESCRIPT - Select Active Script
#ESCRIPT - Select Active Script
Set command selects the name of the script that will be executed by the
AT#ESCRIPT=
Easy Script® interpreter at the start-up. The script will be executed at start[<script_name>]
up only if the DTR line is found LOW during initial start-up (that is: COM is
not open on a PC), otherwise the Easy Script® interpreter will not execute
and the module supporting the Python extension will behave normally
answering only to AT commands on the serial port.
Parameter:
<script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
Note: all script files must have .py extension.
Note: The <script_name> must match with a file name written with the
#WSCRIPT in order to have it run.
AT#ESCRIPT?
Example
Note: the command does not check whether the script <script_name>
does exist in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension or
not. If the file <script_name> is not present at the start-up then the Script
Interpreter will not execute.
Read command reports the name of the script, as a quoted string, that will
be executed by the Easy Script® interpreter at the start-up.
AT#ESCRIPT="First.py "
OK
Script First.py will be executed at the next start-ups
if DTR is found LOW.
3.7.5.8.3 #RSCRIPT - Read Script
#RSCRIPT - Read Script
Execution command reports the content of script file <script_name>.
AT#RSCRIPT=
[<script_name>]
Parameter:
<script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).
Reproduction forbidden without Telit Communications S.p.A. written authorization - All Right reserved
page 597 of 614
AT Commands Reference Guide
80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
#RSCRIPT - Read Script
The device responds to the command with the prompt '<<<', followed by the
script file text.
Note: if the file <script_name> was saved with the hidden attribute, then an
empty file is reported with the OK result code.
Example
Note: If the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported.
AT#RSCRIPT="First.py "
hereafter receive the prompt; then the script is
displayed, immediately after the prompt
<<<import MDM
MDM.send('AT\r',10)
Ans=MDM.receive(20)
OK
Note
Executable scripts files must have .py extension.
3.7.5.8.4 #LSCRIPT - List Sc